Home

BridgeVIEW User Manual

1. ccccccccssssssecesssessseeeseeeesseeseeeeeeeees 6 15 Activity 1 Use Tas AIDU cost cseriaehiG i a eonnesteus 7 5 Activity 7 2 Apply Security to the Alarm Summary Display ccceeeeeeeeees 7 16 ACUN Delis Create ay V uraa ss haseseaninanidtamesranhes maescietsenesBhoctonteesutesghes 9 7 ACUVily 922 Documenta Viguria aE aioe enis 9 12 Activity 9 3 Create an Icon and Connector 0 cccccccccccccccccceecceeeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeaueaaaaaaas 9 18 Aivi 9 A Calba SUDY boroan uta a a gence etal 9 20 Activity 9 5 Debug a VI in BridgeVIEW oo ccccccccccccccccccceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeaeaaaas 9 24 Activity 9 6 Use Setup Options for a SUDVI oo cccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaaeeaeaaaas 9 27 Activity 10 1 Experiment with Chart Modes cccccccccccccceecceeeeeeceeeeseeeeeaeeeeaaeaaeaaaas 10 3 Activity 10 2 Use a While Loop and a Chart cccccccccccccceccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaaeaaeaaaas 10 5 Activity 10 3 Change the Mechanical Action of a Boolean Switch oo eens 10 9 Activity 10 4 Control Loop Timing cece ccccccceccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeeeaaaaaaaaaaas 10 10 National Instruments Corporation xvii Bridge VIEW User Manual Table of Contents Activity 10 5 Activity 10 6 Activity 10 7 Activity 11 1 Activity 11 2 Activity 12 1 Activity 13 1 Activity 13 2 Activity 13 3 Activity 13 4 Activity 14 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual WSC sae SMILE RE SIGE CR 22ers acne r A 10 14 Creat
2. cccccccsccccccececeeeeeeeeeees 13 18 CSCS ei ia A ia ea uenhaus heecadecns 13 19 BridgeVIEW User Manual xii National Instruments Corporation Table of Contents TIA NS 5 Sossricc ae acide eee cee eset acacia ae oie een A wed Benen a eenane ade 13 19 CUSTOMMZ 1S Cia pias eaan a AO 13 19 Grap MC UES OLS cerca oanibc avec roa E 13 20 STA pW AXES aaea a diel datnohaoin 13 21 Data AC QUISILION ATL AY S ssn E Anak ude Raansagsiudasaanaiaendons 13 21 Front Pane eeaeee N 13 22 Block Diap aii is sss earch see Seen E EEE ANTE T eeeed 13 23 Chapter 14 VI Control Vis What Are Vi Control Vis sisecsta sce doors otasn souteviniy tad vsaataseduelestaatiuniaeteaaneteater 14 2 Pront Pane lyse 4 saevisteinal a a doe iacles ans luath A 14 4 BOCK Dia er aii sas canacaats tesa mccateeereceeandenetnee Gcaneiateeed cunt a a 14 5 Chapter 15 Program Design Use Top DOWNA DOSI Oh asorot on eir EAEN Ea EENET 15 1 Make a List of User Requirements vesccccnausiieusonevataatnics denenvestasdanirateswelnawebaenees 15 1 Weston the VIHEN yAn a r ASA 15 1 Wite tie Pr Or alin earner enaa sak ot vasa A E E 15 3 Plan Ahead wihi Connector Pane sccscaccsssvastainaaainddudencomeiatautanchsndendnncis secubdesemebeobenctogess 15 3 SUV Is with Required INputs sercan nenna a mate sand dosaiess 15 4 COOG Dia e Tatil Sy E ten bag Ontes Stash a 15 5 Watch for Common Operations cccccccccssceceseecssenssssssessessseeseeeesseeseseeseeeees 15 5 Use LEAR 19 1 Ay OURS
3. National Instruments Corporation 4 23 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface You can wait on multiple events for which timing is not related to each other in parallel on the same diagram as long as you wait for each event in a separate While Loop This section covers the following topics e Event driven programming e Polled programming e Multiple loop applications e Real time trends e Programmatic MMI indicator configuration How Do You Implement Event Driven Programming in G BridgeVIEW User Manual Event driven programming means your block diagram waits for one or more events to happen and as each event occurs the part of your program waiting on that event is executed In G you can develop applications that wait on different events and do operations in parallel by using multiple While Loops in your diagram Figure 4 3 shows an example using event driven programming to monitor tag value and tag alarm state One loop monitors the value of the Mixer tag and another loop monitors alarm information for the Mixer tag These two loops run independently of each other When the Mixer tag value changes or when 1 00 second has elapsed the Read Tag VI returns and updates the Mixer in Alarm Mixer value timestamp and bad value indicators When the alarm state of the Mixer tag changes or 5 00 seconds have elapsed the Read Tag Alarm VI returns and updates the alarm state indicator and controls the blinking of the M
4. a gt ON A Bridge VIEW User Manual October 1996 Edition Part Number 321294A 01 Copyright 1996 National Instruments Corporation All rights reserved Internet Support BridgeVIEW bv support natinst com E mail info natinst com FTP Site ftp natinst com Web Address http www natinst com Bulletin Board Support BBS United States 512 794 5422 or 800 327 3077 BBS United Kingdom 01635 551422 BBS France 01 48 65 15 59 FaxBack Support 512 418 1111 Jan ATN X lt Telephone Support U S Tel 512 795 8248 Fax 512 794 5678 Q X lt International Offices Australia 03 9879 5166 Austria 0662 45 79 90 0 Belgium 02 757 00 20 Canada Ontario 905 785 0085 Canada Qu bec 514 694 8521 Denmark 45 76 26 00 Finland 90 527 2321 France 01 48 14 24 24 Germany 089 741 31 30 Hong Kong 2645 3186 Israel 03 5734815 Italy 02 413091 Japan 03 5472 2970 Korea 02 596 7456 Mexico 95 800 010 0793 Netherlands 0348 433466 Norway 32 84 84 00 Singapore 2265886 Spain 91 640 0085 Sweden 08 730 49 70 Switzerland 056 200 51 51 Taiwan 02 377 1200 U K 01635 523545 National Instruments Corporate Headquarters 6504 Bridge Point Parkway Austin TX 78730 5039 Tel 512 794 0100 Important Information Warranty Copyright Trademarks The media on which you receive National Instruments software are warranted not to fail to execute programming instructions due to defects in m
5. How Do You Install and Configure a Device Server BridgeVIEW User Manual BridgeVIEW works with several device servers including the NI DAQ Server the device servers available on the Bridge VIEW Device Servers CD and the simulation servers installed with BridgeVIEW In addition you can use other servers available from companies other than National Instruments To use a device server with Bridge VIEW first you must install the device server and register it or run its configuration utility More specific information on installing and registering National Instruments servers follows later in this section This information is written to the Common Configuration Database where Bridge VIEW obtains the server information You configure a server device and item with the server specific Configuration Utility Then the Tag Configuration Editor can import server device and item information so you can create tags When you register a device server its name appears in the list of servers shown in the various Edit Tag screens of the Tag Configuration Editor Once you configure your server you can create a Bridge VIEW Configuration using that server Depending on the server different information is written to the Common Configuration Database CCDB when the server is registered The most simple servers register no more than their names and launch paths You can indicate devices and items by typing in the device and 8 2 National Instru
6. If you want to minimize space that a front panel string control or indicator occupies select Show Scrollbar If this option is dimmed you must increase the vertical size of the window to make it available String Control You enter text here Tag You use tag controls and indicators for entering and displaying tag names or group names contained in the loaded tag configuration scf file You can find tag controls and indicators in Controls String Table Tags For more information about the tag data type see the section Tag Data Type in Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface ivity 2 1 Open and Run a VI Your objective is to familiarize yourself with the basic concepts of virtual instruments You will open examine and operate the front panel and block diagram of a VI 1 Select File Open and open Tank Simulation vi from the BridgeVIEW Examples G Examples tankmntr llb The front panel appears as shown in the following illustration 2 8 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment o Tank Simulation Yi olx File Edt Operate Project Windows Help i 13pt Application Font mo E FEAE EA 0 55 Inflow Rate lbm min Siez 70 Inlet Temp deg F R Tine Sim Cycle min MEMO Inflow Rate Ibm min Current Level Ft o 65 Elapsed Tre Min 1240 Tank Level ft ank Temp deg F l High Level Limit lim CELE Low Level Limit Ibm SME High Temp Limit deo F
7. index 0 10 element array 1 2 3 2 8 2 8 0 4 8 5 1 6 0 1 0 2 5 1 7 How Do You Create and Initialize Arrays i Note BridgeVIEW User Manual If you need an array as a source of data in your block diagram you can choose Functions Array and then select and place the array shell on your block diagram Using the Operating tool you can choose a numeric constant Boolean constant or string constant to place inside the empty array The following illustration shows an example array shell with a numeric constant inserted into the array shell To create an array select Array amp Cluster from the Controls palette and place the array shell on your front panel Then select an object numeric for example and place that inside the array shell This creates an array of numerics You also can create an array and its corresponding control on the front panel and then copy or drag the array control to the block diagram to create a corresponding constant For more information on how to create array controls and indicators on the front panel see Chapter 14 Array and Cluster Control and Indicators in the G Programming Reference Manual 13 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs There are several ways to create and initialize arrays on the block diagram Some block diagram functions also produce arrays as the following illustration shows String to Byte Array Sine Patte
8. 2 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Numeric You use numeric controls to enter numeric quantities while numeric indicators display numeric quantities The two most commonly used numeric objects are the digital control and the digital indicator shown below You can find these controls and indicators in the Numeric subpalette of the Controls palette Label gt Increment Buttons gt Pi Digital Control Label gt gt Digital Indicator Boolean You use Boolean controls and indicators for entering and displaying Boolean TRUE FALSE values Boolean objects simulate switches buttons and LEDs The most commonly used Boolean objects are the vertical switch and the round LED shown below found in the Boolean subpalette Martical Switch Switch eS String You use string controls and indicators for entering and displaying ASCII characters You can use strings for simple text messages displayed to the user and for character streams sent to serial devices instruments or files National Instruments Corporation 2 7 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 2 q BridgeVIEW Environment I i Bridge VIEW User Manual You can find the string control and indicator in Controls String Table Tags You can enter or change text inside a string control using the Operating tool or the Labeling tool Enlarge string controls and indicators by dragging a corner with the Positioning tool
9. Chapter 10 Loops and Charts This example has the same result as the following pseudocode While pretest condition Do actual work of While Loop Loop Shift Registers Shift registers available for While Loops and For Loops transfer values from one loop iteration to the next You can create a shift register by popping up on the left or right border of a loop and selecting Add Shift Register Sirina higit Show Description Replace Remove While Loop Hdd Shift Register s Make Contents Into Sublll The shift register contains a pair of terminals directly opposite each other on the vertical sides of the loop border The right terminal stores the data upon the completion of an iteration That data shifts at the end of the iteration and appears in the left terminal at the beginning of the next iteration as shown in the following illustration A shift register can hold any data type numeric Boolean string array and so on The shift register automatically adapts to the data type of the first object you wire to the shift register BridgeVIEW User Manual 10 12 National Instruments Corporation Before Loop Begins Chapter 10 Loops and Charts First Iteration Initial Previous Value You can configure the shift register to remember values from several previous iterations This feature is useful for averaging data points You create additional terminals to access values from previous iterations by popping up
10. Figure 4 7 Figure 4 8 Figure 5 1 Figure 6 1 Figure 6 2 Figure 7 1 Figure 7 2 Figure 7 3 Figure 7 4 Figure 7 5 Figure 8 1 Figure 8 2 Tables Table 2 1 Table 2 2 Table 2 3 Table 2 4 Table 3 1 Table 3 2 Table 3 3 Table 3 4 Table 3 5 Table 3 6 Table 3 7 Table 3 8 Table 3 9 Table 3 10 BridgeVIEW User Manual MMI G Wizad Dialog BOK minenin a a trends 4 6 Connor Dalo BOX anae e a E N 4 11 Monitor Tag Value and Alarm VI wu cccccccccccececcececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaas 4 25 Process View Display VI scepter tics eseas nie tusteadeatte sivas a tanta 4 27 Two Tend Display V1 stad tec enti a A 4 29 Initializing the Waveform Chart Indicator for a Real Time Trend Dipli yea a eeea eae sa ontioey onaeeaa Caan anes 4 30 Using the Tag Attributes VIs to Initialize Front Panel Indicators FST CO ea ett dcensas Suissa a Pega Sea toca ues a memes acest ns 4 3 Using the Tag Attributes VIs to Initialize Front Panel Indicators Frame L Acca teeta ane 4 32 Event Configuration Dialog BOX cccccccccccccccececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaaeeaas 5 10 Historical Logging Configuration Dialog BOX ou eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 3 Delect 1 aes DidlO6e BOX storsiecassies gs tbucsusres tes auaieend weesiaatadve doutsaalaones 6 10 INCCESS LEVE DiI doo BO ie avis decd actnciael r 7 9 Privileges Diallo BOX sccasawticestdeg n E 7 10 Edt User Accounts Dallot BOK creciendo oi 7 12 Privileges Dalos BOX siotitire ia A de
11. Full Scale 10 00 100 00 Zem Scale 0 00 000 Coerce to Range Create Next Tag OF Cancel Figure 3 4 Analog Tag Scaling Dialog Box BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 18 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration The following examples describe linear and square root scaling Example Linear Scaling A device server returns a simple voltage from 0 to 5 volts The voltage is related to a position sensor and the real world position is measured in centimeters with 0 volts mapped to 50 cm and 5 volts mapped to 100 cm Configure the tag to have raw range from zero Raw Zero Scale to five Raw Full Scale Select Linear and set the engineering range from 50 Eng Zero Scale to 100 Eng Full Scale Example Square Root Scaling A flow meter measures the flow rate of a liquid using a differential pressure reading The device server provides 4 20 mA readings The actual flow is measured in gallons per minutes GPM 4 mA corresponds to 0 GPM 20 mA corresponds to 100 GPM Configure the tag to have raw range from 4 Raw Zero Scale to 20 Raw Full Scale Select Square Root Scaling and set the engineering range from 0 Eng Zero Scale to 100 Eng Full Scale How Do You Assign Units to an Analog Tag Use the Engineering Unit ring to assign units to a tag If the desired unit is not in the list select Enter New and enter the desired unit In the previous example you would be able to select un
12. alarm message is the user defined string message displayed along with the alarm notification National Instruments Corporation A 53 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference Get Group List Use the Get Group List VI to returns a list of all configured groups in the system By default this VI includes the lt ALL gt group in the list E z mo Include lt 4LL gt T error in no error no sct loaded a error out include lt ALL gt T determines whether the lt ALL gt group should be included in the list The default is TRUE error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix group list is the list of currently configured groups no scf loaded is TRUE if there is no scf file currently loaded in the system error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix Get Tag Alarm Enabled Use the Get Tag Alarm Enabled VI to indicate whether alarms are enabled for the tag This VI also indicates whether alarms are acknowledged automatically when a tag previously in alarm returns to normal BridgeVIEW User Manual tag name error in no error auto acknowledge efor Gut tag
13. 06 27 07 AM 06 27 30 AM 06 27 45 AM DE 28 07 AM 09 97 1996 0972771996 09 27 1996 09 27 1996 TERE MEESI m Bridge VIEW User Manual 6 8 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction 7 Run the VI Initially the historical trend displays the first minute of data in the set along with the averages for the four tags The averages are calculated on the data that is displayed You can use the panning tool to display a different section of data The averages are updated automatically 8 Save the VI as Historical Data vi in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory LF End of Activity 6 1 Historical Trend Viewer HTV The Historical Trend Viewer HTV is a stand alone utility that enables you to look at historical data in your system The HTV limits you to viewing no more than eight tags at a time If you want to look at more tags in a single historical trend you should build your own utility using the Historical Data VIs To start the HTV select Project Historical Trend Viewer The HTV is shown in the following illustration T Historical Trend Viewer File Viewer Help Miner Liquid Fs p fat A Running 100 0 FO0 0 PER Liquid 60 0 400 0 Mixer Powder 60 0 300 0 Product 40 0 200 0 20 0 100 0 0 0 0 0 e a 14 47 00 14 48 00 08 09 1996 kss lt J gt gt fl 0809 1996 Timespari 1 00 14 47 19 These Data Display 05709 1996 0609 1 996 atele igui Volume
14. DBL timestamp is the date and time for the value DBL value is the value of the tag at the timestamp start timestamp is the timestamp at which the decimated trend starts If start timestamp is unwired the decimated trend output starts at the first timestamp in the historical trend stop timestamp is the desired stop time of the decimated trend If stop timestamp is unwired the decimated trend output ends at or before the last timestamp in the historical trend time interval determines the interval at which the trend is decimated or resampled If unwired data is extracted with the default interval of 1 second a a E decimated trend is a list of historical trend values starting at first timestamp Each trend value is time interval seconds apart m a first timestamp is the actual time associated with the first point in the decimated trend last timestamp is the actual time associated with the last point in the decimated trend A E National Instruments Corporation A 17 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference Decimate Historical Trends Use the Decimate Historical Trends VI to decimate resample XY historical trend data over the time interval specified from start timestamp to stop timestamp The decimated trend output is a 2D array of instantaneous values each time interval seconds apart starting at start timestamp Each column in the 2D array contains one decimated trend If start time
15. 10 2 stacked versus overlaid plots 10 3 activity 10 3 to 10 4 waveform chart For Loop 10 24 placing on subVI 9 31 using with While Loop 10 5 Citadel Historical Database data transform commands table B 1 to B 2 ODBC driver B 2 overview 6 2 Close Panel VI controlling panel visibility 7 3 VI Control VI 14 6 Cluster to Array function 14 6 clusters purpose and use 1 5 13 19 coercion dot 10 23 Color box Constant 12 4 Color Copy tool 2 5 Color tool 2 5 National Instruments Corporation Compound Arithmetic function 10 15 Configuration Wizard 3 11 connection configuring See tag configuration connection tag attributes 1 6 connectors See icon and connector constants adding to VIs 9 2 to 9 3 9 9 array constants 13 3 tag 4 16 to 4 18 Continuous Run button 2 3 controls and indicators 2 6 to 2 8 adding to VIs 9 2 to 9 3 9 8 array 13 3 Boolean 2 7 MMI G Wizard operations table 4 4 to 4 5 numeric 2 7 string 2 7 to 2 8 tag 2 8 4 16 to 4 18 Controls Editor 4 11 to 4 12 Controls palette 2 5 4 3 cursors graph 13 20 customer communication xxiii C 1 to C 2 customizing VIs See subVI node setup activity D data flow in G 2 1 data logging See historical data logging and extraction data types See tag data types DDE server connecting tag to 3 12 using with Bridge VIEW 8 8 deadband alarm deadband on analog tags 3 27 to 3 28 increasing Engine throughput 3 15 logging ta
16. 8 1 overview 1 9 to 1 10 purpose and use 8 1 to 8 2 viewing server configuration 8 5 to 8 8 registered server device and item parameters 8 7 to 8 8 Server Browser 8 5 to 8 6 View Server Device Information dialog box 8 7 to 8 8 National Instruments Corporation l 9 Index Initialize Array function 13 12 to 13 13 installing Bridge VIEW 1 2 to 1 3 Interactive Real Time Trend VI 10 16 to 10 17 Invoke Login Dialog VI A 31 item 8 1 J junction 9 6 L Labeling tool 2 4 logging alarms and events 5 13 to 5 14 configuration 5 10 to 5 12 historical data See historical data logging and extraction logging in and out 7 9 prompting operator to log in 7 11 loops See also For Loops shift registers While Loops initializing and shutting down multiple loop applications 4 27 to 4 28 purpose and use 1 4 to 1 5 Man Machine Interface 4 1 to 4 32 See also BridgeVIEW VI Library building 4 2 to 4 15 customizing front panel objects 4 11 to 4 15 front panel objects 4 3 MMI G Wizard 4 3 to 4 10 customizing front panel objects 4 11 to 4 15 configuring programmatically 4 15 Controls Editor 4 11 to 4 12 importing graphics 4 12 activity 4 12 to 4 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual Index G programming principles 4 23 to 4 32 basic principles 4 2 configuring MMI indicators using tag attributes 4 30 to 4 32 displaying real time trends 4 28 to 4 30 event driven programming 4 24 to 4 25 initializing and
17. 95 00 Low Temp Limit deg F T 2 Run the VI by clicking on the Run button in the toolbar The button i changes appearance to indicate that the VI is running 3 Use the Operating tool to change the values of the Inflow Rates and other controls First highlight the old value either by double clicking on the value you want to change or by clicking and dragging across the value with the Labeling tool When the initial ae value is highlighted type a new value and press lt Enter gt You also can click on the Enter button in the toolbar or click the mouse in an open area of the window to enter the new value 4 Stop the VI by clicking on the Stop button Open the block diagram of the Tank Simulator VI by choosing Windows Show Diagram National Instruments Corporation 2 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment The following illustration shows the block diagram o Tank Simulation i Diagram U 13pt Application Font EP Er z Continue monitoring the tank until Power button is pushed Simpa H Inflow Aate Histor P BO Pra HEC Elapsed Tme Min Tank Level amp Teme Lens gt fey Tank System Histor 6 Examine the different objects in the block diagram Every front panel in Bridge VIEW has an accompanying block diagram which is the VI equivalent of a program You can think of the block diagram as source code The components of the block diagram represent program nodes
18. Each of the fields and captions in the Tag Monitor Utility are described in Table 2 4 Tag Monitor Utility Field Descriptions Table 2 4 Tag Monitor Utility Field Descriptions Tag Display Table Trigger Tag Monitor Timeout secs Status Details Select Tags to Monitor Shows information for tags you have selected in alphabetical order This information includes the value units timestamp status alarm state and error if any Displays which tag if any you have selected to trigger refreshing of the Tag Display Table If you have selected a tag to trigger refreshing of the Tag Display Table the display refreshes when that tag changes value in the database or the monitor timeout period is exceeded whichever occurs first Displays the time interval in seconds that the Tag Display Table is configured to refresh or update If no trigger tag is selected the display updates at this time interval Otherwise the Tag Display Table refreshes when the tag changes or the timeout interval is exceeded whichever occurs first Brings up the Status Details dialog box shown in Figure 2 5 that displays a summary of the status for each tag in the system Tags that have a warning are highlighted in blue and tags in error are red Bridge VIEW provides a description of the error or warning when possible Internal codes are reported by Bridge VIEW the Server Code is returned by the server of the tag Brings up the Select Tags to Monito
19. If the tag is configured as an Input Output tag the tag value is passed to the server when Write Tag on Change discrete VI is called but not written to the RTDB The RTDB is updated with the new value when the server polls it and passes it back to the Bridge VIEW Engine This maintains correct time synchronization in the RTDB generate event F tag name is the name of the output tag value is the value to be written to the output tag generate event F determines whether a user change event is generated for the write operation on the tag If the tag is configured with event logging on this tag event can be displayed in the Event History Display in your MMI and logged to a evt file By default generate event is FALSE status returns the current status of the value written in the Real Time Database If status is greater than or equal to 0 the Write Tag on Change discrete operation was successful If status is less than 0 either the device server has reported an error indicating there is a Bridge VIEW User Manual A 48 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference problem with the tag or Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag error indicates that an error occurred when executing Write Tag on Change discrete or that the status of the tag is bad See the status output for the specific error condition shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engin
20. Then enter the initial value in the adjacent Initial Value field Scaling These attributes include what type of scaling to perform on a tag when communicating with the device server and the expected engineering range and units for the tag The following table Scaling Configuration Attributes provides descriptions of the scaling configuration attributes and indicates the data types to which each attribute applies For tag attribute information about the other configuration categories see Table 3 1 Connection Configuration Attributes Table 3 2 Operations Configuration Attributes or Table 3 5 Alarms Configuration Attributes in this chapter Table 3 3 Scaling Configuration Attributes Attribute Applies to Description Data Types Raw Full analog Determines the full scale maximum value used by the server for Scale a tag Raw Zero analog Determines the zero scale minimum value used by the server Scale for a tag BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 16 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 3 3 Scaling Configuration Attributes Continued Attribute Applies to Description Data Types Eng Full analog Determines the full scale maximum value used by the Scale Bridge VIEW Engine and the user application for a tag Engineering Full Scale must be greater than Engineering Zero Scale Eng Zero analog Determines the zero scale minimum value used by the Scale Bridge VIEW Engine and the user applicati
21. alarm enabled tag name error in no error priority error out alarm message tag name is the name of the tag about which you want to obtain information aer error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix alarms enabled indicates whether alarms are enabled for a tag If TRUE tag value alarms as well as bad status alarms are enabled for this tag depending on the enable setting for the particular alarm types If FALSE all alarms are disabled for this tag regardless of the enable settings for the particular alarm types tag value alarm enabled indicates whether alarms generated by changes in the value of the tag are enabled If FALSE they are disabled If TRUE they are enabled alarm on low indicates whether an alarm is generated depending on the discrete tag value If FALSE an alarm is generated if the discrete tag value is high If TRUE an alarm is generated if the discrete tag value is low j H I I priority is the priority of the alarm for a discrete tag The valid range is between 1 and 15 where 15 is the highest priority and 1 is the lowest JE error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix
22. also can use the Resizing cursor to enlarge the Initialize Array node and add more dimension size inputs one for each additional dimension You can remove dimensions by shrinking the node by selecting Remove Dimension from the function pop up menu or with the Resizing cursor The following block diagram shows how to initialize a 3D array Initialize Array kH r 40 Arra dimension size 2 dimension size 3 If all the dimension size inputs are zero the function creates an empty array of the specified type and dimension Array Size Array Size returns the number of elements in the input array ey Array Size N f array 7 3 E aa EJ EJ 5 2 rows 2D array Titala ET ale Ew 3 columns National Instruments Corporation 13 13 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Array Subset You can use this function to extract a portion of an array or matrix array sub array index O length oo ome ie kota cone z I women ee Tag thy CUES Array Subset Array Subset returns a portion of an array starting at index and containing length elements The following illustrations show examples of Array Subsets Notice that the array index begins with 0 Pilalz s a2als e Index gt L2_ 4 2 fee Be Les Array Length gt L4 2D Array al ees ev a js 7 1il ija jaj Row Index Row Length Column Index Column Length New 2D Array Index Array The Inde
23. device and item see Chapter 3 Tag Configuration The device servers also handle and report communications and device errors to Bridge VIEW There are different servers available for different device families and communication networks Each IA device server is a stand alone component that includes a configuration utility as well as a run time application that communicates with the BridgeVIEW Engine Device servers are not built into the BridgeVIEW Engine itself These servers are written to a National Instruments Corporation 8 1 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 8 Industrial Automation Device Servers standard client server Applications Programming Interface API for communicating with the BridgeVIEW Engine and the Common Configuration Database When Bridge VIEW runs an application it determines from the tag configuration scf file which servers are needed and which devices and items are needed from those servers Bridge VIEW launches each server it needs and notifies each one to monitor the specific devices and items of interest Typically servers monitor each input tag on a regular basis passing the values to the Bridge VIEW Engine when they change and updating each output tag when the Bridge VIEW MMI application writes that tag value You define how a server monitors the devices and items how often it polls the devices and other server specific and device specific parameters through each device server configuration utility
24. you also should know how to use the G control and indicator attribute nodes and the VI Control VIs For more information about either of these topics see Chapter 12 Attribute Nodes or Chapter 14 VI Control VIs How Do You Build an MMI BridgeVIEW User Manual To build an MMI use the graphical controls and indicators to lay out the user interface objects on the front panel and a special set of VI libraries on the block diagram to do the following e Read and write tag values e View and acknowledge alarm states and events e Display historical and real time data e Read tag configuration and security information e Control the BridgeVIEW system programmatically e Access and change tag attributes e Control output tags 4 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface Front Panel Objects A front panel is the user interface of a virtual instrument VI You build the front panel of a VI with a combination of controls and indicators representing the values of the tags Controls are the means of supplying data to your VI and indicators display data that your VI generates There are many types of controls and indicators available from the Controls palette shown in the following illustration You can choose objects to place on your front panel such as real time trend displays alarms and events displays and numeric indicators You also can choose automation symbols such as vessels pumps and valves Tag
25. you might want to execute a block diagram node by node This is known as single stepping To enable the single step mode click on the Step Into button or Step Over button This action then causes the first node to blink denoting that it is ready to execute Then you can click on either the Step Into or Step Over button again to execute the node and proceed to the next node If the node is a structure or VI you can select the Step Over button to execute the node but not single step through the node For example if the node is a subVI and you click on the Step Over button you execute the subVI and proceed to the next node but cannot see how the subVI nodes execute To single step through a structure or subVI select the Step Into button Click on the Step Out button to finish execution of the block diagram nodes and or complete single stepping For more information about debugging see Chapter 4 Executing and Debugging VIs and SubVIs in the G Programming Reference Manual For more information about block diagrams and the options available from the block diagram window see the section Block Diagram in Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment National Instruments Corporation 9 23 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS 3 Activity 9 5 Debug a VI in BridgeVIEW Your objective is to use the probe tool and the probe window and to examine data flow in the block diagram using the execution highlighting feature is
26. 0 0 cccccccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeenaaaaas 1 8 ger MMIL Appl Catto tas x cents cecencanaicasaa tee dabesoa eas tuusersss casneaeeea ten tedtaraiatsecdenieds 1 9 DTIC CCN VIEW Em iensen caeoeetewunianenspraheanbn sade suasawavedsantdanaucenadee 1 9 Industrial Automation DeVice Servers Jiiiesis crn Wiccan aus 1 9 Whereshould LS tant 2 ice crite eres oie ec ees ees aaw saan cen conan ae as eons eae 1 10 National Instruments Corporation V BridgeVIEW User Manual Table of Contents Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment NV TALS G 2 ears ct iets ad lewd eat adetiw ec ceo cae mad oa eda a ad a a 2 1 POW POSS Work ora Ses Soren ttlan Wa out nd Souci T A 2 2 Veal TiS CUMS ers aot Sos recat cai eaten a aces Scotia aunt ntnaeseyeaiiee 2 2 Pront Pat Ges ca escaa oa taa a es tras ee nedet ats secant recent meee ane 2 2 Block Mia CaM oss teetas es vic aisesas Aauasensahievean a noi 2 3 ECON CONNEC CUOR 5s sia a a tend 2 4 Toos PIEC eaa T cas tectaiiabuen eauaneaatnae 2 4 COMLEOIS Palee ana A eatsae baeaa ea sin arenes eae eran taaa taints 2 5 FP ncnons Palete anrea dean teccarurs etedeetlicdalesslacosioa enone aes l 2 6 CONtOlS anid Mdicatorssm eset a aru a 2 6 NOMENO te seis eee Seas ences ead alee ca eean bared emai etaass alieemees 2 7 POON AID site ees tea nas E A E 2 7 DEUS a an tattaimannnciesseeletean aden adian denen eo aanons 2 7 E B 1 AIEEE A sa Cue E E E bane TE ae 2 8 Bridge VIEW Environment Projece Mon ucesnici r
27. 0 S00 0 Liters a Gallons 1000 0 969 29 T 03 4 Change the range of the meter to accommodate values ranging between 0 0 and 1000 0 With the Operating tool double click on the high limit and change it from 10 0 to 1000 0 Switch to the positioning tool and resize the meter by dragging out one of the corners and expanding the control 5 Change the range of the meter to accommodate values ranging between 0 0 and 1000 0 With the Operating tool double click on the high limit and change it from 10 0 to 1000 0 Switch to the positioning tool and resize the meter by dragging out one of the corners and expanding the control Block Diagram Go to the block diagram by selecting Windows Show Diagram Pop up in a free area of the block diagram and choose Functions Select a VI A dialog box appears Select Temp amp Vol vi in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory Click on Open in the dialog box Bridge VIEW places the Temp amp Vol VI on the block diagram National Instruments Corporation 9 21 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIs 8 Add the other objects to the block diagram as shown in the following illustration my meee Temp amp Yol vi distal Numeric Constant Functions Numeric Add a numeric constant to the block diagram Assign the value 3 785 to the constant by using the Labeling tool This is the conversion factor for switching from liters to gallons mole Po mo S
28. 14 table Print Events 2 14 table Quit Engine 2 14 table Run Stop Engine 2 14 table Server Browser 2 14 table Show Hide System Event Display 2 14 table Engine Shutdown VI A 30 engineering unit assigning to analog tag 3 19 conversion by Bridge VIEW Engine 1 8 environment security See security error handling in BridgeVIEW VI Library A 1 to A 2 errors not reported by Bridge VIEW Engine A 1 to A 2 errors reported by Bridge VIEW Engine A 1 errors error checking in programs 15 6 to 15 8 System errors 2 16 EU See engineering unit Event Configuration dialog box event logging and printing selections table 5 11 illustration 5 10 log and print format selections table 5 12 event history displaying history information 5 6 purpose and use 5 2 event driven programming implementing 4 24 to 4 25 BridgeVIEW User Manual l 6 events configuring logging and printing 5 10 to 5 12 Event Configuration dialog box event logging and printing selections table 5 11 illustration 5 10 log and print format selections table 5 12 to 5 13 logging procedure 5 13 to 5 14 setting file paths 3 35 shift configuration 3 35 stopping and starting programmatically 7 2 turning on at startup 3 35 printing 5 14 stopping and starting programmatically 7 2 purpose and use 1 3 1 7 5 1 System events 2 16 to 2 17 types of events 1 7 viewing 5 14 execution highlighting 9 25 Execution Options 9 29 extracti
29. 23 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference Read Historical Trend Use the Read Historical Trend VI to read the historical data for a given tag from user specified start and stop dates and times up to the maximum number of points specified If start timestamp and stop timestamp are not wired all historical data for the tag is returned up to the maximum points per trend specified If max points per trend is left unwired all points between the start timestamp and stop timestamp are returned You can use this VI to read history information for analog discrete or bit array tags All values are returned as floating point values i iu a i Bridge VIEW User Manual mas paints in trend Citadel path in Citadel path out tag name historical trend start timestamp i error out error in no eror shop timestamp now max points in trend is the maximum number of points to read If the value is less than zero all points available between start timestamp and stop timestamp are returned Otherwise the number of points in the trend is the minimum of the actual number of data points between start timestamp stop timestamp and max points in trend Citadel path in is the path to the directory containing the Citadel historical database If this path is empty the VI attempts to use the historical data directory configured in the active scf file If this has not been configured the VI prompts you to select
30. 3 14 1 memory considerations 14 2 to 14 3 panel size and visibility controlling 7 3 purpose and use 1 5 7 2 to 7 3 14 2 to 14 3 National Instruments Corporation Index activity 14 4 to 14 7 block diagram 14 4 to 14 7 Close Panel VI 14 6 front panel 14 4 Open Panel VI 14 6 Preload Instrument VI 14 6 Release Instrument VI 14 6 Run Instrument VI 14 6 VI Setup dialog box 9 26 View Server Device Information dialog box 8 7 to 8 8 virtual instrument See VIs VIs 2 2 to 2 4 See also BridgeVIEW VI Library program design subVIs block diagram 2 3 to 2 4 components 1 4 2 2 creating 9 1 to 9 11 controls constants and indicators 9 2 to 9 3 documenting VIs 9 11 to 9 13 hierarchy of VIs 9 1 to 9 2 Hierarchy window 9 14 to 9 15 saving as individual files 9 2 saving in VI libraries 9 2 terminals 9 4 activity 9 7 to 9 10 wires 9 4 to 9 7 customizing 9 26 to 9 33 subVI node setup 9 26 to 9 27 activity 9 27 to 9 33 VI Setup dialog box 9 26 debugging 9 23 to 9 26 overview 9 23 activity 9 24 to 9 26 front panel 2 2 to 2 3 icon connector 2 4 opening and running activity 2 8 to 2 11 overview 1 3 2 2 purpose and use 1 4 9 1 System VIs 7 1 to 7 2 VI Control VIs 7 2 to 7 3 visibility 7 14 l 17 Bridge VIEW User Manual Index W Wait Until Next ms Multiple function adding to subVI 9 33 attribute node 12 5 graph and analysis VIs activity 13 23 shift register 10 15 wave
31. 3 1 Configure a Tag and View the Tag Configuration Parameters and Tag Values The objective of this activity is to use the Tag Configuration Editor to configure tags for an MMI application and to become familiar with the Tag Browser and Tag Monitor utilities i As with all servers you must register the Tanks Server VI before you can use it Most of the activities in this manual require the Tanks Server VI so you must run the Register Tanks Server VI as indicated in the steps below For more information about registering servers see Chapter 8 Industrial Automation Device Servers 1 Open the Register Tanks Server VI which is located in the BridgeVIEW _servers Tanks Server directory 2 Run the VI Close the VI 4 Launch the Tag Configuration Editor by selecting Project Tag Configuration This launches the Tag Configuration Editor 5 Select the configuration file by selecting File Open and choosing mytanks scf from the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory This National Instruments Corporation 3 29 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration loads mytanks scf into the Tag Configuration Editor as shown in the following illustration o Tag Configuration Editor myptanks scf File Configure Servers Help IT ag Name Group Name p atatype Liquid qroupl Liquid Outlet Mixer groupl Mixer Outlet Powder groupl Create Discrete Tagle Powder Outlet Product Outlet Create Bit Array Tag s C
32. 9 12 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS o Description E4 Volume Description Displays simulatedvolume in liters OF Cancel 4 Pop up on the thermometer and choose Data Operations Description Type in the description Displays simulated temperature deg F measurement Click on OK 5 Select Show Help from the Help menu Place the cursor on Volume and then on Temp You can see the descriptions you typed in appear in the help window Save and close the VI LF End M Activity 9 2 What is a SubVI A subVI is much like a subroutine It is a VI that is used in the block diagram of another VI You can use any VI that has an icon and a connector as a subVI in another VI In the block diagram you select VIs to use as subVIs from Functions Select a VI Choosing this option produces a file dialog box from which you can select any VI in the system If you open a VI that does not have an icon and a connector a blank square box appears in the calling VI s block diagram You cannot wire to this node A subVI is analogous to a subroutine A subVI node icon connector is analogous to a subroutine call The subVI node is not the subVI itself just as a subroutine call statement in a program is not the subroutine National Instruments Corporation 9 13 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS Hierarchy Window Fe el E e el o l Bridge VI
33. Access Level View Level 25 24 Privileges Summary Access Level Range Level 25 25 49 Engine Manager Start Stop Engine Start Stop Historical Logging Start Stop Event Logging Stark Stop Printing Environment Figure 7 2 Privileges Dialog Box For more information about BridgeVIEW Access levels and privileges refer to Table 7 1 Default Environment Access Levels and Privileges How Do You Change Your Password You must be logged in to change your password Choose Project Security Change Password Type in your old password then your new password Type in your new password again to verify it 7 10 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics How Do You Prompt the Operator to Log In to Your Application Use the Invoke Login DialogVI in the System palette This VI launches the Login dialog box and returns the user name and access level You can have your application control login as part of its MMI For more information about this or any other VI refer to Appendix A MMI Function Reference How Do You Identify the Current Operator Use the Get Operator Name VI in the System palette This VI returns the name and current Bridge VIEW operator name and access level For more information about this or any other VI refer to Appendix A MMI Function Reference How Do You Restrict Access to the BridgeVIEW Environment When you install Bridge VIEW no user accounts exi
34. Color Box Constant Functions Numeric Additional Numeric Constants Wire this constant to define a red color to Fill Color in the TRUE case and a blue color in the FALSE Case Pop up on the constant with the Color tool in order to select the color 12 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 12 Attribute Nodes Wait Until Next ms Multiple Functions Time amp Dialog Wire a A numeric constant of 1000 to execute the loop every second 5 Run the VI The level of the tank is compared to the Limit Setting control If the tank value is greater than or equal to the Limit Setting value the tank color changes to red If the data falls below the limit the color of the tank changes to blue Save the VI as Tank Limit vi in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory Dz End of Activity 12 1 National Instruments Corporation 12 5 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter Arrays Clusters and Graphs This chapter introduces the basic concepts of polymorphism arrays clusters and graphs and provides activities that explain auto indexing and the Graph and Analysis VIs What is Polymorphism Polymorphism is the ability of a function to adjust to input data of different types dimensions or representations Most G functions are polymorphic For example the following illustrations show some of the polymorphic combinations of the Add function Combination Result Scalar Scalar Scalar z Scalar Array neh ele E gt zlelz
35. Connection Is From the submenu choose between the Required Recommended or Optional options The following illustration displays the submenu options Ul Setup Edit Icon Show icon Patterns Rotate 90 Degrees Flip Horizontal Flip Vertical Disconnect All Terminals Disconnect This Terminal This Connection Is A o oguied Recommended Optional If you want to return to the icon pane in the front panel pop up on the connector pane and select Show Icon Bridge VIEW User Manual 15 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 15 Program Design Good Diagram Style In general avoid creating a block diagram that uses more than one or two screens of space If a diagram becomes very large decide whether some components of your diagram could be reused by other VIs or whether a section of your diagram fits together as a logical component If so consider breaking your diagram up into subVIs With forethought and careful planning it is much easier to design diagrams that use subVIs to perform specific tasks Using subVIs helps you manage changes and debug your diagrams quickly You can determine the function of a well structured program after only a brief examination Watch for Common Operations As you design your programs you might find that you perform a certain operation frequently Depending upon the situation this might be a good place to use subVIs or loops to perform an action repetitively For ex
36. Controls Booleans and Indicators Acknowledge Alarm Button 3 Graphs Real Time Trend Vessels Historical Trend Pipes Pumps Automation E and Valves Decorations Alarms and Events To develop an MMI application configure your tags create the front panel interface and then use the MMI G Wizard to build your block diagram For more information about how to use the MMI G Wizard refer to the MMI G Wizard section in this chapter If you prefer to build the block diagram on your own without the assistance of the MMI G Wizard you may do so or you can get started by building a basic block diagram with the MMI G Wizard and then building upon that to create a more advanced MMI on your own MMI G Wizard The MMI G Wizard provides an easy interface for you to generate repetitive pieces of diagram code If you are new to G programming the MMI G Wizard can be an immense help in building simple tag monitoring and control loops National Instruments Corporation 4 3 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface The MMI G Wizard associates a front panel control or indicator with a tag and generates the necessary Wizard subdiagram for a configuration that you specify Table 4 1 MMI G Wizard Operations provides a list of front panel objects and explains how the MMI G Wizard operates on each of them Table 4 1 MMI G Wizard Operations Control analog tags Numeric Control Invoke the MMI G
37. Database for the latest alarm information If timeout is 0 the Read Tag Alarm VI reads the Real Time Database immediately and returns the tag alarm status without waiting If timeout is 1 Read Tag Alarm waits indefinitely until the tag alarm state changes or the Real Time Database shuts down whichever occurs first If a timeout occurs before the value is updated Read Tag Alarm returns the most current tag alarm state from the Real Time Database and timeout is set to TRUE The default value is 0 JE National Instruments Corporation A 13 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference I I m T h H Bridge VIEW User Manual in alarm is TRUE 1f the tag is in alarm alarm ack indicates whether the tag alarm has been acknowledged If acknowledged alarm ack is TRUE alarm value is the tag value when it changed alarm states Notice that the tag alarm value is updated only when the tag changes alarm states and is not necessarily the most recent alarm value alarm timestamp indicates the time when the tag alarm state last changed alarm state indicates the name of the most recent alarm state for the tag error indicates that an error occurred when executing Read Alarm Tag or that the value returned by Read Tag Alarm is not valid shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case the Read Tag Alarm VI no longer waits for a change in the tag alarm state and returns immediatel
38. Events Historical Data System Tags and Tag Attributes then by VI name e Appendix B Citadel and Open Database Connectivity describes the Citadel database and the Open Database Connectivity ODBC driver and includes a table that lists data transform commands e Appendix C Customer Communication contains forms to help you gather the information necessary to help us solve your technical problems and a form you can use to comment on the product documentation e The Glossary contains an alphabetical list of terms used in this manual including abbreviations acronyms metric prefixes mnemonics and symbols e The ndex contains an alphabetical list of key terms and topics in this manual including the page where you can find each one Conventions Used in This Manual The following conventions are used in this manual bold italic bold italic monospace Bridge VIEW User Manual Bold text denotes a parameter menu name palette name menu item return value function panel item or dialog box button or option Italic text denotes mathematical variables emphasis a cross reference or an introduction to a key concept Bold italic text denotes an activity objective note caution or warning Text in this font denotes text or characters that you should literally enter from the keyboard Sections of code programming examples and syntax examples also appear in this font This font also is used for the proper names
39. Fill Color attributes ofa Tank indicator to indicate whether a randomly generated tank level has gone above the user defined limit Front Panel 1 Open a new front panel and create it as shown in the following illustration Tank Limit 1 2 Rescale the tank from 0 0 to 100 0 3 Set the default Limit Setting to be 50 00 National Instruments Corporation 12 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 12 Attribute Nodes Block Diagram W WY isible ok y BridgeVIEW User Manual 4 Create the block diagram as shown below o Tank Limit vi Diagram Mel File Edt Operate Project windows Help i 13pt Application Font E a Random Number 0 1 Not function Functions Boolean In this exercise the Not function inverts the value of the Stop button so that the While Loop executes repeatedly until you click on the Stop button The default state of the button is FALSE Random Number Generator Functions Numeric Generates raw data between 0 and to fill the tank on your front panel This value is multiplied by 100 to provide a value between 0 and 100 Greater or Equal Functions Comparison Compares the raw data to the Limit Setting input If the value is equal to or larger than the limit input a TRUE value is passed to the Case Structure Attribute Node Pop up on the Tank terminal Select Create Attribute Node from the Tank terminal Pop up on the attribute and select Fill Color
40. Historical Trends to Spreadsheet e Read Historical Trend e Read Historical Trends The following illustration shows a VI for viewing historical data files anywhere in the system Citadel Path m Slop Time iam A T ue e gpa Path og Start Timestamp z Start ee Start Timestamp e ELM Active Plat Tag Lis List Tag List Plot Hame IE biter Nemes Names 132 HE ipe Stop Timestamp If the Citadel Path is empty the File Dialog function is executed This brings up a File dialog box that lets the operator select the directory containing the historical data files The example then uses the tag list returned by the Get Historical Tag List VI to set up a list of names in the front panel Tag List listbox It uses the first timestamp output to initialize the Start Timestamp control on the front panel By default the example displays the first 60 seconds worth of data on the historical data display Historical data National Instruments Corporation 6 5 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction q gt N Bridge VIEW User Manual s Act is displayed using the XY Graph indicator named Historical Trend Display The Read Historical Trends VI returns historical data from Start Timestamp to Stop Timestamp for the tags that are selected in the Tag List listbox and returns data in a form that can be wired directly to an XY Graph The shift register in the while lo
41. In the tag selection you also can select a combination of tag names and groups q U Activity 5 2 Acknowledge Alarms in the Alarm Summary Display Your objective is to acknowledge alarms from the MMI you built in Activity 5 1 Build an Alarm Summary Display 1 Place an Acknowledge button from the Boolean subpalette on the front panel of the My Alarm Summary VI you created in Activity 5 1 Build an Alarm Summary Display Your front panel should appear as shown in the following illustration National Instruments Corporation 5 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 5 Alarms and Events o hy Alarm Summary Yi File Edit Operate Project Windows Help eo 13pt Application Font Bo is Alarm Summary 2 Popup on the Alarm Summary Display and select MMI G Wizard The following dialog box appears 2 Discrete Output G Wizard Es Attach Control to Alarm Acknowledgement Tags to acknowledge tell a O Delete Poll this control every 0 25 seconds Blinking T Blink when any are unacknowledged Visibility Make invisible wher Poa l E a Her dRisRriy 3 Select Alarm Acknowledgement for the Attach Control to option BridgeVIEW User Manual 5 8 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 5 Alarms and Events 4 Select the tags to monitor In the tag list select lt ALL gt to view alarms on all the tags that have alarms configured Click on the Add button to add all tags to the list
42. Industrial Automation Device Servers This chapter explains Industrial Automation IA device servers how to install and configure a device server and how to view that configuration within BridgeVIEW This chapter also describes how to use DDE servers with BridgeVIEW and how you can develop your own device servers Bridge VIEW includes the NI DAQ Server an Industrial Automation device server that supports National Instruments data acquisition boards and SCXI on the BridgeVIEW Development System CD Additional device servers for other devices such as PLCs also are available for Bridge VIEW on the Bridge VIEW Device Servers CD For more information about BridgeVIEW device servers inquire about the Device Servers CD available from National Instruments What Are Industrial Automation IA Device Servers An JA device server is any application that communicates with and manages I O devices such as PLCs remote I O Input Output devices and data acquisition plug in cards IA device servers pass real world tag values to the Bridge VIEW Engine in real time Each server monitors the device items and encapsulates all device and hardware specific details thereby establishing a device independent I O layer for Bridge VIEW An item in Bridge VIEW is a channel or variable in a real world device You must configure your A device server to connect a tag to a real world device and item For more information about how to connect a tag to a server
43. MMI 1 and MMI 2 and stop VI Control2 vi D End of Activity 14 1 National Instruments Corporation 14 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter Program Design Congratulations You have completed the tutorial section of this manual and are familiar with many aspects of G programming Now you need to apply that knowledge to develop your own applications This chapter suggests some techniques to use when creating programs and offers programming style recommendations Use Top Down Design When you have a large project to manage think top down design G has an advantage over other programming languages when it comes to top down design because you can start with the final user interface and then animate it Make a List of User Requirements Create a list of the panels that the user can interact with the number and type of controls and indicators for these panels the need for real time analysis data presentation and so on Next create some dummy front panels you can show to the prospective users or manipulate yourself if you are the user Think about and discuss functions and features Use this interactive process to redesign the user interface as necessary You might need to do some low level research at this early stage to be sure you can meet specifications Design the VI Hierarchy The power of G lies in the hierarchical nature of VIs After you create a VI you can use it as a subVI in the block diagram of a higher level VI
44. Powder Outlet Liquid Outlet Product Mixer Product Outlet Mixer Outlet Trigger Tag none Timeout zec 1 00 Cancel Figure 2 6 Select Tags to Monitor Dialog Box BridgeVIEW User Manual 2 22 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment How Do You Access Online Help Choose Help Show Help When you place one of the tools on a subVI node the Help window shows the icon for the subVI with wires attached to each terminal The following illustration shows an example of online help This is the Acknowledge Alarm VI from the Functions Alarms amp Events subpalette group tag names ack alarm T f Gi ehutdowr Acknowledge Alarm vi This YI allows you to acknowledge Alarms from your MMI It can be used to acknowledge the alarm condition of a single tag or a group of tags You can call it when a boolean is pressed by a user on pour MMI This Vl can be called multiple times from your Simple Complex Help View In the Help window you can specify whether you want to display the simple or complex view for block diagram objects Lz Note When you open the Help window Bridge VIEW automatically defaults to the simple help view In simple help view Bridge VIEW displays only the required and recommended inputs for VIs and functions In complex help view Bridge VIEW displays the required recommended and optional inputs for VIs and functions It also displays the full path name of a VI
45. Real Time Database and alarms are not calculated and data is not logged You can start these activities by putting that tag back on scan There are specific VIs you can use to obtain certain tag information such as the Get Tag Logging Info VI or the Get Tag Alarm Enabled VI There is a generic VI called Get Tag Attribute that you can use to choose an attribute from a list and obtain its value If the Engine is running you can change tag attributes programmatically with the Set Tag Attribute or Set Multiple Tag Attributes VIs These VIs return an error if the Engine is not running Tag attribute changes stay in effect in the current run only If you stop the Engine and start it again the changes are lost Use these VIs in your application when you want to change attributes of a tag dynamically as with logging or alarm information or taking a tag on or off scan For a complete description of the Tag Attributes VIs refer to Appendix A MMI Function Reference There are certain attributes you cannot change dynamically These attributes require you to edit the scf file with the Tag Configuration Editor and they include tag information like tag name tag description engineering units data type analog discrete bit array string group name and access rights input only output only Input Output memory 7 4 National Instruments Corporation q I LS Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics You cannot change tag connection
46. The MMI G Wizard creates the diagram shown below o hy Alarm Summary Yi Diagram IOJ x File Edit Operate Project Windows Help a 0 The Acknowledge Alarm VI is called when the front panel Ack button is pressed This button is polled in a separate While Loop and the Read Alarm Summary VI waits for events in its own While Loop 5 Save the VI as My Alarm Summary with Ack in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory National Instruments Corporation 5 9 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 5 Alarms and Events 6 Run the VI When alarms appear in the Alarm Summary click on the Ack button You can see the color of the Alarms change from red to yellow LF End of Activity 5 2 How Do You Configure Logging and Printing of Alarms and Events You can configure logging and printing options for Alarms and Events through the Event Configuration dialog box shown in Figure 5 1 Event Configuration Dialog Box This configures the format of alarms and events that are written to evt files or printed You can reach this dialog box by choosing Project Tag Configuration and then Configure Events from the Tag Configuration Editor o Event Configuration x Event Logging Log Format Event Directory W Date MMDD W Alam State a Browse Iv Time AMF IY Alam Ack State IM Tag Name I Alarm Priority T Store absolute path 0 Field Length I Alarm Limit M Start event logging on system start up 5 Event Type m ezan ae l a t 1 Daves to ke
47. The value also is sent to the server if it is an output or Input Output tag If the tag is an input only tag the Write Tag discrete VI causes a system error because input tags only can be updated by servers If the tag is configured as an Input Output tag the tag value is passed to the server when Write Tag discrete VI is called but not written to the RTDB The RTDB is updated with the new value when the server polls it and passes it back to the Bridge VIEW Engine This maintains correct time synchronization in the RTDB ali le BridgeVIEW User Manual generate event F tag name is the name of the output tag value is the value written to the output tag generate event F determines whether a user change event is generated for the write operation on the tag If the tag is configured with event logging on this tag event can be displayed in the Event History Display in your MMI and logged to a evt file By default generate event is FALSE status returns the current status of the value written in the Real Time Database If status is greater than or equal to 0 the Write Tag discrete operation was successful If status is less than 0 either the device server has reported an error indicating there is a problem with the tag or A 44 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag error indicates that an error occurred w
48. This icon to the left of bold italicized text denotes a caution which alerts you to the possibility of data loss or a system crash Ww This icon to the left of bold italicized text denotes a warning which alerts you to the possibility of damage to you or your equipment Abbreviations acronyms metric prefixes mnemonics symbols and terms are listed in the Glossary Related Documentation The following documents contain information that you might find helpful as you read this manual e G Programming Reference Manual e BridgeVIEW Online Reference available online by selecting Help Online Reference National Instruments Corporation xxiii Bridge VIEW User Manual About This Manual Customer Communication National Instruments wants to receive your comments on our products and manuals We are interested in the applications you develop with our products and we want to help if you have problems with them To make it easy for you to contact us this manual contains comment and configuration forms for you to complete These forms are in Appendix C Customer Communication at the end of this manual BridgeVIEW User Manual XXIV National Instruments Corporation Chapter Introduction This chapter describes the unique Bridge VIEW approach to Man Machine Interface MMI and Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition SCADA It also contains system configuration installation instructions and basic information that explains how
49. VI The VI plots the auto indexed waveform array on the waveform graph The initial X value is 0 and the delta X value is 1 11 Change the delta X value to 0 5 and the initial X value to 20 Run the VI again Notice that the graph now displays the same 100 points of data with a starting value of 20 and a delta X of 0 5 for each point see the X axis In a timed test this graph might correspond to 50 seconds worth of data starting at 20 seconds 12 You can view any element in the waveform array by entering the index of that element in the index display If you enter a number greater than the array size the display dims indicating that you do not have a defined element for that index If you want to view more than one element at a time you can resize the array indicator Place the Positioning tool on the lower right corner of the array The tool transforms into the Resizing cursor shown at left When the tool changes drag to the right or straight down The array now displays several elements in ascending index order beginning with the element corresponding to the specified index as the following illustration shows 13 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs HE 102 In the previous block diagram you specified an initial X and a delta X value for the waveform The default initial X value is zero and the delta X value is 1 So you can wire the waveform array directly to the waveform gr
50. VI is running The following illustration is an example pop up menu that appears while you are running a VI You cannot add to or change the description while running the VI but you can view any previously entered information Reinitialize to Default Eut Data Copy Data Paste Data Description Alife Help You also can view the description of a front panel object by showing the Help window Help Show Help and moving the cursor over the object National Instruments Corporation 9 11 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIs is BridgeVIEW User Manual S Activity 9 2 Document a VI Your objective is to document a VI that you have created 1 Open the Temp amp Vol vi created in Activity 9 1 from the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory Select Windows Show VI Info Type the description for the VI as shown in the following illustration and click on OK f YI Information Mame Temp amp Vol vi Locked Path C Program Files BridgeVlEW4 Tutorial Temp amp Vol vi Explain Current Revision 10 Description This Yl simulates reading a temperature sensor and volume measurement Memory Usage Resources 20 5K Front Panel 3 0K Block Diagram 6 6K Code 4 4k Data 1 0K Total 14 9k OF Cancel Pop up on the tank and choose Data Operations Description Type the description for the indicator as shown in the following illustration and click OK
51. VIEW the device is set to appname topic l the pipe symbol and the item is set to item For example to connect a tag to cell R1C1 item of spreadsheet sheet1 topic in Excel application set the tag fields to the following Server DDE Server Device Excel sheet1l Item R1C1 To specify a particular sheet Sheet one within an open Excel file book1 xl1s set the device field to the following Device Excel book1 xls sheet1l How Do You Define a Group of Tags for Alarming While editing a tag pull down the Group Ring You can select an existing group or define a new group by selecting Enter New To create edit or delete group definitions select Groups from the Configure menu from the main Configuration Editor panel You can use groups to help define a subset of tags in the system Groups are helpful when you want to examine the alarm states for a subset of tags in the system See Chapter 5 Alarms and Events for more information on alarm groups The operations attributes include when to update the tag value in the RTDB whether to log data to a historical file whether to log events associated with the tag and information about the initial value of the tag at Engine startup Figure 3 3 Tag Operations Dialog Box shows the Operations Tab of the Analog Tag Configuration dialog box With this 3 12 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration section of the dialog box you c
52. You can have an essentially unlimited number of layers in the hierarchy Break the task to be accomplished at logical places into manageable pieces As the following flowchart shows there are several major National Instruments Corporation 15 1 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 15 Program Design blocks you can expect to see in one form or another on every data acquisition system Operator Panel Initialize Terminate Process Data In some cases you might not need all of these blocks or you might need different blocks For example some applications might include monitoring only thus you would not need to write data to the Real Time Database Alternatively you might need additional blocks such as blocks representing user prompts The main objective is to divide your programming task into high level blocks that you can manage easily After you determine the high level blocks you need try to create a block diagram that uses those high level blocks For each block create anew stub VI a nonfunctional prototype representing a future subVI Give this stub VI an icon and create a front panel that contains the necessary inputs and outputs You do not have to create a block diagram for this VI yet Instead see if this stub VI is a necessary part of your top level block diagram After you assemble a group of these stub VIs try to understand in general terms the function of each block and how that block provides t
53. You cannot assign an access level of 100 to the Development privilege level and an access level of 200 to the Diagnostics privilege level However you could assign the same access level to both sets of privileges Operator Interface Security Operator Interface Security refers to limiting user access to elements on your MMI screens You can assign an access level to each MMI object to control which users can see or operate it How Do You Limit User Access to MMI Objects You can use security information to control visibility attributes on MMI objects There is a set of security VIs you can use to implement security in your MMI found in the System palette For more information about these or any other VIs refer to Appendix A MMI Function Reference As you develop your operator interface panels you might want to restrict access to certain controls inputs or indicators outputs To do this you must add a security loop to your Operator Interface VI Figure 7 5 Using the Security Monitor VI to Control Visibility shows how to use the Security Monitor VI to control the visible and disabled attributes of a front panel control and indicator You can apply two types of security to a control operability and visibility By default controls always operate and are visible A security level of zero applies BridgeVIEW User Manual 7 14 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics to the control meaning that any
54. You will display previously logged data which is included in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial Data directory It contains a 25 minute run of data You can change the time axis to display the first minute of this data 3 Runthe VI The trend displays one minute of data You can use the panning tool to grab the plot and scroll to the left or right to show more data Hold down the lt Shift gt key while you pan to constrain the movement to the horizontal direction Stop the VI Modify the Block Diagram to incorporate statistics a Inthe block diagram pop up on the wizard lock and select Release Wizard Lock Now you can edit the diagram to incorporate statistics into your data retrieval application National Instruments Corporation 6 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction b Using a For Loop and the Historical Trend Statistics vi Functions Historical Data build the diagram as shown below o0o0o00000000000000000 0j 0 1 200 0 ae a aa aa aaa ala lalale Start Time 06 25 00 4M 039 2771996 X Minimum H Stop Time 06 26 00 AM 03 27 1995 be 6 On the front panel create an array of numeric indicators Stretch the array indicator so that four fields are showing Then select Show Index Display to deselect the index display as shown below o Untitled 1 IOJ x File Edt Operate Project Windows Help E eS Historical Trend 1000 0 00 0 00 0 400 0 200 0 0 0
55. a data directory tag name is the tag for which you want to read historical data If the tag is not logged in the historical database you will get an empty trend start timestamp is the date and time associated with the first data point to be retrieved from the historical database If this input is unwired the data is extracted starting at the first point available for the tag error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix stop timestamp now is the date and time associated with the last data point to be retrieved from the historical database If this input is unwired the data is extracted up to the last point available for the tag Citadel path out is the path to directory containing historical data files A 24 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference ar historical trend is the tag trend data read from the historical database starting at the date and time specified by start timestamp and stopping at the date and time specified by stop timestamp or up to max points per trend whichever is smaller If these start timestamp and stop timestamp values are left unwired all the logged data up to max points per trend for the tag is returned DBL timestamp is the date and time for value DBL value is the value of the tag at the timestamp a e
56. alarm value status returns the status of the value If value status is greater than or equal to 0 the value returned by Read Tag is valid and there is a warning about the tag value If value status is less than 0 either the device server has reported an error indicating there is a problem with the tag or Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag value is the latest value of the discrete tag read from the Real Time Database value timestamp returns the timestamp for when the tag value was last updated error indicates that an error occurred when executing the Read Tag discrete VI or that the value output returned by Read Tag discrete is not valid See value status for the specific error condition shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case Read Tag discrete no longer waits for tags to be updated and returns immediately with both timeout and shutdown TRUE You can use Shutdown to exit any loop that uses Read Tag discrete National Instruments Corporation A 39 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference changed is TRUE when Read Tag discrete returns a new value from the Real Time Database If changed is FALSE Read Tag discrete probably timed out before the tag value was updated Read Tag string Use the Read Tag string VI to read the latest value for the tag from the Real Time Database If timeout is 0 Read Tag string VI
57. and Graphs e VI Control VIs A VI Control VI is a front panel object for entering data to a VI or a subVI Use VI Control VIs to control window behavior open close re size of other VIs For more information about VI Control VIs refer to Chapter 14 VI Control VIs A tag value is acquired and or controlled by a device server that communicates with the Bridge VIEW Engine and can be read or set by a VIin your MMI application Tags can be of the following types input output Input Output or memory You can configure tags through the Tag Configuration Editor A tag configuration consists of its data type connection scaling operations and alarms settings For more information about this topic refer to Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Data Type A tag data type can be analog discrete bit array or string Analog tags have continuous values with a specified range such as 0 0 to 100 0 Discrete tags have values that are either ON 1 or OFF 0 Bit array tags are comprised of up to 32 bits each of which can have an ON 1 or OFF 0 state String tags consist of ASCII characters or binary data and can be of any length National Instruments Corporation 1 5 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 1 Introduction Alarms BridgeVIEW User Manual Connection Connection includes the following tag attributes e Name e Description e Group e Access rights input only output only Input Output or memory e Server name e Device n
58. are disabled for this tag regardless of the enable settings for the particular alarm types H tag value alarm enabled indicates whether alarms specified by alarm type are enabled If FALSE they are disabled If TRUE alarm type alarms are enabled Eg S E OE i limit is the value corresponding to a given alarm type For example for HI_HI alarm limit is the value the tag must exceed to go to the HI_HI alarm state error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix priority is the priority of the analog alarm being queried The valid range is between 1 and 15 where 15 is the highest priority and 1 is the lowest National Instruments Corporation A 51 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference Get Bit Array Tag Alarm Setting Use the Get Bit Array Tag Alarm Setting VI to obtain alarm setting information for bit array tags peenes alams enabled pene tag value alarm enabled tag name alarm on ALL Invert mask error in no error so select mask emor out alarm message priority tag name is the name of the tag about which you want to obtain information error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this
59. currently stored value by at least the Update Deadband Use 0 if you want each new value for the tag to be saved in the RTDB For discrete string and bit array tags Update Deadband is expressed as either Always or On Change Log Data analog Determines whether a tag value is logged to historical files discrete bit array Log Data analog Determines when tag values are logged to disk It is used to Deadband discrete improve system performance and prevent unnecessary logging of bit array data to disk Like Update Deadband the field is expressed differently for analog discrete and bit array tags For analog tags Update Deadband 1s a percent of full scale The Bridge VIEW Engine writes new analog tag values to historical files only when a new tag value is different than the last logged value by at least the Log Data Deadband Use 0 if you want each new value for the tag to be logged For discrete and bit array tags Update Deadband is expressed as either Always or On Change Log Determines the resolution in engineering units for logging a tag Resolution value in the Citadel Historical Database Tag values are written to the database in a compressed format with the resolution specified by Log Resolution Use 0 0 if you want the exact value written to the Citadel Historical Database Notice that logging the exact value requires more time and disk space The default value is 0 1 Log Print Determines whether events associated with the
60. days worth of historical log files to keep on disk files Anything older than the number of days configured here are deleted automatically Maximum time between Time in seconds that determines the logging rate for tags that vary log records slowly How Do You Extract and View Data from Historical Log Files There are two methods for viewing historical data that has been logged to disk One method is to use the Historical Data VIs and the other is to use the Historical Trend Viewer HTV Both of these methods are described here in detail Historical Data VIs There are several VIs you can use in your MMI to manipulate data logged in Citadel files These VIs access disk files and do not require the Bridge VIEW Engine to be running You can use these VIs to browse files extract the information in a format that can be displayed in a Historical Trend indicator or export the data to a spreadsheet file format There are several examples in the MMI Examples Historical Data folder to illustrate this The main VIs for getting historical data and manipulating it are listed below For complete information about these or any other VIs refer to Appendix A MMI Function Reference e Decimate Historical Trend e Decimate Historical Trends e Get Historical Tag List BridgeVIEW User Manual 6 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction e Get Historical Trend Info e Historical Trend Statistics e
61. eeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeees 6 3 How Do You Extract and View Data from Historical Log Files cc ceeeeeeeeeees 6 4 Historical Dia WS ea AEE A T EA 6 4 Historical Trend Viewer HTV Vcececdstacts ea tudciaiarttestathute tenon amemante 6 9 How Do You Select the Tags To Display cccccccccceseeeteneneeeenes 6 10 How Do You Change the Time AXIS cccccccccccceccccteceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 6 11 Pamnine BUNOS smesan A E O 6 11 Mamar Chaho Scusi a uelandanidas nai eaninoieie als 6 11 How Do You Change the Timespan of Data Displayed 6 12 How Do You View the Value of a Tag at a Specific Point PBA e ores creas ecpbng ec vasauatiagei scan cineca ace apace ee aeaelnoere eee earned 6 12 How Do You Change the Y AXIS ici cassseasiraesciietsiedeadias Golietaadsnmnomaness 6 12 How Do You Change the Plot Colors and Style in the Trend 6 13 How Do You Zoom In on the Trend cccceccecceeecceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 13 How Do You Export Data to a Spreadsheet cccceccesceeeeseeeeeeees 6 13 How Do You Get Online Help for the HTV cc ccccceeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 13 How Do You Set Tag Time and Color Preferences 0008 6 14 How Do You Incorporate the HTV into Your MMI Application 6 14 Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Bridce VIEW System Conto enia n aaea NN OTE eaS 7 1 SYSE DENIS n A E uMrsneannies 7 1 How Do You Start or Stop the Bridge VIEW E
62. expressed in engineering units Discrete Tags Discrete tags have one alarm state either the tag is in alarm or it is not You can determine whether a tag is in alarm when it is ON High or National Instruments Corporation 3 25 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration OFF Low Figure 3 8 Alarms for Discrete Tag Configuration shows the Alarms tab of the Discrete Tag Configuration dialog box 2 Discrete Tag Configuration Tagi Connection Operations Scaling Alarms I Enable Alarms Alarm Acknowledge Mode User must Ack Tag Value Alarms M Enable Tag Value Alarms Alarm ori OfLow 7 High Priority 1 Alarm Message Boiler valve open Bad Status Alarm W Enable Priority 1 Create Next Tag OF Cancel Figure 3 8 Alarms for Discrete Tag Configuration Bit Array Tags You can enable one of two types of alarms for bit array tags Alarm on Any indicates that the overall tag is in alarm if any of the bits are in alarm state Alarm on All means that the overall tag is in alarm only if all of the bits are in alarm state You can use the Invert Mask to determine the bits that should use alarm on low OFF rather than the default alarm on high ON You can use the Select AND Mask to determine the bits that should be considered for the alarm If you have bits in the Select Mask that are zero OFF these bits are not used in calculation of the tag alarm state Figure 3 9 Alarms f
63. icon and select Show Help from the Help menu The Help window for the Process Monitor VI is shown below Proc F Pressure ae i Temperature Mori 4 v Volume Process Monitor Yi National Instruments Corporation 9 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIs 10 Using the wiring tool wire the objects as shown o Temp amp ol vi Diagram 2 11 Using the Wiring tool wire the remaining objects together as explained in the Wires section in this chapter Ly Note To move objects around on the block diagram click on the Positioning tool in the Tools palette 12 Select File Save As and save the VI as Temp amp Vol vi in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory 13 From the front panel run the VI by clicking on the Run button 14 Close the VI by selecting File Close LF End of Activity 9 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual 9 10 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS VI Documentation You can document a VI by choosing Windows Show VI Info Type the description of the VI in the VI Information dialog box Then you can recall the description by selecting Windows Show VI Info again You can edit the descriptions of objects on the front panel or their respective terminals on the block diagram by popping up on the object and choosing Data Operations Description i Note You cannot change the description of a VI or its front panel objects while the
64. in a subpalette of the Functions palette if you place the VI in the 1ib directory nor will the icon be printed or displayed on a black and white monitor The connector is the programmatic interface to a VI If you use the panel controls or indicators to pass data to and from subVIs these controls or indicators need terminals on the connector pane You define connections by choosing the number of terminals you want for the VI and assigning a front panel control or indicator to each of those terminals To define a connector select Show Connector from the icon pane pop up menu on the Panel window The connector icon replaces the icon in the upper right corner of the Panel window Bridge VIEW selects a terminal pattern appropriate for your VI with controls on the left side of the connector pane and indicators on the right The number of terminals selected depends on the number of controls and indicators on your front panel Each rectangle on the connector represents a terminal area and you can use the rectangles either for input or output from the VI If necessary you can select a different terminal pattern for your VI National Instruments Corporation 9 17 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS is i Note BridgeVIEW User Manual A Act ivity 9 3 Create an Icon and Connector Your objective is to make an icon and connector for a VI To use a VI as a subVI you must create an icon to represe
65. in the previous activity the While Loop executed as quickly as possible However you can slow it down to iterate at certain intervals with the functions in the Functions Time amp Dialog palette The timing functions express time in milliseconds ms however your operating system might not maintain this level of timing accuracy On Windows 95 NT the timer has a resolution of 1 ms This is hardware National Instruments Corporation 10 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 10 Loops and Charts dependent so on slower systems such as an 80386 you might have lower resolution timing q Activity 10 4 Control Loop Timing Your objective is to control loop timing and ensure that no iteration is Shorter than the specified number of milliseconds 1 Open random signal vi as modified and saved in Activity 10 2 Use a While Loop and a Chart from the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory 2 Modify the VI to generate a new random number at a time interval specified by the knob as shown in the following illustration z Wait Until Next ms Multiple function Functions Time amp Dialog Multiply the knob terminal by 1000 to convert the knob value in seconds to milliseconds Use this value as the input to the Wait Until Next ms Multiple function gt Multiply function Functions Numeric The multiply function multiplies the knob value by 1000 to convert seconds to milliseconds Numeric constant Functions Numeric The num
66. indicators you have used have been double precision floating point numbers represented with 32 bits G however can represent numerics as integers byte word or long or floating point numbers single double or extended precision The default representation for a numeric is a double precision floating point If you wire two terminals together that are of different data types G converts one of the terminals to the same representation as the other terminal As a reminder G places a gray dot called a coercion dot on the terminal where the conversion takes place N For example consider the For Loop count terminal The terminal representation is a long integer If you wire a double precision floating point number to the count terminal G converts the number to a long integer Notice the gray dot in the count terminal of the first For Loop Double Frecision Ly Note When the VI converts floating point numbers to integers it rounds to the nearest integer If a number is exactly halfway between two integers it is rounded to the nearest even integer For example the VI rounds 6 5 to 6 but rounds 7 5 to 8 q Activity 10 7 Use a For Loop Your objective is to use a For Loop and shift registers to calculate the maximum value in a series of random numbers National Instruments Corporation 10 23 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 10 Loops and Charts Front Panel 1 Open anew front panel and add the objects shown i
67. is lost How Do You Edit Multiple Tags Simultaneously Use File Export to export the tag information to a spreadsheet file edit the fields and then use File Import to import the tag configuration information from the edited spreadsheet file For more information see the section How Do You Use Spreadsheet Files for Tag Configuration in this chapter National Instruments Corporation 3 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration How Do You Set Default Values for Tag Configuration Fields You can simplify the tag configuration process by defining default values for several fields For example you might want to set data or event logging on by default or have the log deadband set to a particular value by default You can set default values for tag parameters using the Set Tag Parameter Defaults dialog box shown below To access this dialog box select Configure Tag Defaults o Set Tag Parameter Defaults Update Deadband Analog tags Update Deadband 1 00 Other tags Update when 7 Always On Change T Log Data Analog tags Log Data Deadband 5 00 Analog tags Log Resolution 0 10 Other tags Log Data when 7 Always On Change T Log Events Analog Tags Coerce to Range T Enable Alarms Alarm Acknowledge Mode Auto Ack on Normal Analog tags Alarm Deadband 1 00 M Enable Bad Status Alarm Bad Status Alarm Priority 15 Cancel The default values apply when creating a new tag imp
68. iteration of the loop This results in slower program performance The Read Tag bit array VI is designed to save information about the tag internally for efficient operation This information is updated every time the tag name changes In alarm value status tag name value timeout secs 0 Value timestamp SOTIE shutdown changed tag name is the name of the bit array tag JE timeout secs 0 specifies how many seconds to wait for the tag value to be updated in the Real Time Database before reading the Real Time Database for the latest value If timeout is the default value of 0 the Read Tag bit array VI reads the Real Time Database immediately and returns the tag value without waiting If timeout is 1 Read Tag bit array waits indefinitely until the tag value is updated or the Bridge VIEW Engine shuts down whichever occurs first If a timeout occurs before the value is updated Read Tag bit array returns the most recent value from the Real Time Database and timeout is set to TRUE in alarm is TRUE if the tag is in alarm National Instruments Corporation A 37 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference rmm j ag E d E TE TE value status returns the status of the value If value status is greater than or equal to 0 the value returned by Read Tag is valid and there is a warning about the tag value If value status is less than 0 either the device server has reported an e
69. might want the VI to perform the operation regardless of the error that is passed into it Using the preceding technique you can wire several VIs together connecting error inputs and outputs to propagate errors from one VI to the next At the end of the series of VIs you can use the Simple Error Handler VI to display a dialog box if an error occurs The Simple Error Handler VI is located in Functions Time amp Dialog In addition to encapsulating error handling you can use this technique to determine the order of several I O operations One of the main advantages in using the error input and output clusters is that you can use them to control the execution order of dissimilar operations The error information is generally represented using a cluster containing a numeric error code a string containing the name of the function that generated the error and an error Boolean for quick testing National Instruments Corporation 15 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 15 Program Design The following illustration shows how you can use this in your own applications Notice that the While Loop stops if it detects an error CONFIG RUN CLOSE LL EE Avoid Overuse of Sequence Structures Because VIs can operate with a great deal of inherent parallelism avoid overusing Sequence structures Using a Sequence structure guarantees the order of execution but prohibits parallel operations For instance asynchronous tasks that use I O de
70. not used to loop several times but to store values in the loop shift registers between calls When the Running Average VI is loaded into memory the uninitialized shift registers are set to zero automatically If the shift registers are wired to Boolean values the initial value is FALSE National Instruments Corporation 10 17 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 10 Loops and Charts q Activity 10 6 Create a Multiplot Chart and Customize Your Trends Your objective is to create a chart that can accommodate more than one plot Front Panel L Open the Random Average vi you created in Activity 10 5 Use a Shift Register 2 Modify the Front Panel as shown in the following illustration Enable ON _ OFF Vertical Switch Default ON Mechanical Action Latch When Pressed BridgeVIEW User Manual Current Value J 0 20 Randorn Plot Running Avg 0 55 Warvetorm Chart Digital Display amp Scrollbar showing PETE MERNE If the scrollbar is present hide it by popping up on the chart and selecting Show ScrollBar Using the Positioning tool stretch the legend to include two plots Show the digital display by popping up on the chart and choosing Show Digital Display Move the legend if necessary Rename Plot 0 to Current Value by double clicking on the label with the Labeling tool and typing in the new text Rename plot 1 to Running Avg in the same way For the Current Value plot chan
71. of liquid miser ingredient Liters 363 907 10 51 11 IPE NE 08 08 1996 Volume of solution in mimer in lite Liters og 093 Weight of powder miser ingredie kg 223 517 P n Yolume of finished product in lite Liters A Ane National Instruments Corporation 6 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction How Do You Select the Tags To Display Select File Select Tags and the Select Tags dialog box appears as shown in Figure 6 2 With this dialog box you can select either a scf file or a directory of Citadel files The default is to choose a scf file The scf file you choose must point to a valid directory of Citadel files If the Bridge VIEW Engine is running the scf file being used by the BridgeVIEW Engine is displayed 2 Select Tags for HT Data Source B E SCF File Browse 4C Progranm Files BridgeVlE WE samples ser Applications T ank System s it SCF File Data Directory C Program Files BridgeViE WE samples U ser Applications Tank Systemi D ata Data Directory Tage to View Available Tags Tags to Display Liquid Miser Fowder Product Tag Information OF Cancel Figure 6 2 Select Tags Dialog Box Lz Note You can look at data from only one Citadel database at a time Select the tags from the Available Tags list that you want to display The HTV displays the tags in the order that they are listed in the Tags to Display list Lz Note
72. or printed Alarm Message Determines the maximum number of characters of which the alarm message Field Length can be comprised This selection is valid only if Alarm Message is checked How Do You Log Alarms and Events Events are logged in ASCII files named in the format YYMMDDHHMM evt using the timestamp of the first point to be logged yy is the Year MM is the Month DD is the Day HH is the Hour MM is the Minute and evt is the extension for all event log files There are three steps you must complete to log alarms and events 1 You must configure your tags to have Log Print Events enabled You configure it on a per tag basis To select event logging for a single tag go to the panel for configuring the tag 2 You must configure a path to a directory for the event evt files To choose the path select Configure Events in the Tag Configuration Editor 3 You must turn on event logging for the Bridge VIEW Engine according to one of the three techniques outlined below There are three techniques for turning event data logging on or off e You can configure event logging in the Tag Configuration Editor To turn on event logging use the pull down menu for Configure Events Configure the path and set Start logging on system start up to be TRUE e For programmatic control you can call the Enable Event Logging VI in the System palette With this VI you can turn event logging on or off dynamically for all the tags in t
73. returns the current Tag value and update timestamp from the Real Time Database otherwise the Read Tag string VI waits up to the specified timeout for the tag to be updated in the Real Time Database and returns the new value i Note BridgeVIEW User Manual Use a separate Read Tag string VI for each tag you want to monitor Do not put the Read Tag string VI in a loop to read a different tag each iteration of the loop This results in slower program performance The Read Tag string VI is designed to save information about the tag internally for efficient operation This information is updated every time the tag name changes Int alarm value status tag name value timeout secs 0 value timestamp ETNI shutdown changed tag name is the name of the tag timeout secs 0 specifies how many seconds to wait for the tag value to be updated in the Real Time Database before reading the Real Time Database for the latest value If timeout is the default value of 0 the Read Tag string VI reads the Real Time Database immediately and returns the tag value without waiting If timeout is 1 Read Tag string waits indefinitely until the tag value is updated or the Real Time Database shuts down whichever occurs first If a timeout occurs before the value is updated Read Tag string returns the most recent value from the Real Time Database and timeout is set to TRUE in alarm is TRUE if the tag is in alarm valu
74. s Help Create Bit Array Tag s Create String Taglia Ei Hihi z i gt i ats Bore TC onfig BridgeVIEW User Manual i Group Mame E atatype Liquid qroupl Liquid Outlet Mixer qroupl Mixer Outlet Powder group l Powder Outlet Product qroupl Product Outlet Figure 3 1 Tag Configuration Editor The Tag Configuration Editor records all tag information and Engine parameters and stores this information in a Bridge VIEW Configuration File with the extension scf SCADA Configuration File The BridgeVIEW Engine reads this file to determine all of the parameters for execution With the Tag Configuration Editor you can specify the following e Tags used in the system e File paths for historical data and event logging The scf file does not contain any information about the VIs in your MMI In fact it is not specific to a single user application Multiple user applications can run concurrently as long as they use the same set of 3 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration tags When you launch the Tag Configuration Editor the last opened scf file opens automatically i Note Only one scf file can be loaded and running in the Bridge VIEW Engine at a time If you edit a sc f file while the Engine is running when you select Save or Save As a dialog box prompts you to confirm that you want the Engine to shut down and restart with the updated configuration fil
75. sensitive and can include any combination of printable characters including space with the exception of forward slash and V backslash Determines the data type of the tag you are configuring Bridge VIEW tags can be analog discrete bit array or string Provides a description of the tag Determines the group name to use for this tag You can use groups to assist in alarm management and reporting and to help organize tags in an application Determines the access rights for a tag Tags can have access rights of Memory Input only Output only or Input Output Memory tags are not directly connected to real world I O points You can use memory tags to monitor and control calculated values and enable historical trending and alarming on these values Input only Output only and Input Output tags are connected to real world I O points according to the Server Device and Item fields Determines the device server that manages the communication of the tag value If the tag is a memory tag this attribute is not used Determines the specific device used by the server for this tag For example a PLC server might communicate with multiple PLCs The device field determines which PLC is used for this tag If the tag is a memory tag this attribute is not used 3 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 3 1 Connection Configuration Attributes Continued Attribute Applies to Description Data Type
76. shutting down In this case the Acknowledge Alarm VI returns immediately with shutdown TRUE You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses the Acknowledge Alarm VI Get Alarm Summary Status Use the Get Alarm Summary Status VI to check the status of alarms in the Bridge VIEW system You can call this VI multiple times from your MMI group tag names alarm summary status read parameters va group tag names determines the tags for which alarm status is to be read If left unwired the status of all tag alarms in the system is reported arr read parameters is a cluster of parameters for filtering out the alarms for which status is checked min priority is the minimum priority of alarms to read If left unwired alarms corresponding to priority level 1 and above are reported unwired alarms corresponding to priority level 15 and below are reported max priority is the maximum priority of alarms to read If left T filter ACK alarms determines whether acknowledged alarms are read asr alarm summary status contains information about the alarms currently in the BridgeVIEW system active alarms is the number of alarms currently in the Bridge VIEW system g H any alarm is an indication of any tag in the system that is in alarm irrespective of its acknowledgement status National Instruments Corporation A 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference unack alarms is the number of unac
77. shutting down multiple loop applications 4 27 to 4 28 polled programming 4 26 to 4 27 incorporating Historical Trend Viewer 6 14 MMI G Wizard 4 3 to 4 10 See also MMI G Wizard operations table 4 4 to 4 6 activity 4 8 to 4 10 monitoring and controlling tags 4 15 to 4 23 reading tags activity 4 20 to 4 22 tag data type 4 16 to 4 18 Tags VIs and Alarms and Events VIs 4 18 to 4 19 effect on startup and shutdown 4 23 VIs for 4 15 to 4 16 overview l 1 1 9 4 1 to 4 2 purpose and use 4 1 manual See documentation Max amp Min function 10 25 Mean VI 13 23 memory configurable memory allocation parameters table 3 36 efficient use with arrays 13 18 VI Control VI considerations 14 2 to 14 3 memory tags 3 10 to 3 11 when not to use 3 10 to 3 11 when to use 3 11 MMI See Man Machine Interface BridgeVIEW User Manual I 10 MMI function reference See BridgeVIEW VI Library MMI G Wizard alarm acknowledgement activity 5 8 to 5 9 building alarm summary activity 5 3 to 5 6 dialog box 4 6 to 4 7 front panel object and Wizard subdiagram association 4 7 generating block diagram 4 7 invoking 4 6 operations on front panel objects table Boolean control 4 4 Boolean indicator 4 5 historical trend or XY graph indicator 4 6 numeric controls 4 4 numeric indicator 4 4 real time trend or waveform chart indicator 4 6 table indicator 4 5 Wizard lock 4 7 multiple loop applications initializing an
78. tag for example Events changes in alarm state are logged to event log files or printed to a line printer BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 14 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 3 2 Operations Configuration Attributes Continued Attribute Applies to Description Data eee Set Sertai Determines eene a a S an initial value is used for this tag If Set Value Initial Value is OFF for this tag the tag value is marked as uninitialized until its value is updated Initial Value all The initial value used for this tag when Set Initial Value is ON If the tag is an Output only or Input Output tag the Bridge VIEW Engine sends the Initial Value to the server at Engine startup If the tag is an Input only or Memory tag the Initial Value is stored in the RTDB at startup What Is Deadband In process instrumentation deadband 1s the range through which an input signal can vary without initiating an observable change in output signal Deadband usually is expressed in percent of full scale Although the term deadband generally applies only to analog tags other tag types have a limited type of deadband A checkbox allows you to determine if updates to the RTDB and historical data files should occur with any new data from the device server or if the value has changed Lz Note The BridgeVIEW Engine performs historical logging and alarm management operations based on new values in the RTDB If you set the Up
79. that when you change the digital control to a negative number Bridge VIEW displays the error message you set up in the FALSE case of the Case structure 5 Save the VI as Square Root vi inthe BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory The block diagram in this activity has the same effect as the following pseudocode in a text based language if Number gt 0 then Square Root Value SQRT Number else Square Root Value 99999 00 Display Message Error Negative Number end if D End of Activity 11 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual 11 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 11 Case and Sequence Structures Sequence Structures The Sequence structure which looks like frames of film executes block diagrams sequentially In conventional programming languages the program statements execute in the order in which they appear In data flow programming a node executes when data is available at all of the node inputs although sometimes it is necessary to execute one node before another Bridge VIEW uses the Sequence structure as a method to control the order in which nodes execute Bridge VIEW places the diagram that the VI executes first inside the border of Frame 0 it places the diagram it executes second inside the border of Frame 1 and so on As with the Case structure only one frame is visible at a time A Sequence structure is shown in the following illustration q Activity 11 2 Use a Sequence Structure Your object
80. the Active Cell and Cell FG Color attributes inside of a While Loop Wiring the Alarm Summary Display attributes like this formats the table to show different line colors for different alarm states If you use the MMI G Wizard this code is generated for you automatically The entire Alarm Summary Display including attributes is updated only if the current alarm information changes and if there was no timeout Table indicator updates can be slow for large tables so it is a good idea to update the table only if changed is TRUE Notice that changed is always TRUE after the first execution of the VI BridgeVIEW User Manual A 6 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference read parameters j ee es Initialize headers group tag names A column headers timeout secs 1 F summar data format es em row colors color codes nioo iE alarm summary status butter size 10 nee shubdowry changed oA read parameters is a cluster of parameters for filtering out the alarms read min priority is the minimum priority of alarms to read If left unwired alarms corresponding to priority level 1 and above are reported max priority is the maximum priority of alarms to read If left unwired alarms corresponding to priority level 15 and below are reported filter ACK alarms determines whether acknowledged alarms are read va group tag names determines the tags for which alarm conditions are read If left unw
81. the Tag Configuration Editor you define several attributes for the tag You can consider these attributes segmented into four categories connection operations scaling and alarms Each of these categories is explained in detail later in this chapter This chapter contains four tables that provide descriptions of the attributes for each of these categories and indicates the data types to which each attribute applies You can find each of these tables listed below in the Connection Operations Scaling and Alarms sections respectively of this chapter e Table 3 1 Connection Configuration Attributes e Table 3 2 Operations Configuration Attributes e Table 3 3 Scaling Configuration Attributes e Table 3 5 Alarms Configuration Attributes If you import tag configuration information from a spreadsheet your spreadsheet should follow the same format as indicated in the Attribute column of each of the tables listed above For more information about using spreadsheets see the section How Do You Use Spreadsheet Files for Tag Configuration in this chapter Data Type Configuration of a tag varies slightly depending on the data type The sections below discuss the details of tag configuration for each data type BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Analog Tags An analog tag 1s a continuous value representation of a connection to a real world I O point or memory variable This
82. the chart Click and hold down the mouse button on either arrow in the scrollbar 15 Clear the display buffer and reset the chart by popping up on the chart and choosing Data Operations Clear Chart iz Note The display buffer default size is 1 024 points You can increase or decrease this buffer size by popping up on the chart and choosing Chart History Length LIF End of Activity 10 2 Mechanical Action of Boolean Switches You might notice that each time you run the VI you must turn on the vertical switch and then click the Run button in the toolbar With G you can modify the mechanical action of Boolean controls There are six possible choices for the mechanical action of a Boolean control e Switch When Pressed e Switch When Released e Switch Until Released National Instruments Corporation 10 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 10 BridgeVIEW User Manual Loops and Charts MI NG at kr Ay Ub a e Latch When Pressed e Latch When Released e Latch Until Released Below are figures depicting each of these boolean switches as well as a description of each of these mechanical actions Switch When Pressed action Changes the control value each time you click on the control with the Operating tool The action is similar to that of a ceiling light switch and is not affected by how often the VI reads the control Switch When Released action Changes the control value only aft
83. the color for unacknowledged alarms normal determines the color for tags not in alarm buffer size determines the number of entries to be displayed in the event history display The default setting is 10 y initialize headers is TRUE when the history data has been read for the first time indicating that column headers should be updated abe column headers represents the information displayed in the event history Wire this output to the Column Headers attribute of the Alarm Summary Display in your MMI history data is the list of alarms and events that have occurred in the system and have been filtered with the user specified read parameters uz row colors is an array of colors for the alarms and events to be displayed Wire this output to the Cell FG Color attribute of the Event History Display in your MMI a alarm summary status contains information about the alarms currently in the BridgeVIEW system active alarms is the number of alarms currently in the Bridge VIEW system any alarm indicates any tag in the system that is in alarm irrespective of its acknowledgement status unack alarms is the number of unacknowledged alarms in the system any unack alarm indicates any tag in the system that is in alarm and unacknowledged j ag TE error indicates that an error occurred when executing the Read Event History VI It was probably a problem with the group tag name BridgeVIEW User Manual A 12 Na
84. the value value is the value of the tag at the timestamp error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix A 26 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference System Vis Use the System VIs to obtain information or monitor the access level of the current operator to launch or shut down Bridge VIEW or to enable or disable event logging historical data logging or printing The System subpalette is shown below o Functions x gt F Aih YAE userinfo tzzl di Login i MOMITOR Status Aa Enable Event Logging Use the Enable Event Logging VI to turn on or off logging of alarms and events for all tags in the system programmatically Enable ewt logging T error in no error Enable evt log T determines whether to turn event logging on or off H error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix a error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix National Instruments Corporation A 27 BridgeVIEW User Manual App
85. to start using Bridge VIEW to develop industrial automation applications This chapter refers you to other chapters or manuals for more information Welcome To BridgeVIEW Bridge VIEW adds real time process monitoring historical trending alarm and event reporting online configuration tools and PLC connectivity to a premiere graphical development environment G BridgeVIEW makes use of an intuitive graphical user interface combined with a powerful graphical programming language G that enables you to perform data acquisition and analysis create an operator interface or Man Machine Interface MMI and develop advanced supervisory control applications Bridge VIEW provides the following features for the development of your Industrial Automation applications e Graphical man machine interface MMI e Easy to use fill in the blank configuration utilities e Graphical programming tools e Real Time Database RTDB e Historical data collection and trending Citadel e Alarm and event reporting and logging e Security e Connectivity to PLC and industrial device networks National Instruments Corporation 1 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 1 Introduction Required System Configuration Bridge VIEW is distributed on a CD ROM that includes the complete BridgeVIEW 1 0 release The Windows95 NT version of BridgeVIEW runs on any system that supports Windows 95 or Windows NT 3 51 or later You should have a minimum of 24 MB of RAM
86. type and a special not a tag constant The following illustration shows the tag control indicator and constant as they appear on the front panel and block diagram Front Panel View of Tag Controls and Indicators Tag Control Tag Indicator Block Diagram View of a Tag Control and Indicator and Tag Constant Liquid Outetfe C 4 16 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface Tag controls indicators and constants also can be contained in arrays Many BridgeVIEW VIs operate on arrays of tags When you drop a tag control indicator or constant on a front panel you can click on the right menu ring button of the tag control to display a list of the available tags and tag groups and select one Tag groups are distinguished from individual tags in the list by a folder glyph A special group lt ALL gt also appears in the list This is a default group that contains all the tags in your scf file The following illustration shows a list of tags and tag groups Tag Control bal Mixer E Liquid Liquid Outlet Mixer Outlet Powder Powder Outlet Product Product Outlet fy ALL fea group You also can enter the name of the tag you want to use The tag control performs a Type Look Ahead as you type and displays the closest tag or group name to what you enter By default the tag control does not allow you to enter a name that is not contained in the current scf file You can configure each tag co
87. type of tag can vary continuously over a range of values within a signal range Use an analog tag when you want to express a continuous value for example O to 100 Discrete Tags A discrete tag is a two state ON OFF value representation of a connection to a real world I O point or memory variable This type of tag can be either a 1 TRUE or a 0 FALSE Use a discrete tag when you want to express a two state ON OFF value Bit Array Tags A bit array tag is a multi bit value representation of a connection to a real world I O point or memory variable This type of tag can be comprised of up to 32 discrete values Use a bit array tag when you have a multi bit value in which each of the bits represents a flag or single value that is turned on or off The maximum length of a bit array tag is 32 String Tags A string tag is an ASCII character representation of a connection to a real world I O point or memory variable Use a string tag when you have binary information or an ASCII value For instance you might use a string tag to obtain values from a bar code reader or if you have data that does not fit into any other data type Connection You associate a tag with its real world I O point by assigning it a Server Device and Item in the Connection tab of the Tag Configuration dialog box shown in Figure 3 2 Tag Connection Dialog Box When you edit a tag use the ring inputs to assign these values to the tag Bridge VIEW c
88. utility 2 17 to 2 19 fields Access rights 2 18 Alarms enabled 2 18 Auto Ack 2 18 Browse 2 18 Configuration File 2 18 Configured Tags 2 18 Description 2 18 Device 2 18 Engine Status 2 18 Full Scale 2 19 Group 2 18 Item 2 19 Name 2 18 Server 2 18 Type 2 18 Unit 2 19 Zero Scale 2 19 illustration 2 17 launching 2 12 2 17 purpose and use 2 19 viewing tag configuration 3 33 tag configuration 3 6 to 3 34 See also Tag Configuration Editor accessing or changing in your application 3 37 alarms 3 21 to 3 29 alarm deadband on analog tags 3 27 to 3 28 National Instruments Corporation analog tags 3 25 bit array tags 3 26 to 3 27 discrete tags 3 25 to 3 26 enabling alarms 3 24 keeping alarm unacknowledged 3 29 string tags 3 27 types of alarms 3 21 alarms configuration attributes table 3 22 to 3 24 Alarm Deadband 3 22 Alarm Invert Mask 3 24 Alarm Message 3 24 Alarm On 3 23 Alarm Select Mask 3 24 Alarms Enabled 3 22 Auto Ack 3 22 Bad Status Enabled 3 22 Bad Status Priority 3 22 Discrete Enabled 3 23 Discrete Priority 3 24 HI Enabled 3 23 HI Limit 3 23 HI Priority 3 23 HI_HI Enabled 3 22 HI_HI Limit 3 22 HI_HI Priority 3 23 LO Enabled 3 23 LO Priority 3 23 LO_LO Enabled 3 23 LO_LO Limit 3 23 LO_LO Priority 3 23 Tag Last Modified 3 24 connection 3 7 to 3 12 connecting tag to DDE server 3 12 defining group of tags for alarming 3 12 im
89. whenever you configure a tag or look at servers in the Server Browser utility You can remove these servers from the server list by selecting the Unregister Server option in the Server Browser utility How Do You View BridgeVIEW Server Configuration The Tag Configuration Editor shows the list of available servers and any registered devices and items for the server in the various Edit Tag screens You also can use the Server Browser to view information about the servers registered with Bridge VIEW Launch the Server Browser by selecting Projects Server Tools Server Browser or by pressing the Server Browser button on the Engine Manager Display Use this utility to view the properties of the devices and items registered by each server For VI based IA device servers you can use this utility to display the server front panel while your application is running if you launch it from the Engine Manager Typically servers run with their front panel hidden You can use the Server Browser to launch the server specific configuration utility from within BridgeVIEW if one is available The Server Browser utility shows the server information stored in the active Common Configuration Database ccdb file You can control which CCDB is active from the Server Explorer utility Use the Server Browser to unregister a server that you no longer want to use This keeps the server and related information from appearing in the Edit Tag screens Notice tha
90. window size includes all of these components Panel and Window sizes are given in pixels How Do You Control Panel Visibility There are several ways to control the visibility of an operator interface panel from your application These options are listed below e Enable the Show Front Panel when Called and Close Afterwards if Originally Closed options in the VI Setup Execution options This option applies only to subVIs e Enable the Show Front Panel when Called and Close Afterwards if Originally Closed options in the SubVI Node Setup options This option applies when you call the VI as a subVI e Use the Call Instrument VI e Use the Preload Instrument VI in conjunction with the Open Panel and Close Panel No Abort VI National Instruments Corporation 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Tag Attributes VIs i Note BridgeVIEW User Manual There is a set of VIs in the Tag Attributes palette with which you can read or change configuration information about tags programmatically Most of these tag attributes are parameters you can configure for a tag with the Tag Configuration Editor They fall into four categories e Tag Information and Connection e Operations e Scaling e Alarms Not all parameters configured in the Tag Configuration Editor can be changed programmatically You can programmatically take a tag on or off scan If a tag is off scan it is not processed or updated in the
91. you are an experienced G programmer begin with chapter 2 and continue through the entire manual so that you might learn the important BridgeVIEW concepts and review any G programming techniques that you might be familiar with already Save all of the VIs you create with the Bridge VIEW activities in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory There is also a Solutions directory BridgeVIEW Tutorial Solutions that contains the completed VIs for each activity in this manual You can view the VI for an activity that you have not completed yet or use the VIs in this directory as a means of verifying your work Another good place to start is the Examples directory Use the VI called readme vi at the top level of this directory to browse through the available examples If you are going to use device servers read Chapter 8 ndustrial Automation Device Servers which contains very important information about servers If you are going to develop device servers of your own use the Bridge VIEW Device Server Toolkit 1 10 National Instruments Corporation BridgeVIEW Environment What Is G Chapter This chapter describes the Bridge VIEW environment It explains the basic concepts behind G the programming language upon which Bridge VIEW is built the Bridge VIEW Engine Manager system errors and events the Tag Monitor utility and the Tag Browser utility This chapter also explains how to access online help for BridgeVIEW and provides an act
92. 0 0 0 0 Product 200 0 40 0 100 0 20 0 0 0 0 0 06 34 57 032r 1996 037 2771596 Data Display Available Data 06 25 19 09 27 1996 Weight of powder miser ingredie k g 145 957 Volume of solution in miser in lite Liters AO 0 Yolume of liquid miser ingredient Liters 199 008 Sera Volume of finished product in lite Liters 602 554 7 To see the value of a particular data point use the two vertical cursors on the trend You can see the value of the data point on each trend at the given cursor location in the Data Display 8 Select File Exit to terminate the HTV AIS End of Activity 6 2 National Instruments Corporation 6 17 Bridge VIEW User Manual Advanced Application Topics Chapter This chapter explains the advanced topics you need to understand to make optimum use of Bridge VIEW for developing applications The advanced topics covered in this chapter are listed below e BridgeVIEW System Control e Tag Attributes VIs e BridgeVIEW Security BridgeVIEW System Control System Vis As you develop more sophisticated user interfaces you might find that you need to exercise control over portions of the Bridge VIEW environment from your own applications Bridge VIEW provides two methods of controlling aspects of your System VIs and VI Control VIs The System VIs provide you with several functions that control actions such as launching and shutting down the Engine enabling and disabling logging in
93. 1 Open Using Temp amp Vol vi from the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory 2 Select Windows Show Diagram If the Tools palette is not open select Windows Show Tools Palette 4 Select the Probe tool from the Tools palette Click with the Probe tool on the wire coming out of the Divide function A Probe window pops up with the title Probe 1 anda yellow glyph with the number of the probe as shown in the following illustration The Probe window remains open even if you switch to the front panel 5 Return to the front panel Move the Probe window so you can view both the probe and volume values as shown in the following illustration Run the VI The volume in gallons appears in the Probe window while Tank Volume displays the value in liters Tank Volume 200 0 400 0 600 0 900 0 T 1000 0 D Probe 2 ES 818 77 Probe 2 3 0990E 3 Bridge VIEW User Manual 9 24 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS r Note The volume values that appear on your screen may be different than what is Shown in this illustration Refer to the Numeric Conversion section in Chapter 3 Loops and Charts in the G Programming Reference Manual for more information 6 Close the Probe window by clicking in the close box at the top of the Probe window title bar Another useful debugging technique is to examine the flow of data in the block diagram using the execution highlighting feature 7 Retu
94. 1 2 BOCK Dias taniere a acter cte Seep ccs Moteaeweeanencaenenea acs 11 3 NML TOS Oeren ude tanita binaten a a a 11 4 Segucnce SUCU Saa a a a Sa teeyevaantines 11 5 Pront Panel ecenin a e N Gu 11 5 BOCK DIAS ran a a A ste nreanied anid eneaenoaneAeaetavenecs 11 6 Chapter 12 Attribute Nodes Chapter 13 Front Pane henter a e a E AON 12 3 Pock Dacron a a a a r O 12 4 Arrays Clusters and Graphs W Datis Oly imo np Misti Seares as a a T war nang alee acseen ened 13 1 PRT AS e A A E O E tues cetacean E EE 13 2 How Do You Create and Initialize Arrays 0000soooeooossseosseeeosseeersseereererreeeee 13 2 Array Controls Constants and Indicators ccccccccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 13 3 AWOME KA S aaa a diana chden vadore tien a eae idee a 13 3 GONG TANG U5 eii E E EOAR 13 4 Bl ck Diagramaren a a a aa 13 5 M l plot Graphis a a tisha dcigataeSedamaceasice 13 8 Using Auto Indexing to Set the For Loop Count eesseeesseesesseesssssssssssssssssss 13 10 Using Array PUnCClOns cuencia A 13 11 BUJAN eao a o 13 11 Mit al Ze Aira y n a a E mausiandessnes 13 12 INTE AY SILC aaa A baessutindaavidsn aula tinea aeitaMiaendsencioin aomiiads 13 13 PRE AN USC eae e E E A 13 14 MPVS K A AY a sais ah au dui abana a apeamneemeehate 13 14 Pront Pano bossu er weno tren tee tie T athe area een creer Seer et ey 13 17 Block Diastase an tea eal ta thea nanan uate cele ee oan cue el cereus 13 18 Efficient Memory Usage Minimizing Data Copies
95. 24 9 Application Font National Instruments Corporation 2 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment TRONE Tools Palette Bridge VIEW User Manual Hilite Execute button Displays data as it passes through wires Step Into button Steps into loops subVIs and so on Step Over button Begins single stepping steps over a loop subVI and so on Step Out button Completes execution of loops VIs block diagrams and so on icon Connector VIs use a hierarchical and modular structure You can use them as top level programs or as subprograms within other programs A VI within another VI is called a subVI The icon connector pane of a VI works like a graphical parameter list so that other VIs can pass data to it as a subVI Bridge VIEW has a floating Tools palette which you can use to edit and debug VIs You use the lt Tab gt key to tab through the commonly used tools on the palette If you have closed the Tools palette select Windows Show Tools Palette to display the palette A shortcut for bringing up the Tools palette is to right click while pressing the lt Shift gt key The following illustration shows the Tools palette Operating tool Places Controls and Functions palette items on the front panel and block diagram Positioning tool Positions resizes and selects objects Labeling tool Edits text and creates free labels 2 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 Bridge
96. 3 Bridge VIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference Alarms and Events VIs Use the Alarms and Events VIs to acknowledge alarms display alarm summary or event history information or obtain alarm summary status information The Alarms and Events subpalette is shown in the following illustration i Functions Ei Alarms amp Events Alarms amp Events C eed fe ha Pa he Fa he py Fa Read Ack u1mmry History Status Acknowledge Alarm Use the Acknowledge Alarm VI to acknowledge alarms on a tag or a group Call this VI when an Acknowledge button is pressed in your MMI You can call this VI multiple times from your MMI group tag names ack alarm T va eroup tag names is the list of tags that have alarms to be acknowledged ack alarm T determines whether alarms on tags in group tag names is acknowledged If FALSE this VI does nothing except return the shutdown status If unwired this input is TRUE by default You can wire this input in your diagram so that acknowledge is called only when a front panel control is TRUE This eliminates the need to place a case structure in your calling diagram BridgeVIEW User Manual A 4 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference error indicates that an error occurred when executing the Acknowledge Alarm VI This is probably a result of the tag or group name not being p y 8 found shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is
97. 4 to A 25 Read Historical Trends 6 6 A 25 to A 26 System VIs A 27 to A 34 Bridge VIEW Engine Manager See Engine Manager Bridge VIEW environment 2 1 to 2 24 Enable event logging 7 2 A 27 Enable historical data logging 7 2 A 28 Engine Manager 2 13 to 2 16 G programming language 2 1 to 2 11 online help 2 23 to 2 24 Project menu items table 2 11 to 2 13 system errors and events 2 16 to 2 17 Tag Browser utility 2 17 to 2 19 Tag Monitor 2 20 to 2 23 BridgeVIEW System Log file 2 15 BridgeVIEW VI Library Alarms and Events VIs A 4 to A 14 Acknowledge Alarm A 4 to A 5 effect on startup and shutdown 4 23 Get Alarm Summary Status A 5 to A 6 locating A 4 purpose and use 4 15 4 18 to 4 19 National Instruments Corporation l 3 Enable printing 7 2 A 28 Engine Launch 7 2 A 29 Engine Shutdown A 30 Get Operator Name A 30 Get Tag Status Info A 30 to A 31 Invoke Login Dialog A 31 to A 32 locating A 27 Post System Error or Event A 32 Security Monitor A 32 to A 33 Tag Status Handler A 33 to A 34 Tag Attributes VIs A 50 to A 62 Get Analog Tag Alarm Limit A 51 Get BitArray Tag Alarm Setting A 52 Get Discrete Tag Alarm Setting A 53 BridgeVIEW User Manual Index Get Group List A 54 Get Tag Alarm Enabled A 54 to A 55 Get Tag Attribute A 55 to A 56 Get Tag Bad Status Alarm Info A 56 Get Tag Description Group A 57 Get Tag IO Connection Info A 57 to A 58 Get Tag List A 58 to A
98. 5 i HDS i Dont Show rear a Pi 10 00 00 m DMY 2 Digit Year 10 24 1396 i eM eD i 4 Digit Year Cancel b Format the chart to display the data starting from noon Oct 24 1996 and increment every 10 minutes as shown above Ly Note Modifying the axis text format often requires more physical space than was originally set aside for the axis If you change the axis the text may become larger than the maximum size that the waveform can correctly present To correct this use the Resizing cursor to make the display area of the chart smaller Bridge VIEW User Manual 10 20 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 10 Loops and Charts To select the relative time format select Numeric from the Format and Precision menu ring Then you can select the Relative Time seconds option in the dialog box and represent the time in seconds Modify the dialog box as shown below and then select Close sf Scale Formatting es Format and Precision Example Scale Style Mapping Mode Numeric 15 fe Linear Sal o Decimal 0 Digits of Precision 7 Floating Point Notation Scientific Notation Scaling Factors Engineering Notation PD ie Relative Time seconds 0 006 0 1 00E 0 Cancel 9 Raun the VI 10 Save the VI as Multiple Random Plot vi in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory AIS End of Activity 10 6 For Loops National Instruments Corporation A For Loop is a resizable structure Like the Whi
99. 59 Get Tag Logging Info A 59 Get Tag Range and Units A 60 Set Multiple Tag Attributes A 61 Set Tag Attribute A 62 Tags VIs A 35 to A 50 locating A 34 Read Tag A 35 to A 36 Read Tag bit array A 37 to A 38 Read Tag discrete A 38 to A 40 Read Tag string A 40 to A 41 Trend Tags A 41 to A 42 Write Tag A 42 to A 43 Write Tag bit array A 43 to A 44 Write Tag discrete A 44 to A 45 Write Tag string A 45 to A 46 Write Tag on Change A 46 to A 47 Write Tag on Change bit array A 47 to A 48 Write Tag on Change discrete A 48 to A 49 Write Tag on Change string A 49 to A 50 broken VIs 9 23 Build Array function multiplot graph activity 13 8 purpose and use 13 11 to 13 12 activity 13 17 to 13 18 bulletin board support C 1 Bundle function auto indexing activity 13 6 creating multiplot chart 10 19 graph and analysis VIs activity 13 23 BridgeVIEW User Manual l 4 C Call HTV VI A 15 to A 16 Call Instrument VI 7 3 case 11 1 Case structure 11 1 to 11 4 diagram identifier 11 1 illustration 11 2 incrementing and decrementing subdiagrams 11 1 out of range cases note 11 2 purpose and use 1 5 subdiagram display window 11 1 activity 11 2 to 11 4 block diagram 11 3 to 11 4 front panel 11 2 to 11 3 VI logic 11 4 charts 10 2 to 10 4 See also graphs creating multiplot chart and customizing trends activity 10 18 to 10 21 faster updates 10 3 modes 10 2 purpose and use 1 4 to 1 5
100. 7 Save the VI as My Tank MMI vi in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory LIZ End of Activity 4 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual 4 10 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface How Do You Customize Front Panel Objects You can customize BridgeVIEW controls and indicators to change their default appearance on the front panel with the Control Editor You also can save these controls for use in other VIs Programmatically they function the same as standard Bridge VIEW controls Control Editor You launch the Control Editor by selecting a control on the front panel h with the Positioning tool and choosing Edit Edit Control The Control Editor appears with the selected front panel object in its window The Control Editor has two modes the Edit mode and the Customize mode The Edit mode allows you to pop up on a control and manipulate its setting s The Control dialog box is shown below T Control 2 sgo 40 60 sof 0 0 10 0 Figure 4 2 Control Dialog Box While in the Customize mode you can move the individual components of a control around with respect to each other For a listing of what you can manipulate in customize mode select Windows Show Parts Window Not only can you customize the appearance but you can use the control in other VIs Save it as a custom control by selecting Save You can save it with different definitions such as control type definition or strict type definition whi
101. 9 714 60 35 2686 8505 03 5734816 02 41309215 03 5472 2977 02 596 7455 5 520 3282 0348 430673 32 84 86 00 2265887 91 640 0533 08 730 43 70 056 200 51 55 02 737 4644 01635 523154 Technical Support Form Photocopy this form and update it each time you make changes to your software or hardware and use the completed copy of this form as a reference for your current configuration Completing this form accurately before contacting National Instruments for technical support helps our applications engineers answer your questions more efficiently If you are using any National Instruments hardware or software products related to this problem include the configuration forms from their user manuals Include additional pages if necessary Name Company Address Fax ___ Phone ___ Computer brand Model Processor Operating system include version number Clock speed MHz RAM MB Display adapter Mouse ___ yes ___no Other adapters installed Hard disk capacity MB Brand Instruments used National Instruments hardware product model Revision Configuration National Instruments software product Version Configuration The problem is List any error messages The following steps reproduce the problem BridgeVIEW Hardware and Software Configuration Form Record the settings and revisions of your hardware and software on the line to the right of each item Complete a new copy of this form each time you revise your software or hard
102. Alar on OFF Move Down All gt gt Auto Ack Bad Status Enabled Use Default Order After you have edited the file save it as a t xt file Then from the Tag Configuration Editor select File Import to import the information from the spreadsheet file If you use spreadsheet files with the Tag Configuration Editor it is very important that you understand the following points e If you do not choose all of the fields when exporting your data you will lose configuration information when you import it back to the Tag Configuration Editor e You might choose to export a subset of information and then rely on tag default parameters when you import the data back in to the Configuration Editor However each row in the spreadsheet file must contain the tag name and data type fields or the import mechanism cannot read it e Some configuration parameters such as Historical Logging Configuration and Event Configuration are inherited from the currently open scf file when you import spreadsheet data National Instruments Corporation 3 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration c Note If the tag name and data type fields are missing the File Import option does not work on the spreadsheet file For detailed information about the tag attributes you can include in any spreadsheet you import see the How Do You Configure Tags section in this chapter How Do You Configure Tags When you configure a tag with
103. Bridge VIEW Engine performs historical logging and alarm calculations according to the memory tag configuration i Note To learn more about how to build MMI VIs refer to Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface How Do You Import Items from the Server Registry Use the Configuration Wizard to import items from the server registry When you run the server configuration utilities for the servers on your system you can define devices and items for the I O points that the servers monitor and control You can import these items into the Tag Configuration Editor automatically with the Configuration Wizard The Configuration Wizard is useful particularly if you want the Bridge VIEW Engine to monitor a large number of the I O points in your system To invoke the Configuration Wizard press the Configuration Wizard button on the main screen of the Tag Configuration Editor For more information on server registry see Chapter 8 ndustrial Automation Device Servers National Instruments Corporation 3 11 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Operations BridgeVIEW User Manual How Do You Connect a Tag to a DDE Server Although most Bridge VIEW servers are not based on Dynamic Data Exchange DDE you can connect a tag to any existing DDE Server Select DDE Server as your server in the connection tab of the Tag Configuration Editor to communicate with DDE servers DDE Servers have an Application Name Topic and Item In Bridge
104. Date Time string indicator string indicator string indicator National Instruments Corporation 9 31 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS Block Diagram 14 Create a Sequence structure and add the following to frame 0 as shown in the following illustration TOOOOWHOODVOODOOODUOOUVOOOOOD OOOUOHWOODHOODHOOOOOOOOOOD eo Get Date Time String function Functions Time amp Dialog Outputs the current date and time EFI y Get Operator Info VI Functions Select a VI from the gE BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory Pops open its front panel and G prompts the user to enter a name the date and the time g Boolean constant Functions Boolean Controls whether the input date and time string are TRUE To set this option to TRUE click on the constant with the Operating tool 15 Pop up on the Sequence structure and select Add Frame After from the pop up menu 16 Place a While Loop inside frame 1 of the Sequence structure 17 Add the objects shown in the following illustration Bridge VIEW User Manual 9 32 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS Temp amp Vol vi ot WoL ait Until Nest ms Multiple FO Mot Temp amp Vol VI Functions Select a VI from the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory Returns one temperature measurement from a simulated temperature sensor Wait Until Next ms Multiple function Functions Time a
105. Date option When you select this option a dialog box National Instruments Corporation 6 11 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction BridgeVIEW User Manual appears shown below and you can enter the start and stop time of the data displayed in the trend o Time Settings for HT Start Time Stop Time 10 00 00 11 00 00 087 1471996 0871471596 How Do You Change the Timespan of Data Displayed The timespan indicator displays the amount of relative time between the start and end points of the time axis To change the amount of time between these points you either can manually re enter data in the start or end point on the time axis or pull down the ring for the timespan indicator By default the timespan ring contains the values 1 00 10 00 30 00 1 00 00 and 3 00 00 Select Other in the timespan ring if you would like to enter a different amount of data to display How Do You View the Value of a Tag at a Specific Point in Time The Data Display table on the HTV shown in Figure 6 2 shows the tags displayed in the trend the tag description and the engineering units associated with the tag The two rightmost columns show the values of the tags at the two cursor locations in the trend To move the cursors grab their pointers at the bottom of the trend display How Do You Change the Y Axis The HTV displays two Y axes at any time Each Y axis displays the color of the tag assoc
106. E CUSTOMER S RIGHT TO RECOVER DAMAGES CAUSED BY FAULT OR NEGLIGENCE ON THE PART OF NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT THERETOFORE PAID BY THE CUSTOMER NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM LOSS OF DATA PROFITS USE OF PRODUCTS OR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF This limitation of the liability of National Instruments will apply regardless of the form of action whether in contract or tort including negligence Any action against National Instruments must be brought within one year after the cause of action accrues National Instruments shall not be liable for any delay in performance due to causes beyond its reasonable control The warranty provided herein does not cover damages defects malfunctions or service failures caused by owner s failure to follow the National Instruments installation operation or maintenance instructions owner s modification of the product owner s abuse misuse or negligent acts and power failure or surges fire flood accident actions of third parties or other events outside reasonable control Under the copyright laws this publication may not be reproduced or transmitted in any form electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording storing in an information retrieval system or translating in whole or in part without the prior written consent of National Instruments Corporation BridgeVIEW LabV
107. E O a 10 2 Paster C Dar Updates ria a a Uae aencd ame atandetmuaaseutewndeands 10 3 Stacked Versus OVE aid PIOUS szita E 10 3 WoE LOGS isco vase aw oe wteiceins hace Gea cae a al Aa seeus ceases aisle eats ce snaps eieene se emn cee seen ene eees 10 4 POMP AMG hada a ea tbuaiuas naa ira ceases a tints wlemueatens 10 5 BOCK Draers a aa a ieodeienaeute eaeeaks 10 6 Mechanical Action of Boolean Switches ccccccessseeseeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 10 7 TO cs stats sec nee E awtee aaa 10 9 Preventing Code Execution in the First Iteration ccccccccccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 10 11 SDCR 1S eis a a e tee a a Sea e aman uaa ease enmasa at duasaaSateciaseamtenebiods 10 12 Prone Fame lics cut tniaaniveascicn Acca cities ston cn a a N 10 14 BOCK 1a alta tea cece ena E A be umauneen echeawtavensaeeese 10 14 Using Uninitialized Shirt Re C1S Crs nasisa aaa aa ia 10 16 PEON PAIN Moses escorts EEE de E A TE E IN alae T A 10 18 Block Diastase a R E aan 10 19 National Instruments Corporation xi BridgeVIEW User Manual Table of Contents PORTO OS meri easceetesecnen wheats roetasce a uaa aaeee tenesoeetu needs 10 21 INUIMERIC CONVELSION 452555505 te iieiicin a hecan tet aerated Sas laeesscaeieas 10 23 Pron Pane Meee en PEN PO nce IR IY YR SY RORY MP NERD OP REL OPT MP TN RR TP aR 10 24 Block Dias taniere E ees 10 24 Chapter 11 Case and Sequence Structures Case STUC aia E A uadcaesoreneoev ade 11 1 Pront Pane eie E eaneenaail au 1
108. EW User Manual itself A block diagram that contains several identical subVI nodes calls the same subVI several times You use the Hierarchy window Project Show VI Hierarchy to display the dependencies of VIs by providing information on VI callers and subVIs This window contains a toolbar that you can use to configure several types of settings for displayed items The following illustration shows an example of the VI hierarchy toolbar You can use buttons on the Hierarchy window toolbar or the VIEW menu or pop up on an empty space in the window to access the following options Redraw Rearranges nodes after successive operations on hierarchy nodes if you need to minimize line crossings and maximize symmetric aesthetics If a focus node exists you then scroll through the window so that the first root that shows subVIs is visible Switch to vertical layout Arranges the nodes from top to bottom placing roots at the top Switch to horizontal layout Arranges the nodes from left to right placing roots on the left side Include Exclude VIs Toggles the hierarchy graph to include VI libraries or exclude VIs in VI libraries Include Exclude global Toggles the hierarchy graph to include variables or exclude global variables Include Exclude typedefs Toggles the hierarchy graph to include or exclude typedefs In addition the View menu and pop up menus include Show all VIs and Full VI Path in Label options that you can
109. Efficient Memory Usage Minimizing Data Copies To save memory you can use single precision arrays instead of double precision arrays For information about how memory is allocated see the section Memory Usage in Chapter 26 Performance Issues in the G Programming Reference Manual BridgeVIEW User Manual 13 18 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Clusters A cluster is a data type that can contain data elements of different types The cluster in the block diagram that you are building in this activity groups related data elements from multiple places on the diagram reducing wire clutter When you use clusters your subVIs require fewer connection terminals A cluster is analogous to a record in Pascal or a struct in C You can think of a cluster as a bundle of wires much like a telephone cable Each wire in the cable would represent a different element of the cluster The components include the initial X value 0 the delta X value 1 and the Y array waveform data provided by the numeric constants on the block diagram In G use the Bundle function to assemble a cluster For more information about Clusters refer to Chapter 14 Array and Cluster Controls and Indicators in the G Programming Reference Manual Graphs A graph is a two dimensional display of one or more data arrays called plots There are three types of graphs in the Controls Graph palette e XY graph e Waveform graph e Inten
110. Help Online Reference As you develop larger Bridge VIEW applications you might find it inconvenient to have all of the subVIs in memory at once For example assume you have written a number of VIs that act as user interfaces MMIs for several subsystems within your process One solution might be to have a top level VI that has each of these subVIs in its diagram The top level VI serves as a menu from which you choose the subVI to run as shown in the front panel portion of the illustration below Process 1 Process 2 ved Process 3 Frocess2 vil a 3 This VI contains a set of Booleans such that when the user presses a button on the front panel the proper subVI is executed The diagram builds an array of Booleans and checks the array for any TRUE values The index of the TRUE value is passed into a Case structure and each case contains the appropriate subVI as shown in the previous illustration 14 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 14 VI Control Vis The disadvantage of the above approach is that all subVIs are in memory at all times regardless of which ones are needed If each subVI is large your main menu VI might require a large amount of memory To avoid using so much memory you can use the VI Control VIs to load and execute VIs dynamically To do this you must know the name of the VI you want to access and its location on the computer or network The illustration below demonstrates the same scenario
111. I The following list describes situations in which errors frequently occur e Incorrect initialization of communication or data that has been written to an external device improperly e Loss of power broken or improperly working external device 15 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 15 Program Design e Change in functionality of an application or library when upgrading operating system software When an error occurs you might not want certain subsequent operations to take place For instance if an analog output operation fails because you specify the wrong device you might not want a subsequent analog input operation to take place One method for managing such a problem is to test for errors after every function and put subsequent functions inside case structures This can complicate your diagrams and ultimately hide the purpose of your application An alternative approach which has been used successfully in a number of applications and many of the VI libraries is to incorporate error handling in the subVIs that perform I O Each VI can have an error input and an error output You can design the VI to check the error input to see if an error has occurred previously If there is an error you can set up the VI to do nothing and pass the error input to the error output If there is no error the VI can execute the operation and pass the result to the error output i Note In some cases suchas a Close operation you
112. IEW National Instruments natinst com and NI DAQ are trademarks of National Instruments Corporation Product and company names listed are trademarks or trade names of their respective companies WARNING REGARDING MEDICAL AND CLINICAL USE OF NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS PRODUCTS National Instruments products are not designed with components and testing intended to ensure a level of reliability suitable for use in treatment and diagnosis of humans Applications of National Instruments products involving medical or clinical treatment can create a potential for accidental injury caused by product failure or by errors on the part of the user or application designer Any use or application of National Instruments products for or involving medical or clinical treatment must be performed by properly trained and qualified medical personnel and all traditional medical safeguards equipment and procedures that are appropriate in the particular situation to prevent serious injury or death should always continue to be used when National Instruments products are being used National Instruments products are NOT intended to be a substitute for any form of established process procedure or equipment used to monitor or safeguard human health and safety in medical or clinical treatment Table of Contents About This Manual Orcanizavion Or This Manual eosa r L SE XiX Bridge VIE WG ONCE PIS csie ene a E NE XX O Totoral non in a E EAE N EAA OTON NONAN
113. IEW uses a combination of tags events and data A tag is a connection to a real world I O point while an event is anything that happens to a tag or to the Bridge VIEW Engine in general The Bridge VIEW Engine communicates with device servers on one end and with your MMI application at the other end The Bridge VIEW Engine maintains a Real Time Database RTDB of tag information and logs historical data and events You can build your MMI to interface with the BridgeVIEW Engine using virtual instruments VIs to read and write tag values view alarm information and trend data A virtual instrument is a Bridge VIEW function written in the graphical programming language G For more information about G see any of the chapters in the G Tutorial section of this manual National Instruments Corporation 1 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 1 Introduction G Programming BridgeVIEW User Manual Start by configuring all the tags in your system with the Tag Configuration Editor Then you can launch the BridgeVIEW Engine which reads your configuration file and starts monitoring tags logging data and events You can create your MMI application to display tag values trends and alarms You also can acknowledge alarms and control output tags You can build the MMI using BridgeVIEW VIs to read and write tag values view alarm information acknowledge alarms view real time trends and retrieve historical data For more information about how to get sta
114. Indicators 0 0 0 cee ceeecscccesccsccssccesccuscesscesceescesecs 9 2 MPO RI a I E AEE I AE PAE ES E AE T EEE E E 9 4 Bridge VIEW User Manual X National Instruments Corporation Table of Contents PVN TASS acc deepen gnc a E T E EEN E Senate aed A A EE T ET TE 9 4 TPO DSa teas Sica haw E oauneietuaieas oteammacaeeu es 9 5 WES SCLC A ING a os ara cesteh ee E 9 6 Selecting and Deleting Wie Susserasrocda aa aa 9 6 Ba WV E a A E E 9 7 NLDOCUMEM AOM an a A ties card dcaseasadnaves 9 11 WV TRA VS SDN a a E E aad AA 9 13 Hierarchy WindoWicnanoeia tonn a G 9 14 Search Hiei Irei oarn a tant staaaneineatare 9 15 Icon and COMME CO sanaa a N E 9 15 Opening Operating and Changing SubVIsS cccccescssssesseeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 9 20 Front Panel aa ond Guasias aa maati an ceases a adencuuaten 9 20 BOCK Dramen a aa made 9 21 HOw Do You Depura VIE acena a E E ieee enen 9 23 How Do You Customize a Vi n NE N 9 26 Del WANCOW O PUONS asn a aioe 9 26 SUD V INOUE Se CU Die terns he tiae eters e a e T 9 26 PROM Pane lisna ana hs a acme aa diees 9 28 BOC Ke EO eaten a bata ate in a Sen ants eo caesar eee ween eaanees 9 28 Front Panel siete tustvedsa Mesias onccateecaneceasanenmncstandedee dam toiendiveien 9 31 Block DIT aeeoa bheodet ie niiae ade 9 32 Chapter 10 Loops and Charts Waal ISa SCRUGGS ha oesati5h guise aaa teh aiedatideaehetaud a 10 1 OT AT starve cata eon E Arsen cite emo Aen va een aca mnea eote aes 10 2 Chart NIOGGS ore ra
115. Manual Glossary bit array tag block diagram Boolean controls and indicators breakpoint BridgeVIEW Engine broken VI C Case structure Citadel cluster coercion dot connector BridgeVIEW User Manual A multibit value representation of a connection to a real world I O point or memory variable In Bridge VIEW this type of tag can be comprised of up to 32 discrete values A pictorial description or representation of a program or algorithm In Bridge VIEW the block diagram which consists of executable icons called nodes and wires that carry data between the nodes is the source code for the VI The block diagram resides in the Diagram window of the VI Front panel objects used to manipulate and display or input and output Boolean TRUE or FALSE data Several styles are available such as switches buttons and LEDs Mode that halts execution when a subVI is called You set a breakpoint by clicking on the Breakpoint button in the execution palette The heart of the BridgeVIEW system It maintains the Real Time Database of all tag values and alarm states The BV Engine runs as a separate process independent of your MMI application VI that cannot be compiled or run signified by a broken arrow in the Run button Conditional branching control structure which executes one and only one of its subdiagrams based on its input It is the combination of the IF THEN ELSE and CASE statements in control flow langu
116. Mask to produce the scaled value National Instruments Corporation 3 17 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration The next sections explain how to scale data Often your application needs Bridge VIEW to manipulate the raw data used in the device server to put it in a form called engineering units suitable for the operators The following sections describe the options for individual data types i Note There is no scaling for string tags Analog Tags You can define the raw range and engineering range for a tag to perform simple conversions between the two ranges The raw range defined by Raw Full Scale and Raw Zero Scale refers to the values used by the device server Engineering range defined by Engineering Full Scale and Engineering Zero Scale refers to the values used by the Bridge VIEW Engine and MMI Pull down the Scaling ring and select Linear to enable a linear mx b conversion between raw and engineering ranges Select Square Root to enable a square root conversion between the raw and engineering ranges Figure 3 4 shows the Scaling tab of the Analog Tag Configuration dialog box o Analog Tag Configuration Tag 1 A Connection Operations Scaling Alarms Engineering Unit Liters Enter the Engineenng Unit used for this tag above If the Device Server does not provide data values in real world Units enter the required scaling here Scaling Scaling Linear Raw Scale Engineering
117. National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration You can configure the BridgeVIEW Engine to include the tag reading temperature The block diagram of the MMI reads the tag value and passes it to a real time trend indicator The difference between the current reading and the previous value is calculated in the diagram and passed to a front panel numeric indicator The diagram retains the current temperature value and uses it after taking the next reading Because the system does not need to perform any alarm management or historical logging based on the difference no memory tag is used Example 2 When to Use a Memory Tag A simple device server returns several items of data that through a linear combination of values represent a meaningful measurement in engineering units The design of the device and its server software makes it difficult to combine these values within the server to make a single tag The value of interest is not the individual points but the linear combination of these I O points The operators need historical trends and alarm management based on this single value In this situation you can define a separate tag for each server item and a memory tag with engineering range and units of the final measurement In the block diagram of the MMI VI read individual tag values and calculate the linear combination of values in the diagram Write the calculated value to the memory tag in the Real Time Database and the
118. O NEE XX1 Appendices Glossary and Index sicisccccc cies eccoes sans cients snncdeastssanede eeu evtdiecenacdbeiecs xxii Conventions Used in This Manuial ccccccccececccssecccceeccceeeccccesccseusccseesesssesecseenesseeeess xxii Related Documentation scirocco aeaa a a a a a oaa xxili Customer Communication ss sesessesesessessssesssersseresserssserssseseereseersscrsssessseesssersseerseerese XX V BridgeVIEW Concepts Chapter 1 through Chapter 8 Chapter 1 Introduction Welcome LO id Gey DEW sls sh sree od sivan idan Mondavee E a E A l 1 Required System Configuration viscesssi 3itedestinadetveisredutnnds miemiwiwiadancinie 1 2 Installs Bride VIEW ce a a eee 1 2 Woat IS Bride VTE We bast Geena a A a a a oteuewuroengemuawmncuuees 1 3 How Docs Bidse VIEW Work uusine a a A 1 3 POS ee aa ea de oenammangwedsnacoadentatwiendeaeute sadake 1 4 Tas CONH oira oD eaa E alec A 1 5 Pa TY coer mee a a A eT Terme 1 5 Connec arenan E la isaedsedend patdesdadassepemp saa 1 6 SC el MINS PA Wee shards ton dude sults aac E I AE A E T 1 6 OPERA ONS 265 Sec Fa oicauten A 1 6 GPT UNG rece ca aonsctnsi en eae O E E eee as snes easaueneeeee 1 6 EVON css gadaie snes aadatudneitiadadindenat ea mneccence a aecnanauatn teas cadiuetaeanniadeeedendaattesieda aaeieeeas l 7 Historical Data Logging and Extraction cccccccssssseesseeeeeeecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeess l 7 SCCO V ae a A E A 1 7 What Is the Bridge VIEW System Architecture
119. Pop up on the array tunnel of a While Loop to enable auto indexing Activity 13 1 Create an Array with Auto Indexing Your objective is to create an array using the auto indexing feature of a For Loop and plot the array in a waveform graph q You will build a VI that generates an array using the Generate Waveform VI and plots the array in a waveform graph You also will modify the VI to graph multiple plots Front Panel avetorm Graph avetorm ra ri Bridge VIEW User Manual 13 4 National Instruments Corporation Ee Block Diagram WAVE i National Instruments Corporation oo Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Open a new front panel Place an array shell from Controls Array amp Cluster in the front panel Label the array shell Waveform Array Place a digital indicator from Controls Numeric inside the element display of the array shell as the following illustration shows This indicator displays the array contents waveform Arra Place a waveform graph from Controls Graph in the front panel Label the graph waveform Graph Enlarge the graph by dragging a corner with the Resizing cursor Hide the legend and palette Disable autoscaling by popping up on the graph and deselecting Y Scale Autoscale Y Use the Text tool to rescale the Y axis to range from 0 5 to 1 5 Build the block diagram shown in the following illustration Datax fa l Waveform Arra Generate Wa
120. The device servers that support the Bridge VIEW Engine are stand alone programs launched by the BridgeVIEW Engine and thereafter run in the background reading selected input items and National Instruments Corporation 1 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 1 Introduction Where Should BridgeVIEW User Manual writing them on demand Each server has a specific configuration utility that determines communication parameters I O poll rates and device addresses A server completes operation only when the Bridge VIEW Engine shuts down Input items are polled at a rate determined by the server configuration For each input item the device server passes the value the timestamp of when the item was sampled and status information to the BridgeVIEW Engine Output items are written on demand only for example when the Bridge VIEW Engine passes a new output value The device server monitors the items and encapsulates all device and hardware specific details thereby providing a hardware and software independent layer to the user MMI and SCADA application For more information about device servers see Chapter 8 Industrial Automation Device Servers Start We recommend that you work through the activities in this manual These activities comprehensively illustrate how Bridge VIEW works If you are new to the G programming language begin with the activities in chapters 9 through 15 and then continue with those in chapters 2 through 8 If
121. Time Database values from a device server and sends values to the server A channel or variable in a real world device that is monitored or controlled by a Bridge VIEW device server Laboratory Virtual Instrument Engineering Workbench A program development application used commonly for test and measurement purposes The range through which a tag value must change before it is logged to Citadel The smallest change in a tag value stored in the historical database A graphical user interface for the user to interact with the Bridge VIEW system Megabytes of memory A utility in Bridge VIEW that automates the process of generating MMI diagram code BridgeVIEW User Manual Glossary 0 object operating tool operator output tag P palette Panel window PID PLC polling pop up pop up menus positioning tool Programmable Logic Control PLC Bridge VIEW User Manual Generic term for any item on the front panel or block diagram including controls nodes wires and imported pictures Tool used to enter data into controls as well as operate them Resembles a pointing finger The person who initiates and monitors the operation of a process A tag that sends values to a device server whenever it is updated in the Real Time Database A display of pictures that represent possible options VI window that contains the front panel the execution palette and the icon connector pane See Proporti
122. To access the simple help view press the Simple Complex Diagram Help switch or choose Help Simple Help In the Help window required inputs appear in bold text recommended inputs appear in plain text and optional inputs appear in gray text When designing your own VIs you can specify which inputs are required recommended or optional by popping up on an input or output National Instruments Corporation 2 23 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment on the connector pane and selecting the correct option from the This Connection Is submenu Links to Online Help Files In the Help Window you can click on the Online Help button to access Bridge VIEW online help as well as help files you have created using a help compiler For more information on creating help files see the section Creating Your Own Help Files in Chapter 1 Introduction to Programming in G in the G Programming Reference Manual BridgeVIEW User Manual 2 24 National Instruments Corporation Chapter Tag Configuration This chapter explains tags the Tag Configuration Editor and how you edit tags within the BridgeVIEW system Before you can run a Bridge VIEW application you must specify a tag configuration This chapter also includes an activity that illustrates how to use the Tag Configuration Editor What Is a Tag A tag is a connection to a real world I O point The Bridge VIEW system supports four types of tags analog discrete str
123. VI A 6 to A 9 Read Event History VI A 9 to A 13 Read Historical Trend VI A 24 to A 25 Read Historical Trends VI example 6 6 purpose and use A 25 to A 26 Read Tag Alarm VI A 13 to A 14 Read Tag VI A 35 to A 36 Read Tag bit array VI A 37 to A 38 Read Tag discrete VI A 38 to A 40 Read Tag string VI A 40 to A 41 Real Time Database 1 6 1 9 3 1 See also Bridge VIEW Engine tag configuration operations real time trends displaying 4 28 to 4 30 Release Instrument VI 14 6 Resize panel VIs 7 3 Round to Nearest function 11 9 RTDB See Real Time Database Run button 2 3 broken Run button 9 23 Run Instrument VI 14 6 S SCADA Configuration File 3 2 contents 3 2 running one scf file at a time note 3 3 Bridge VIEW User Manual l 12 scaling configuration See tag configuration scaling purpose and use 1 6 scf file See SCADA Configuration File scope chart 10 2 10 3 Scroll tool 2 5 Search 1D Array function 14 6 security assigning to alarm summary application activity 7 16 to 7 19 environment security 7 8 to 7 14 Access Levels dialog box 7 9 changing password 7 10 creating and modifying user accounts 7 11 to 7 12 default environment access levels and privileges table 7 8 Edit User Accounts dialog box 7 12 finding access level 7 9 finding environment access privileges 7 10 identifying current operator 7 11 logging in and out 7 9 modifying access privileges 7 13 to 7 14 modi
124. VI Remember that front panel controls can be used as inputs only front panel indicators can be used as outputs only 11 Close the VI by choosing File Close LF End of Activity 9 3 Opening Operating and Changing SubVls You can open a VI used as a subVI from the block diagram of the calling VI by double clicking on the subVI icon or by selecting Project This VPs SubVIs You will see a palette containing all the subVIs of the calling VI Select the subVI you want to open Any changes you make to a subVI alter only the version in memory until you save the subVI The changes affect all instances of the subVI and not just the node you used to edit the VI q 7 Activity 9 4 Call a SubVI Your objective is to build a VI that uses the Temp amp Vol viasa subVI The Temp amp Vol VI you built in Activity 9 1 Create a VI returns a temperature and volume You will take a volume reading and convert the value to gallons when a switch is pressed Front Panel 1 Open a new front panel by selecting File New 2 Select a Horizontal Switch from the Controls Boolean palette and label it volume Place free labels on the front panel to indicate Liters and Gallons 3 Select a meter from Controls Numeric and place it on the front panel Label it Tank Volume BridgeVIEW User Manual 9 20 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS r Using Temp amp Yol i Tank Volume Volume 500 0 400 0 600
125. VIEW Environment Wiring tool Wires objects together in the block diagram y Object pop up menu tool Brings up a pop up menu for an object ra iii Scroll tool Scrolls through the window without using the scrollbars E Breakpoint tool Sets breakpoints on VIs functions loops sequences and cases E Probe tool Creates probes on wires Color Copy tool Copies colors for pasting with the Color tool CE Color tool Sets foreground and background colors i ha Ly Note You can pop up on an object by clicking on it with the right mouse button Controls Palette The Controls palette consists of a graphical floating palette that opens when you launch Bridge VIEW You use this palette to place controls and indicators on the front panel of a VI Each top level icon contains subpalettes If the Controls palette is not visible you can open it by selecting Windows Show Controls Palette from the front panel menu You also can right click or pop up on an open area in the front panel to access a temporary copy of the Controls palette The Controls palette is available only when the front panel is the active window The following illustration displays the top level of the Controls palette n Controls x National Instruments Corporation 2 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Functions Palette The Functions palette consists of a graphical floating palette that opens auto
126. VIs to Initialize Front Panel Indicators Frame 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual 4 32 National Instruments Corporation Alarms and Events Chapter This chapter introduces the basic concepts of alarms and events and explains how to view acknowledge and configure them within the BridgeVIEW system This chapter also provides activities that explain how to build an alarm summary display and acknowledge alarms from your MMI What are Alarms and Events Alarm States Alarm Limit An alarm is an abnormal process condition pertaining to a tag In BridgeVIEW alarms are generated based on changes in a tag value or Status An event is something that happens within the BridgeVIEW system Events can be divided into two groups those that pertain to individual tags and those that pertain to the overall BridgeVIEW system Examples of tag events include a change of alarm state for a tag or the user changing the value of a tag Examples of system events include a user logging on the Engine starting up or historical logging being turned on For more information about system events see Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment For analog tags an alarm state can be of type HI_HI HI LO or LO_LO For all data types analog discrete bit array and string if the server returns a bad status and you have enabled alarming on bad status the tag goes into Bad Status alarm All data types except string also support alarms based on tag value If an analog
127. Wizard on a numeric control to associate an analog output tag value with that control You can set the colors and blink options under alarm conditions and specify the updates to happen only when the control value changes Display analog Numeric Indicator Invoke the MMI G Wizard on a numeric indicator values to associate an analog input tag value with that indicator You can set the color and blink options under alarm conditions Control discrete tags Boolean Control Invoke the MMI G Wizard on a Boolean control to associate a discrete output tag value or an alarm acknowledgement state Alarm Acknowledgement with that control When you invoke the Wizard for the first time on a Boolean control the Configuration dialog box 1s set for Tag Value To change the control association from tag value to alarm acknowledgement mode change the Attach Control to ring to Alarm Acknowledgement Select a set of tags that requires acknowledgement when the Control value is set to TRUE You can set blink and color options under Alarm Conditions A preformatted Acknowledge Alarm button is contained in the Boolean Controls palette Acknowledge alarms BridgeVIEW User Manual 4 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface Table 4 1 MMI G Wizard Operations Continued Display discrete Boolean Indicator Invoke the MMI G Wizard on a Boolean indicator values to associate a discrete input tag value or an alarm state with that in
128. YMMDDHHMM 1og where YY year MM month DD day HH hour and MM minute What Is the Tag Browser With the Tag Browser utility shown in Figure 2 3 you can view the general configuration of all configured tags in the system Launch the Tag Browser by selecting Project Tag Browser A list of all the configured tags appears in the listbox Select a tag by clicking on it and the configuration for that tag displays on the right For more detailed tag configuration information or to learn how to edit a tag configuration see Chapter 3 Tag Configuration o Tag Browser ES Configuration File tanks sct Location C Program Files Bridge EWE samples ser Applications Tank System Engine Status Running Mame Liguid Liquid Outlet as E ne l ae Miner Description Wolume of liquid miser ingredient 2 in liters Mixer Outlet Powder Tag Definition Server Connection Powder Outlet Product Type Analog Server Tanks Server Product Outlet Access Input Output Device ALL Group group lem ingre Alarm Settings Engineering Scale W Alarms Enabled Full Scale 500 00 W Auto Ack ero Scale 0 00 Units Liters Figure 2 3 Tag Browser Utility National Instruments Corporation 2 17 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Table 2 3 Tag Browser Field Descriptions describes each of the fields in the Tag Browser Utility dialog box Table 2 3 Tag Browser Field Descriptions Configuration D
129. You can view configuration information about a tag by selecting it in the Available Tags list and clicking on the Tag Information button BridgeVIEW User Manual 6 10 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction How Do You Change the Time Axis You can change the time axis for a trend within the Historical Trend Viewer manually or by using Panning buttons Panning Buttons The Panning Buttons allow you to move backward and forward through the historical data in the trend The buttons do not affect the timespan of the trend For example if the trend displays data from 9 45 to 9 55 on the same day the timespan is ten minutes Table 6 2 describes the Panning button functions Table 6 2 Panning Button Functions Forward one half page Moves the display forward by half of the current timespan Forward one page Moves the display forward by the current timespan Displays the most recent available page of data Manual Changes Alternatively you can select the text at either end of the time axis and change the data You must enter the date in the correct format If you make an error the input is ignored You can select and enter the time and date on the time X axis of the historical trend on the HTV directly However the HTV responds immediately to any changes you make If you want to make manual edits to both the start and stop time on the time axis you can select the Viewer Time amp
130. a files last timestamp is the date and time associated with the last data point logged in the given set of historical data files F E E error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix a National Instruments Corporation A 19 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference Get Historical Trend Info Use the Get Historical Trend Info VI to obtain the first and last timestamp available in the historical database for a given tag and the type of the tag whether analog or discrete i a H E E ae Bridge VIEW User Manual data type Citadel path in Citadel path out tag name first timestamp emor in no error pij last timestamp emor out Citadel path in is the path to the directory containing the Citadel historical database If this path is empty the VI attempts to use the historical data directory configured in the active scf file If this has not been configured the VI prompts you to select a data directory tag name is the tag about which you want to obtain historical trend information error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix data type is the type of tag whether discrete a
131. a using a keyboard mouse touch screen or other device and then view the results on the computer screen BridgeVIEW User Manual 2 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment The front panel contains a toolbar of command buttons and status indicators that you use for running and debugging VIs It also contains font options and alignment and distribution options for editing VIs Pictures of the Front Panel toolbar and its buttons are shown below Sot Application Font hal Run button Runs the VI Continuous Run button Runs the VI over and over useful for debugging Stop button Aborts VI execution O Pause Continue button Pauses VI execution Continues VI execution Font ring Sets font options including font type size style and color Alignment ring Sets alignment options including vertical top edge A Led left and so on for two or more objects le Y Distribution ring Sets distribution options including gaps compression and so on for two or more objects Block Diagram VIs are executed from a block diagram which you construct in G The block diagram supplies a pictorial solution to a programming problem The block diagram contains the source code for the VI The block diagram toolbar contains additional options that are not included on the front panel toolbar Use these additional options for debugging VIs The block diagram toolbar is shown below 2
132. abled Alarm analog Determines the amount an analog tag value must diverge from an Deadband alarm limit before the alarm condition returns to normal Alarm Deadband is expressed in percent of full scale Auto Ack all Determines how alarms can be acknowledged If set to Auto Ack the alarm is acknowledged automatically when the tag value returns to the NORMAL state If set to User Must Ack the alarm will remain unacknowledged until the user acknowledges it regardless of the alarm state Bad Status Enabled Determines whether to enable Bad Status alarms for the tag Bad Status Priority Determines the value between 1 and 15 for the alarm priority for the Bad Status alarm where 15 represents the highest priority HI_HI analog Determines whether to enable HI_HI alarms for a tag Enabled HI_HI Limit analog Determines the value in engineering units that invokes a HI_HI alarm condition The tag alarm state remains HI_HI until the tag value goes below the HI_HI alarm limit minus the alarm deadband BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 22 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 3 5 Alarms Configuration Attributes Continued Attribute Applies to Description Data Types HI_HI analog Determines the value between 1 and 15 for the alarm priority Priority for the HI_HI alarm where 15 represents the highest priority HI Enabled Determines whether to enable HI alarms for a tag HI Limit analog Determines
133. ages A database for storing historical tag values A set of ordered unindexed data elements of any data type including numeric Boolean string array or cluster The elements must be all controls or all indicators A gray dot on a terminal to indicate that one of two terminals wired together has been converted to match the data type representation of the other Part of the VI or function node that contains its input and output terminals through which data passes to and from the node G 2 National Instruments Corporation connector pane constant D data flow deadband device device server discrete tag E Engine engineering units EU error Message event National Instruments Corporation G 3 Glossary Region in the upper right corner of a front panel window that displays the VI terminal pattern It underlies the icon pane See universal constant and user defined constant Programming system consisting of executable nodes in which nodes execute only when they have received all required input data and produce output automatically when they have executed In process instrumentation the range through which an input signal can vary upon reversal of direction without initiating an observable change in output signal Deadband is usually expressed in percent of range See log deadband and update deadband An instrument or controller that is addressable as a single entity and controls or monitor
134. ake the selections shown in the following illustration YI Setup x Window Options M Dialog Box Show Scroll Bars T Window has Title Bar Show Menu Bar Allow User to Clase Window Show Toolbar Allow User to Resize Window M Show Run Button Allow Run Time Pop up Menu Show Continuous Run Button Hilite lt Return gt Boolean M Show Abort Button Size to Screen W Allow Debugging Compile in debugging code F Auto Center T Enable Log Print at Completion OF Cancel 8 After you finish with the VI Setup options resize the front panel as shown in the following illustration so you do not see the three string indicators Enter your name here Lo Verify correct date and time Time Ed Ed 9 Save and close the VI Now you will use this VI as a subVI BridgeVIEW User Manual 9 30 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS Front Panel 10 Open a new front panel 11 Place a Waveform Chart Controls Graph on the front panel and label it Temperature Data 12 Modify the scale of the chart so that its upper limit is set to 90 0 and its lower limit is set to 70 0 Pop up on the chart and choose Show Legend to hide the legend Pop up on the chart again and choose Show Palette to hide the palette 13 Build the rest of the front panel as shown in the following illustration Temperature Data Frectangular stop button Swayetorm chart
135. alled but not written to the RTDB The RTDB is updated with the new value when the server polls it and passes it back to the Bridge VIEW Engine This maintains correct time synchronization in the RTDB tag name value generate ewent F i tag name is the name of the output tag value is the value to be written to the output tag JAH generate event F determines whether a user change event is generated for the write operation on the tag If the tag is configured with event logging on this tag event can be displayed in the Event History Display in your MMI and logged to a evt file By default generate event is FALSE status returns the current status of the value written in the Real Time Database If status is greater than or equal to 0 the Write Tag on Change operation was successful If status is less than O either the device server has reported an error indicating there is a problem with the tag or Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag BridgeVIEW User Manual A 46 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference error indicates that an error occurred when executing Write Tag on Change or that the status of the tag is bad See the status output for the specific error condition shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses Write Tag on Change Write Tag on Change bit array Use the Wr
136. alue unit timestamp alarm state and status for selected tags in the system You launch the Tag Monitor by selecting Project Tag Monitor When you first launch the Tag Monitor a tag selection dialog box displays all the tags configured in the currently selected tag configuration file For more information about configuring tags refer to Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Figure 2 4 shows the Tag Monitor 2 Tag Monitor tank scf Tag Monitor Help Tag iguid quid Outlet eT er Outlet order owder Outhe roduc roduct Outlet roduct Store eee oe SS SS ee ee Value Unt Timestamp Alam State AckStatus TagStaus Statue E oes 20530PM NORMAL ACK so qo 263PM NORMAL UNACK ofS aoe _20835PM NORMAL ACK io qo 263M NORMAL UNACK ofS soka asa PM NORMAL ack of o 263PM NORMAL UNACK ofS aooe 2033 PM NORMAL ack o o P E NORMAL NAP Trigger Tag none Status Details Select Tags to Monitor Close Monitor Timeout sec 1 00 i Note Figure 2 4 Tag Monitor Utility Selecting the Tag Monitor from the Project menu automatically launches the BridgeVIEW Engine if it is not running already Tag information is shown in a table format sorted by tag name When a tag has a non zero tag status the Status column indicates if the tag status is Warning or Error BridgeVIEW User Manual 2 20 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment
137. alue written in the Real Time Database If status is greater than or equal to 0 the Write Tag on Change bit array operation was successful If status is less than O either the device server has reported an error indicating there is a problem with the tag or BridgeVIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag National Instruments Corporation A 47 Bridge VIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference error indicates that an error occurred when executing Write Tag on Change bit array or that the status of the tag is bad See the status output for the specific error condition shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses the Write Tag on Change bit array Write Tag on Change discrete Use the Write Tag on Change discrete VI to update the Real Time Database with a new value for memory output and Input Output tags The value also is sent to the server if it is an output or Input Output tag The value is updated and sent to the server only if the tag value is different from the previous time the VI was executed Use this VI if you do not need to pass output values to the RTDB and server unless there really is a value change This saves you from adding code to your diagram to check value changes If the tag is an input only tag Write Tag on Change discrete VI causes a system error because input tags only can be updated by servers
138. am the While Loop and the For Loop Both structures are resizable boxes You place the subdiagram to be repeated inside the border of the loop structure The While Loop executes as long as the value at the conditional terminal is TRUE The For Loop executes a set number of times Charts are used to display real time 1 4 National Instruments Corporation Tag Configuration Chapter 1 Introduction trend information to the operator For more information about loops and charts refer to Chapter 10 Loops and Charts e Case and Sequence Structures The Case structure is a conditional branching control structure which executes a subdiagram based on certain input A Sequence structure is a program control structure that executes its subdiagrams in numeric order For more information about Case or Sequence structures refer to Chapter 11 Case and Sequence Structures e Attribute Nodes Aittribute nodes are special block diagram nodes that you can use to control the appearance and functional characteristics of controls and indicators For more information about attribute nodes refer to Chapter 12 Attribute Nodes e Arrays Clusters and Graphs An array is a resizable collection of data elements of the same type A cluster is a statically sized collection of data elements of the same or different types Graphs commonly are used to display data For more information about arrays clusters and graphs refer to Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters
139. ame e Item name e Length for bit array and string tags Scaling Scaling controls the type of scaling to perform on a tag when communicating with a device server and the expected engineering range and units for the tag Operations You can specify how the BridgeVIEW Engine updates the Real Time Database RTDB when it will log the tag data to disk if it will log events associated with the tag and what value exists in the database at startup The operations that can be performed on a tag are as follows e Updating the Real Time Database e Historical logging e Event logging e Event printing An alarm is an abnormal process condition For example an analog tag can be configured to be in a HI alarm state when its value is greater than 25 You can set alarm limits for a tag in the Tag Configuration Editor Each alarm limit has a priority associated with it to determine the severity of the alarm 1 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 1 Introduction Events An event is something that happens within the Bridge VIEW system Events can be divided into two groups those that pertain to individual tags and those that pertain to the overall Bridge VIEW system Events pertaining to tags include e A tag going in or out of alarm e An operator changing the value of a tag e An operator acknowledging an alarm Events pertaining to the system include e The launching or shutting down of the Engine e A new operator loggin
140. ample consider the following diagram where three similar Operations run independently National Instruments Corporation 15 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 15 Program Design An alternative to this design is a loop which performs the operation three times You can build an array of the different arguments and use auto indexing to set the correct value for each iteration of the loop If the array elements are constant you can use an array constant instead of building the array on the block diagram Use Left to Right Layouts Check for Errors BridgeVIEW User Manual G was designed to use a left to right and sometimes top to bottom layout All elements of your program should be organized in this fashion when possible When you perform any kind of I O you should consider the possibility of errors occurring Almost all I O functions return error information If you are using direct I O make sure that your program checks for errors and you handle them appropriately The Bridge VIEW Engine handles system events and errors reported by device servers However your VIs must handle any error conditions within their diagrams For example if a VI is unable to open a file properly you might want the VI to halt or inform the user of the error through a dialog box You also might want the VI to use an alternative path before alerting the user of the error You can make these error handling decisions in the block diagram of your V
141. an inform the BridgeVIEW Engine of what to do with the data in the RTDB T Analog Tag Configuration Tagi x Connection Operations Scaling Alarms Engine Update Deadband of range 1 00 W Set Initial Value 0 00 Logging Data and Events T Log Print Events W Log Data Log Deadband of range 5 00 Log Resolution engineering units 0 10 Create Next Tag OF Cancel Figure 3 3 Tag Operations Dialog Box The following table Operations Configuration Attributes provides descriptions of the operations attributes and indicates the data types to which each attribute applies For tag attribute information about the other configuration categories see Table 3 1 Connection Configuration Attributes Table 3 3 Scaling Configuration Attributes or Table 3 5 Alarms Configuration Attributes in this chapter National Instruments Corporation 3 13 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 3 2 Operations Configuration Attributes Attribute Applies to Description Data Types Update all Determines when the Real Time Database RTDB updates the Deadband value for this tag It is used to improve system performance and prevent unnecessary processing of tag values in the RTDB The field is expressed differently for analog discrete string and bit array tags For analog tags Update Deadband 1s a percent of full scale The database updates analog tags only when a new tag value is different than the
142. and by using the Read Event History VI in the Alarms and Events palette from the block diagram The alarms displayed in your Event History Display also can be filtered by group or tag names priority and acknowledgment status How Do You Display Alarm Summary Information BridgeVIEW User Manual To read the alarms currently in the Bridge VIEW system drop an Alarm Summary Display from the Controls Alarms and Events palette on your front panel You can invoke the MMI G Wizard to create the block diagram for an alarm summary or you can build your own diagram For more information about the MMI G Wizard see Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface 5 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 5 Alarms and Events If you are building your own block diagram use the Read Alarm Summary VI in your block diagram If you want to change the default fields time date tag name alarm limit that are visible in the Alarm Summary Display you can use the Alarm Summary Format control from the Controls Alarms and Events palette and change the checkbox selections You also can change the default colors of alarms acknowledged alarms and unacknowledged tags that have returned to normal with the Color Codes for Alarm Summary control which also is available in the Alarms and Events palette q z Activity 5 1 Build an Alarm Summary Display Your objective is to use the MMI G Wizard to display alarm summary information 1 Place an Alarm Summary Di
143. and not tag group names So Two Trend Siaa Yi wi eal ALa Temp ALI Temp ALI Level ALZ Level ih ALI Level r Figure 4 5 Two Trend Display VI The real time trend indicator updates with a value for each tag every time the indicator is written to If a VI using this indicator is executed several times it still has previous data displayed For this reason you might want to initialize the real time trend indicator before the loop begins execution You also can control attributes of the real time trend indicator such as time scale Figure 4 6 Initializing the Waveform Chart Indicator for a Real Time Trend Display shows a single real time trend display VI that initializes the time scale of the Trend indicator to the current time read from Get Date Time in Seconds and the interval corresponding to the Trend Tags time interval input It also clears the National Instruments Corporation 4 29 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface trend display by writing an empty array to the Trends History Data attribute Initialize time scale and blank trend digpla TOOK OUUDOOOOODOOODO do Display real time trend Ow Ao R moo and delta ts t History Data shutdown fe A E Figure 4 6 Initializing the Waveform Chart Indicator for a Real Time Trend Display This example illustrates the use of dataflow programming to enforce the order of two structures that otherwise are not relate
144. annot connect to a device server until you run the configuration or registration utility for your device server For more National Instruments Corporation 3 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration information about device servers see Chapter 8 Industrial Automation Device Servers T Analog Tag Configuration Tagi Ea Connection Operations Scaling Alarms Hame Description Group Tag Name Tag Description Group none O Connection Tag Access Input Only Server Hame DDESever f Device H ltem None Selected Paste ltem Name to Tag Name Create Next Tag OF Cancel Figure 3 2 Tag Connection Dialog Box The following table Connection Configuration Attributes provides descriptions of the connection attributes and indicates the data types to which each attribute applies For tag attribute information about the other configuration categories see Table 3 2 Operations Configuration Attributes Table 3 3 Scaling Configuration Attributes or Table 3 5 Alarms Configuration Attributes in this chapter BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 8 National Instruments Corporation Attribute Description Server Device Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 3 1 Connection Configuration Attributes Applies to Data Types National Instruments Corporation Description Determines the name of the tag you are configuring Always refer to a tag by its name Tag names are not case
145. anual Table 3 6 Events with Alarm Deadband 0 0 This type of situation clogs event files with redundant information and can cause operators some frustration in having to acknowledge alarms constantly when the tag has not changed significantly You can use the Alarm Deadband to alleviate this problem For the tag to go into alarm it must go above the exact Alarm Value in the above example 40 However to be considered normal again it must leave the Alarm Value by an amount greater than the Alarm Deadband For example if the range is 0 to 100 degrees Celsius an Alarm Deadband of 1 0 one degree Celsius eliminates unnecessary events Table 3 7 Events with Alarm Deadband 1 0 shows examples of events with Alarm Deadband set to 1 0 Table 3 7 Events with Alarm Deadband 1 0 3 26 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration How Do You Keep an Alarm Unacknowledged after the Alarm Returns to Normal While editing a tag select the Alarm Acknowledgement Mode ring and choose either Auto Ack on Normal or User Must Ack Auto Ack on Normal With this option enabled when a tag returns to normal state the alarm is automatically acknowledged A message is logged to the event file if event logging is turned on for the tag By default Auto Ack On Normal is enabled User Must Ack With this option enabled an alarm remains unacknowledged until the operator acknowledges the alarm q U Activity
146. anual 8 8 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 8 Industrial Automation Device Servers How Do You Develop an IA Device Server You can write an IA device server as a BridgeVIEW VI Several of the example simulation servers installed with Bridge VIEW are VI based servers Writing a VI based IA server is a simple way to emulate hardware or connect Bridge VIEW to a simple device You can use the same Bridge VIEW development environment to create the server as you used to develop your application You also can implement an IA device server as a 32 bit Windows Dynamic Link Library DLL Most of the PLC servers for Bridge VIEW are implemented as DLLs Writing a DLL based IA device server requires more work than writing a VI based server but it has the advantage of using multiple Win32 threads and thus runs and collects data in parallel with Bridge VIEW DLL based IA device servers also can support clients other than Bridge VIEW For more information about developing Bridge VIEW Servers inquire about the Bridge VIEW Device Server Toolkit available from National Instruments National Instruments Corporation 8 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Creating and Customizing VIs Chapter This chapter introduces the basic concepts of virtual instruments and provides activities that explain the following e How to create the icon and connector e How to use a VI as a subVI e How to use the VI Setup option e How to use the SubVI Node Set
147. aph terminal without the initial X and delta X specified as the following illustration shows waveform Graph Waveform Arra 13 Return to the block diagram Delete the Bundle function and the numeric constants wired to it To delete the function and constants select the function and constants with the Positioning tool then press lt Delete gt Select Edit Remove Bad Wires Finish wiring the block diagram as shown in the previous illustration 14 Run the VI Notice that the VI plots the waveform with an initial X value of 0 and a delta X value of 1 National Instruments Corporation 13 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Multiplot Graphs BridgeVIEW User Manual You can create multiplot waveform graphs by building an array of the data type normally passed to a single plot graph Waveform Array 15 Continue building your block diagram as shown in the preceding diagram Sine function Functions Numeric Trigonometric In this activity you use the function in a For Loop to build an array of points that represents one cycle of a sine wave Build Array function Functions Array In this exercise you use this function to create the proper data structure to plot two arrays on a waveform graph which in this case is a 2D array Enlarge the Build Array function to create two inputs by dragging a corner with the Positioning tool Pi constant Functions Numeric Additional Numeric C
148. appendix a alarms enabled indicates whether alarms are enabled for this tag If TRUE alarms are enabled for this tag If FALSE alarms are disabled g tag value alarm enabled indicates whether alarms generated by changes in the value of the tag are enabled If TRUE alarms are enabled If FALSE they are disabled alarm on ALL indicates how many individual bits must be in alarm before the entire bit array tag is in alarm If TRUE an alarm is generated if all the bits are in alarm If FALSE an alarm is generated if any of the bits in the bit array tag are in alarm j aa invert mask indicates the bits in the bit array tag that must be inverted before calculating whether the tag is in alarm invert mask is represented in hexadecimal select mask indicates the bits in the bit array tag to be used for the alarm E k calculation arr error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix priority is the priority of the alarm for a bit array tag The valid range is between 1 and 15 where 15 is the highest priority and 1 is the lowest Bridge VIEW User Manual A 52 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference Get Discrete Tag Alarm Setting Use the Get Discrete Tag Alarm Setting VI to obtain alarm setting information for discrete tags POPC
149. applies only to that particular node Activity 9 6 Use Setup Options for a SubVI Your objective is to build a VI that prompts the operator to enter information You will create a VI that launches a dialog box to obtain information from the user upon execution Once the user enters the information and presses a button the dialog box disappears National Instruments Corporation 9 27 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS Front Panel 1 Open anew front panel and place some string controls and a button as shown in the following illustration My Get Operator Info Yi File Edit Dperate Project Windows Help Eas 13pt Application Font 30 is Enter your name here Name Answer OO sss Sting Control String Indicator Very corect date and time lt Free Label Date Time Date Answer 7 Sey String Control String Control String Indicator Time 4nswer Continue Giring Indicator Dialog Button T 03 4 Block Diagram 2 Build the block diagram shown in the following illustration i T Get M Info oy 3 Create the icon for the VI as shown at left To access the Icon Editor pop up on the icon pane of the front panel and select Edit Icon 4 Switch to the connector pane by popping up on the icon pane and selecting Show Connector BridgeVIEW User Manual 9 28 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating and Custo
150. ascntestnsciarcucess nme Abin wd caan tnddadiat A 49 MAS ADONCS VAS eaa a e tailanth Sienna sessed EAT A 50 Get Analos Tae Alarm Limit ccsysecoecteandavtramtandondd coven judd eduateaiciauteececs A 51 Get Bit Array Tag Alarm Setting cc cccccccccceccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenanaas A 52 Get Discrete Tae Alarm Sete cmene a E A 53 ta 5 9 0 EIS eee RN nn Tr Nea renee oe foe arses Pienr eer ween A 54 Get Tae Aldrin EDADE oranice wala a N A 54 Ger Tas 200 G0 oor sere nT oT ne es A 55 BridgeVIEW User Manual XIV National Instruments Corporation Appendix B Citadel and Open Database Connectivity Appendix C Customer Communication Table of Contents Get Tag Bad Status Alarm Info 00 0 ccccccccccceccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeneaeeeaeenes A 56 Get Tae Description Group ae tamil ei aees A 57 Get Fae TO Connection nO sinsa a A A 57 Gee Pao Mist anieri an a a a damn twenties A 58 Get Pagov eins NTO sucoreyesa a nado A 59 Get Tae Rance and Units anaa cna tanteddacteati nas wariemamavedes eee A 60 Set Multiple Tac A i DUS voei n seen den areca iencnnenanenceseeene A 61 Sel Pag Ai UNS ernea E A 62 Glossary Index Figures Figure 1 1 Bridge VTE W Architect re s 3 cvcncedesadsanensnscnndeemsentancenenenanntudeecedesaginiedeicews 1 8 Figure 2 1 Engine Manager Display ccccccccceccccecceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeaaeaaaaaaas 2 13 Figure 2 2 Engine Manager with System Events Displayed cccccccccesseenee
151. asswords Environment Security Environment security is built into BridgeVIEW and determines access to certain Bridge VIEW utilities For example not all users should have the ability to configure the tags in the system or edit user accounts Bridge VIEW uses seven levels of access privileges in its environment Each set of privileges includes all of the privileges of those below it These sets of privileges are defined in Table 7 1 Default Environment Access Levels and Privileges Table 7 1 Default Environment Access Levels and Privileges Name Level Needed ooma o imao Supervise Enable and disable Event Logging Historical Logging and Printing access to Historical Trend Viewer Diagnostics Start and stop the Bridge VIEW Engine configure paths for Event and Historical Logging in Tag Configuration Editor access to the Tag Browser and Tag Monitor Deem Create and edit tags in the Tag Configuration Editor Administration Create and edit user accounts and access levels change the configuration of Bridge VIEW environment access privileges BridgeVIEW User Manual 7 8 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Access privileges to the Bridge VIEW environment are independent of access to objects in the operator interfaces that you develop for your application See the section Operator Interface Security in this chapter for more information How Do You Log In and Out To log in choose P
152. aterials and workmanship for a period of 90 days from date of shipment as evidenced by receipts or other documentation National Instruments will at its option repair or replace software media that do not execute programming instructions if National Instruments receives notice of such defects during the warranty period National Instruments does not warrant that the operation of the software shall be uninterrupted or error free A Return Material Authorization RMA number must be obtained from the factory and clearly marked on the outside of the package before any equipment will be accepted for warranty work National Instruments will pay the shipping costs of returning to the owner parts which are covered by warranty National Instruments believes that the information in this manual is accurate The document has been carefully reviewed for technical accuracy In the event that technical or typographical errors exist National Instruments reserves the right to make changes to subsequent editions of this document without prior notice to holders of this edition The reader should consult National Instruments if errors are suspected In no event shall National Instruments be liable for any damages arising out of or related to this document or the information contained in it EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED HEREIN NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS MAKES NO WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOS
153. ating the lower and upper range values An in memory snapshot of all tags in the system A plot of data values versus time that is updated as each new point is acquired in the Real Time Database Mode in which calls to multiple instances of a subVI can execute in parallel with distinct and separate data storage Subtype of the numeric data type of which there are signed and unsigned byte word and long integers as well as single double and extended precision floating point numbers both real and complex Angled handles on the corner of objects that indicate resizing points See Real Time Database The time interval between observations in a periodic sampling control system Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition A device that produces a voltage or current output representative of some physical property being measured such as speed temperature or flow A terminal that passes data between the frames of a Sequence Structure Bridge VIEW User Manual Glossary Sequence structure shift register string tag structure sub VI supervisory control system errors system events tag tag attributes Tag Browser Tag Configuration Editor tag group BridgeVIEW User Manual Program control structure that executes its subdiagrams in numeric order Commonly used to force nodes that are not data dependent to execute in a desired order Optional mechanism in loop structures used to pass the value o
154. ation about the alarms currently in the BridgeVIEW system active alarms is the number of alarms currently in the Bridge VIEW system any alarm indicates any tag in the system that is in alarm irrespective of its acknowledgement status unack alarms is the number of unacknowledged alarms in the system T any unack alarm indicates any tag in the system that is in alarm and unacknowledged error indicates that an error occurred when executing the Read Alarm Summary VI It was probably a problem with the group tag names shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case the Read Alarm Summary VI returns immediately with shutdown TRUE You can use shutdown to exit any While Loop that calls Read Alarm Summary VI changed is TRUE if a new alarm was read If changed is FALSE the Read Alarm Summary VI probably timed out before the Alarm Summary Display was updated Read Event History Use the Read Event History VI to display all the alarms and events that have occurred for a set of tags or tag groups within a given alarm priority range You also can filter out acknowledged tags The Read Event History VI formats the event history information for display in an Event History Display indicator in your MMI If you specify a timeout value greater than O this VI returns when the event history information changes or the timeout value is exceeded whichever occurs first The changed output alerts you as t
155. atus is greater than or equal to 0 the Write Tag string operation was successful If status is less than 0 either the device server has reported an error indicating there is a problem with the tag or Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag National Instruments Corporation A 45 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference error indicates that an error occurred when executing the Write Tag string VI or that the status of the tag is bad See status for the specific error condition shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses the Write Tag string VI Write Tag on Change Use the Write Tag on Change VI to update the Real Time Database with a new value for memory output and Input Output tags The value also is sent to the server if it is an output or Input Output tag The value is updated and sent to the server only if the tag value is different from the previous time the VI was executed Use this VI if you do not need to pass output values to the RTDB and server unless there really is a value change This saves you from adding code to your diagram to check value changes If the tag is an input only tag Write Tag on Change VI causes a system error because input tags can only be updated by servers If the tag is configured as an Input Output tag the tag value is passed to the server when Write Tag on Change VI is c
156. average is displayed on the waveform chart al Vy Wait Until Next ms Multiple function Functions Time amp Dialog This function ensures that each iteration of the loop occurs no faster than the millisecond input The input is 500 milliseconds for this activity If you pop up on the icon and choose Show Label the label Wait Until Next ms Multiple appears E 6 Pop up on the input of the Wait Until Next ms Multiple function and select Create Constant A numeric constant appears and is automatically wired to the function 7 Type 500 inthe label The numeric constant wired to the Wait Until Next ms Multiple function specifies a wait of 500 milliseconds one half second Thus the loop executes once every half second Notice that the VI initializes the shift registers with a random number If you do not initialize the shift register terminal it contains the default National Instruments Corporation 10 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 10 Loops and Charts i Note value or the last value from the previous run and the first few averages are meaningless 8 Run the VI and observe the operation 9 Save this VI as Random Average vi in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory Remember to initialize shift registers to avoid incorporating old or default data into your current data measurements LF End of Activity 10 5 Using Uninitialized Shift Registers BridgeVIEW User Manual You initialize a shift register by wir
157. ble 3 14 purpose and use 3 15 National Instruments Corporation l 5 Index setting update too high note 3 15 updating table 3 14 debugging VIs 9 23 to 9 26 overview 9 23 activity 9 24 to 9 26 Decimate Historical Trend VI A 17 Decimate Historical Trends VI A 18 to A 19 deleting tags 3 3 device servers See industrial automation device servers digital indicator adding to array 13 5 For Loop 10 24 Digital Thermometer VI 13 23 Disable Indexing command 13 15 discrete tags alarm configuration 3 25 to 3 26 creating 3 3 purpose and use 3 7 scaling 3 19 to 3 20 Distribution ring 2 3 Divide function adding to subVI 9 22 Sequence structure 11 10 shift register 10 15 documentation conventions used in manual xxii xxiii organization of manual xix xxi related documentation xxiii documenting VIs 9 11 to 9 13 Dynamic Data Exchange server See DDE server E Edit User Accounts dialog box 7 12 editing tags 3 3 multiple tags 3 3 electronic support services C 1 to C 2 e mail support C 2 Enable event logging VI 7 2 A 27 Enable historical data logging VI 7 2 A 28 Enable Indexing command 13 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual Index Enable printing VI 7 2 A 28 Engine See BridgeVIEW Engine Engine Launch VI 7 2 A 29 Engine Manager 2 13 to 2 16 See also Bridge VIEW Engine Enable Error 2 14 table Engine Status 2 14 table illustration 2 13 Log Events 2 14 table Log Historical Data 2
158. breaking it down into the error or warning returned by Bridge VIEW as well as the error or warning if any returned by the device server The part of the message describing the server error code comes from the input you specify in server error descriptions It also contains information about the source of the error A 34 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference Tags VIs Use the Tags VIs to read the latest value for a tag write a new value to a tag or obtain data for a real time trend The Tags subpalette is shown below 0 Functions Ed me e EEE Read Tag Use the Read Tag VI to read the latest value of a tag from the Real Time Database For immediate polling of the tag value leave timeout secs unwired To wait until the value is updated before reading it wire a timeout value in seconds to timeout The Read Tag VI returns with the most recent Real Time Database value when it is updated the timeout is exceeded or the Real Time Database is shutting down whichever occurs first Use the changed output to determine whether the value changed since the last read Ly Note Use a separate Read Tag VI for each tag you want to monitor Do not put the Read Tag VI in a loop to read a different tag each iteration of the loop This results in slower program performance The Read Tag VI is designed to save information about the tag internally for efficient operation This information is updated every time th
159. cal Data Logging and Extraction Launches the Bridge VIEW Engine The BridgeVIEW Engine manages the Real Time Database communicates with device servers and performs alarm management and historical data logging The Bridge VIEW Engine runs according to a configuration file called a scf SCADA Configuration File file You can create and edit scf files using the Tag Configuration Editor For more information about the Bridge VIEW Engine see the section What Is the BridgeVIEW Engine Manager in this chapter Opens a utility you can use to add remove and modify access levels in your Bridge VIEW system If user accounts are defined in your system you must have Administration privileges to edit the list of access levels For more information about security and access levels see Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics National Instruments Corporation 2 11 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Table 2 1 BridgeVIEW Project Menu Items Continued Security Change Password Opens a dialog box to change the current user s password You must be logged in to change your password For more information about security and passwords see Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Security Edit User Accounts Opens a utility you can use to create and edit user accounts in your Bridge VIEW system If user accounts are defined in your system you must have Administration privileges to create and edit user accounts For more i
160. ch controls how much of the control can be modified in other VIs After you save the control you can place it on other front panels using the Controls Select a Control option For more information refer to Chapter 22 Custom Controls and Type Definitions in the G Programming Reference Manual When you edit a control a new window opens with a copy of the control You can customize the control by coloring it changing its size adding new elements to clusters and so on These changes do not affect the original VI until you select File Apply Changes or you close the National Instruments Corporation 4 11 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface q U Bridge VIEW User Manual window and select YES to the prompt concerning replacing the original control If you want to use the control in other VIs you can save it as a custom control by selecting File Save After you save the control you can place it on other front panels using the Controls Select a Control Importing Graphics You can import graphics from other programs for use as background pictures as items in ring controls or parts of other front panel controls Before you use a picture in Bridge VIEW you must load it into the Bridge VIEW clipboard You can load an example of this type of control by popping up in a front panel selecting Controls Select a Control and opening Example G Examples General Controls custom Lb Vbox If you copy an
161. ching for visible nodes 9 15 Hilite Execute button 2 4 9 25 historical data logging and extraction See also Historical Trend Viewer HTV Citadel Historical Database 6 2 B 1 to B 2 configuring tags to log data or events 3 16 Historical Data VIs 6 4 to 6 9 example 6 5 to 6 6 list of VIs 6 4 to 6 5 activity 6 6 to 6 9 VI reference A 15 to A 26 logging 6 2 to 6 4 configuring 6 3 to 6 4 steps 6 2 techniques for turning on and off 6 2 overview 1 7 setting file paths 3 35 stopping and starting programmatically 7 2 trends 6 1 turning on at startup 3 35 Historical Data VIs 6 4 to 6 9 A 15 to A 26 Call HTV A 15 to A 16 Decimate Historical Trend A 17 Decimate Historical Trends A 18 to A 19 example 6 5 to 6 6 Get Historical Tag List 6 5 A 19 Get Historical Trend Info A 20 Historical Trend Statistics A 21 to A 22 BridgeVIEW User Manual l 8 Historical Trend Statistics VI 6 8 Historical Trends to Spreadsheet A 22 to A 23 list of VIs 6 4 to 6 5 locating 4 16 A 15 Read Historical Trend A 24 to A 25 Read Historical Trends 6 6 A 25 to A 26 activity 6 6 to 6 9 Historical Logging Configuration dialog box illustration 6 3 parameters table 6 4 Historical Trend Statistics VI example 6 8 purpose and use A 21 to A 22 Historical Trend Viewer HTV 6 9 to 6 17 exporting data to spreadsheet 6 13 illustration 6 9 incorporating into MMI applications 6 14 launching 2 11 online help 6 13 to 6 14 p
162. ck from a touch tone telephone at 512 418 1111 E Mail Support currently U S only You can submit technical support questions to the appropriate applications engineering team through e mail at the Internet addresses listed below Remember to include your name address and phone number so we can contact you with solutions and suggestions DAQ dag support natinst com Lookout lookout support natinst com LabVIEW lv support natinst com BridgeVIEW bv support natinst com Fax and Telephone Support National Instruments has branch offices all over the world Use the list below to find the technical support number for your country If there is no National Instruments office in your country contact the source from which you purchased your software to obtain support Australia Austria Belgium Canada Ontario Canada Quebec Denmark Finland France Germany Hong Kong Israel Italy Japan Korea Mexico Netherlands Norway Singapore Spain Sweden Switzerland Taiwan U K 03 9879 5166 0662 45 79 90 0 02 757 00 20 905 785 0085 514 694 8521 45 76 26 00 90 527 2321 01 48 14 24 24 089 741 31 30 2645 3186 03 5734815 02 413091 03 5472 2970 02 596 7456 95 800 010 0793 0348 433466 32 84 84 00 2265886 91 640 0085 08 730 49 70 056 200 51 51 02 377 1200 01635 523545 SA Telephone Fax 03 9879 6277 0662 45 79 90 19 02 757 03 11 905 785 0086 514 694 4399 45 76 26 02 90 502 2930 01 48 14 24 14 08
163. con pane in the upper right corner of the front panel and choosing VI Setup Ui Setup Edit Icon Show Connector A VI Setup dialog box appears showing setup options for execution of the VI appearance of the panel and documentation You can learn how to use these options in Activity 9 6 Use Setup Options for a SubVI in this chapter For more detailed information see Chapter 6 Setting up VIs and SubVIs in the G Programming Reference Manual Set Window Options Execution Options The Window Options control the appearance of the VI when running Ua To switch from Execution Options to Window Options click on the Documentation ae downward pointing arrow in the menu bar SubVI Node Setup You also can configure how a subVI executes The configuration options are available by popping up on the subVI icon in the block diagram of the calling VI and choosing SubVI Node Setup The following illustration shows the SubVI Node Setup dialog box BridgeVIEW User Manual 9 26 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS rn Node Setup xi Open Front Panel when loaded Show Front Panel when called Close afterwards if originally closed Suspend when called OF Cancel Ly Note If you select an option from the VI Setup dialog box of a VI the option applies to every instance of that VI If you select an option from the Sub VI Node Setup dialog box the option
164. configuration information such as engineering range and unit unless you archive the scf file as well Preferably maintain the relative path between the scf file and the historical files in this new location For example if your scf file is in C ARCHIVE keep your historical database in C ARCHIVE DATA How Do You Configure Historical Logging You can reach the Historical Logging Configuration dialog box by selecting Configure Historical from the Tag Configuration Editor Figure 6 1 shows the Historical Logging Configuration dialog box and Table 6 1 lists parameters you can configure for historical logging eT Histoncal Logging Configuration Citadel Data Directory Data T Store absolute path I Start logging on system start up 3650 Davs to keep historical files 1 00 00 Masimum time between logs hh mm s2 Cancel Figure 6 1 Historical Logging Configuration Dialog Box National Instruments Corporation 6 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction Table 6 1 Parameters You Can Configure for Historical Logging Citadel Data Directory Path that determines the directory where historical data files are stored on disk Store absolute path Determines whether the absolute path is stored Start logging on system Determines whether the Bridge VIEW Engine automatically begins start up logging historical data when the Engine launches Days to keep historical Determines how many
165. d shutting down 4 27 to 4 28 multiplot chart creating activity 10 18 to 10 21 multiplot graphs creating activity 13 8 to 13 9 Multiply function 11 9 NI DAQ server installing 8 3 Not Equal function 11 9 Not function adding to subVI 9 33 attribute node 12 4 VI Control VI 14 7 numeric constants adding to subVI 9 22 9 33 auto indexing activity 13 5 Case structure 11 4 National Instruments Corporation For Loop 10 25 graph and analysis VIs activity 13 23 Sequence structure 11 9 11 10 shift register 10 15 numeric controls and indicators 2 7 numeric conversion 10 23 0 Object pop up menu tool 2 5 ODBC driver B 2 One Button Dialog function 11 4 online help accessing 2 23 to 2 24 Historical Trend Viewer HTV 6 13 to 6 14 links to online help files 2 24 simple complex help view 2 23 to 2 24 Open Database Connectivity ODBC driver B 2 Open Panel VI controlling panel visibility 7 3 VI Control VI 14 6 operability 7 14 Operating tool 2 4 operations configuring See tag configuration operations types of operations 1 6 operator 4 1 Operator Interface Security 7 14 to 7 15 controlling visibility attributes 7 14 to 7 15 limiting user access to operator interface panels 7 15 P panel size and visibility controlling 7 3 password changing 7 10 Pause Continue button 2 3 pi constant 13 8 National Instruments Corporation l 11 Index polled programming implementin
166. d by data flow By wiring the time interval secs constant through the Sequence structure and into the While Loop the While Loop will not begin execution until the code in the Sequence structure has completed execution Another way to enforce this order of execution is to put the While Loop inside the second frame of the Sequence structure Both techniques are correct The advantage of the technique used in Figure 4 6 is that it is easy to see the entire diagram at a glance How Can You Use Tag Attributes to Configure MMI Indicators Programmatically Use the Tag Attributes VI library to read or change specific configuration details of a tag Anything you have configured in the Tag Configuration Editor can be queried programmatically using the Tag Attributes VIs Use these VIs when you want to control attributes programmatically for your front panel controls or indicators or to display configuration information on your MMI Setting attributes programmatically for front panel controls and indicators is an alternative to changing attribute values for the control or indicator through the various front panel pop up menus or by typing into various control and indicator fields Handling attributes programmatically is most useful when you use the same indicator or control for different tags For more information on tag configuration see Chapter 3 Tag Configuration For more information about the Tag Attributes VIs see the section Tag Attributes VIs
167. d to the current Bridge VIEW user Get Tag Status Info Use the Get Tag Status Info VI to obtain status information associated with tags Tag status information can be broken down into two types e Status information from Bridge VIEW fThis status can be from the Engine or a Server It consists of details about the status and whether it is an error or warning e Status information from a Server Only the status code is reported Check your server documentation for a description of this status BridgeVIEW User Manual A 30 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference reported by description tag status BridgeVIEW status ee warming F error T server status Uzer error tag status can be broken down into status information from Bridge VIEW Engine or Server and status information from a server or a user error reported by indicates whether the status was reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine or a server description gives the details of the part of the status reported by Bridge VIEW Bridge VIEW status is the numeric representation of the portion of the status reported by BridgeVIEW TE warning F error T indicates if the portion of status reported by Bridge VIEW is an error if it is negative or a warning if it is positive server status user error is either the numeric value of the portion of tag status posted by the device server refer to your server documentation for details on t
168. database TE log print events is TRUE if events are to be logged or printed for this tag error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix National Instruments Corporation A 59 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference Get Tag Range and Units Use the Get Tag Range and Units VI to obtain the engineering range for the tag ina cluster of Minimum Maximum and Increment You can wire this format to a scale attribute node for a graph slide or vessel Increment is set to 0 which means that Bridge VIEW calculates the scale increment automatically units is the tag engineering units units error in no error L error out tag name is the name of the tag about which you want to obtain information EEP error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix eng range is the range of the tag in engineering units If you are plotting data on a chart waveform graph XY graph slide or vessel you can wire this output directly to the X Range All Elements or Y Range All Elements Attribute Node Minimum is the user defined minimum tag value Maximum is the user defined maximum tag value Increment is the
169. date Deadband too high the RTDB might not be updated This could result in inadequate historical logging or alarm management How Do You Use Deadhband to Increase Engine Throughput The Bridge VIEW Engine uses Update Deadband and Log Deadband values to eliminate unnecessary processing on minor data value changes Deadband allows you to define a significant change The Engine ignores an operation if the change in data is not considered significant Deadband is expressed as percent of full scale For example if the tag engineering range is 0 to 200 liters a deadband of 5 is 10 liters National Instruments Corporation 3 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration How Do You Configure a Tag to Log Its Data or Events While editing a tag click on the Log Data or Log Print Events checkbox If you want to log historical data or events the Bridge VIEW Engine must have these processes enabled To turn them on open the Engine Manager and manually turn on the processes with the panel buttons or configure the Engine to turn on these processes automatically at startup To configure the Engine in this way pull down the Configure menu from the Tag Configuration Editor and select Historical or Events You also can enable these parameters programmatically with System VIs that enable event or historical data logging How Do You Set Initial Tag Value at Startup While editing a tag select the Set Initial Value checkbox
170. delta in which the value increments It is not a user defined value and is always 0 Increment determines how the chart or graph computes an increment based on the Minimum Maximum and the data set being plotted FRE units is the name of units for engineering values This parameter applies to analog tags only For discrete bit array and string tags units is an empty string arr error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix Bridge VIEW User Manual A 60 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference Set Multiple Tag Attributes Use the Set Multiple Tag Attributes VI to reconfigure several attributes for a list of tags or groups of tags programmatically You must have the Engine running for the changes to take effect Otherwise this VI returns an error For more information about the tag attributes you can change with this VI refer to any of the four configuration attributes tables in the section How Do You Configure Tags in Chapter 3 Tag Configuration in this manual Because the attribute value is a numeric for discrete attributes use 1 or O to represent TRUE or FALSE respectively All the attributes are set for each tag in group tag name group tag names attributes and values eror in no error m group tag names is the list of tags
171. described above this time using VI Control VIs Hames of Process Wla rI E o Process 1 v1 Process2 vi Process vi Process 1 Build Arra Process 2 Process TE ee SE Search 10 Arra Process 3 Process AICTE TF vt Process SLE J j ArT a aa E No button pushed 2 ido nothing In both of the previous examples the top level VI stops executing until the sub VI completes which means the top level VI stops responding to the user interface To keep both the top level VI and other VIs responding to the user interface at all times you can load and run VIs dynamically as shown in Activity 14 1 Use a VI Control VI National Instruments Corporation 14 3 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 14 VI Control Vis ZI Activity 14 1 Use a VI Control VI Your objective is to build a top level VI that uses VI Control VIs to load run display and unload two other VIs The top level VI will load both subVIs dynamically Then the top level VI will open and run the subVI chosen by the user Front Panel 1 Open a new front panel Place a waveform chart and label it Trend 1 Place a rectangular stop button and label it Close Save the VI as MMI 1 vi in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory 2 Open anew front panel Place a cluster with two rectangular buttons labeled MMI 1 and MMI 2 Create a button and label it Shutdown After completing the block diagram the front panels appear as shown below Brid
172. dicator When you invoke the Wizard for the first time on a Boolean indicator the Configuration dialog box is set for Tag Value You can set blink and color options under Alarm Conditions To change the control association from tag value to alarm state change the Attach Indicator to ring to Tag Alarm State Select the tag for which the indicator will display the alarm State Indicate an alarm state Display alarm Alarm Summary Invoke the MMI G Wizard on a table indicator to summary Display or any Table obtain a summary of current alarms Alarm Indicator Summary You can set the MMI G Wizard to Alarm Summary mode by setting the value of the Use this Indicator for ring to Alarm Summary You can select a set of tags whose alarms require monitoring You also can set colors of acknowledged and unacknowledged alarms and column format of the summary Preformatted alarm summary indicators are contained in the Alarms and Events palette Display event Event History Invoke the MMI G Wizard on a table indicator to history information Display or any Table obtain a history of past events and alarms Event Indicator History For an event history display you can set the MMI G Wizard to Event History mode by setting the value of the Use this Indicator for ring to Event History You can select a set of tags whose history needs to be displayed You also can set colors of acknowledged and unacknowledged alarms normal and event entries and colu
173. dix A MMI Function Reference in your MMI and logged to a evt file By default generate event is FALSE status returns the current status of the value written in the Real Time Database If status is greater than or equal to 0 the Write operation was successful If status is less than 0 either the device server has reported an error indicating there is a problem with the tag or Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag error indicates that an error occurred when executing the Write Tag VI or that the status of the tag is bad See status for the specific error condition shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case Write Tag no longer waits for tags to be updated and returns immediately with both timeout and shutdown TRUE You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses the Write Tag VI Write Tag bit array Use the Write Tag bit array VI to update the Real Time Database with a new value for memory output and Input Output tags The value also is sent to the server if it is an output or Input Output tag If the tag is an input only tag the Write Tag bit array VI causes a system error because input tags only can be updated by servers If the tag is configured as an Input Output tag the tag value is passed to the server when Write Tag bit array VI is called but not written to the RTDB The RTDB is updated with the new value when the server polls it and passes i
174. e Lz Note Communication between the BridgeVIEW Engine and any device servers is stopped temporarily when the Engine shuts down and restarts How Do You Create Edit or Delete a Tag From the main panel of the Configuration Editor press one of the following buttons Create Analog Tag s Create Discrete Tag s Create String Tag s or Create Bit Array Tag s A separate window prompts you to define a new tag The tag name must be unique within a given configuration scf file Select Done on the pop up window when you finish creating the new tag The change is not written to disk until you select Save from the File menu For step by step instructions on using the Tag Configuration Editor to create a tag see Activity 3 1 Configure a Tag and View the Tag Configuration Parameters and Tag Values later in this chapter To edit an existing tag double click on the tag name in the main screen of the Tag Configuration Editor or select the tag name and then press the Edit Tag button To delete an existing tag select the tag name in the main panel of the Configuration Editor and select Delete Tag iz Note If you delete a tag the tag and its configuration information are removed completely from the scf file Once you delete a tag you lose the configuration information pertaining to the tag You still can retrieve historical and event information about the tag but information such as the tag description units range and alarm settings
175. e Loop and a chart e Change the mechanical action of a Boolean switch e Control loop timing e Use a shift register e Create a multiplot chart and customize your trend e Use a For Loop What is a Structure A structure is a program control element Structures control the flow of data in a VI G has four structures the While Loop the For Loop the Case structure and the Sequence structure This chapter introduces the While Loop and For Loop structures along with the chart and the shift register The Case and Sequence structures are explained in Chapter 11 Case and Sequence Structures of this manual While and For Loops are basic structures for programming with G so you can find them in most of the G examples as well as the activities in this manual You also can find more information on loops in Chapter 19 Structures in the G Programming Reference Manual For examples of structures see G Examples General structs 11b For examples of charts see G Examples General Graphs charts ililb National Instruments Corporation 10 1 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 10 Loops and Charts Charts A chart is a numeric plotting indicator You can find two types of charts in the Controls Graph palette waveform chart or real time trend and intensity chart You can customize charts to match your data display requirements or to display more information Features available for charts include a scrollbar a legend a palette a digital di
176. e Stopped EVENT 66 96 10 57 12 4M Historical data logging turned off EVENT 8 87 96 10 51 11 AM Historical data logging turned on EVENT 878796 10 50 10 AM Tanks Server Launched EVENT 66 96 10 49 57 AM BridgeViEVW Engine Started Figure 2 2 Engine Manager with System Events Displayed Once the Bridge VIEW Engine is launched and running the Engine Manager is minimized and appears in your Windows taskbar Click on the Bridge VIEW Engine icon in your taskbar to bring up the Engine Manager Display You can leave the BridgeVIEW Engine Manager Display minimized unless you need to start or stop the Engine or start or stop historical logging event logging and printing view system events or view server information From the Engine Manager you can reach the Server Browser Utility shown below by pressing the Server Browser button With this utility you can see the servers in your system view server registration information and display the server front panel if the server is running National Instruments Corporation 2 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment The Server Browser is shown in the following illustration For more information about device servers see Chapter 8 Industrial Automation Device Servers o Server Browser c bridgeviewsccdb ccdb Registered Servers Dummy Server Fast Sim Server IAIO Test Server Test 5 NIDAD Server View Server Devices Sim Server Time Tester Unregist
177. e VI 4 Save the VI as Temperature Analysis vi in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory LI End of Activity 13 4 BridgeVIEW User Manual 13 24 National Instruments Corporation VI Control Vis soma dd This chapter introduces VI Control VIs and provides an activity that explains how to use them within BridgeVIEW The VI Control VIs allow you to control when a VI is loaded into memory run and unloaded from memory These VIs also allow you to accomplish the following dynamically e Resize a VI front panel e Monitor the status of VI execution running or idle e Monitor the status of a VI front panel closed open or active You can reach the VI Control VIs through the Functions Palette from the Block Diagram window The VI Control subpalette is shown below YI Control National Instruments Corporation 14 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 14 VI Control VIs What Are VI Control Vis BridgeVIEW User Manual VI Control VIs are VIs you can use to load call and close other VIs dynamically When you call a VI dynamically you specify whether the called VI opens its front panel and then closes the front panel when it finishes executing You also can pass parameters to and receive data from the VIs you call dynamically All of the VI Control VIs use error cluster inputs and outputs to make error handling easier For detailed information about any of the VI Control VIs refer to the Bridge VIEW Online Reference by selecting
178. e VIEW system and with the outside environment that BridgeVIEW monitors and controls The operator is the end user of the system To monitor the changes in configured tags in real time you can build one or more Man Machine Interface MMI applications Bridge VIEW includes a set of VIs with which you can control your MMI access the Real Time Database and Citadel perform calculations and logic and switch between different displays The BridgeVIEW VI library includes Alarms and Events VIs Historical Data VIs System VIs Tags VIs and Tag Attributes VIs For more information about these VIs see Appendix A MMI Function Reference For more information about the G VI Library see the Online Reference National Instruments Corporation 4 1 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface There are several general G programming principles with which you should be familiar before you build an MMI These principles are listed below e Building basic G front panels and diagrams e Using controls and indicators e Using the tag data type e Using the basic principles of dataflow programming e Using basic programming constructs such as the Sequence structure and While Loop e Using the Time and Dialog VI library To learn about any of the topics above see the G Tutorial section of this manual and complete the activities For more detailed information see the G Programming Reference Manual For more advanced MMI programming
179. e a Multiplot Chart and Customize Your Trends 1 0 cece 10 18 NSF OF TOO Denne a a soaeeene oe sane eae as genes eee eee ates 10 23 WSeThe aS SUC Ine e a aneaaee 11 2 Usca SEQUENCE SIMIC UMC nea cos ccna auandele tahoe sacalaiiastacttsaiaheeseas 11 5 Usc arAtribute Node anane Avssic Saseunasind a 12 3 Create an Array with Auto Indexing soeesosessesssesssssssssssssssssssssssssessse 13 4 Use Auto Indexing on Input Arrays cccccccceseseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 13 9 Ose the Bula Array PUnCU OM is5 iets dea chacsnaehadenthe stars a eageutes 13 17 Usethe Graphvand Analysis VIS woss soea a a t 13 22 eE Vr CONTO V anae cies eshte oc oetrrass Sassou aiatucoaaveuievaeaseews 14 4 xviii National Instruments Corporation The Bridge VIEW User Manual contains the information you need to get started with the BridgeVIEW software package This manual explains the Bridge VIEW environment tag configuration man machine interfaces alarms and events and historical data logging and extraction This manual also reviews the concepts of G programming Throughout both sections of this manual there are activities that teach you what you need to know to build your own virtual instruments and ultimately your own SCADA system This manual presumes that you know how to operate your computer and that you are familiar with its operating system Organization of This Manual This manual covers two subject areas Chapters 1 thr
180. e acknowledgment status of alarms in the Alarm Summary or Event History Display To acknowledge alarms currently in the system use the ACK button from the Controls Boolean palette on the front panel and the Acknowledge Alarms VI in the Functions Alarms and Events palette in the block diagram Activity 5 2 Acknowledge Alarms in the Alarm Summary Display takes you through this process When you acknowledge these alarms the acknowledgment status in the Alarm Summary Display changes from UNACK to ACK and the color of the text changes from red to yellow These are the default colors and you can change them There are two modes for handling tags that were previously in alarm but have returned to Normal Auto Acknowledge and User Must Acknowledge These modes are configured in the Tag Configuration Editor for each tag If a tag is configured for Auto Acknowledge when the tag returns to normal the acknowledgment status automatically changes from UNACK to ACK However if it is configured for User Must Acknowledge the status remains at UNACK until the user presses the ACK button on the MMI and acknowledges the alarm You can select the tags for which you want to acknowledge alarms It is a good idea for this tag list to be identical to the list of tags you display alarms for in the Alarm Summary or Event History Display For example if you select group lt ALL gt alarms for all tags that were configured for alarms are reported as they occur
181. e built into a 1D array of strings On the right three groups of numeric constants are built into three 1D numeric arrays Then the three arrays are combined into a 2D numeric array The result is a 3 x 3 array with the rows 3 4 7 1 6 2 and 5 2 8 aD array of num hers You also can create an array by combining other arrays along with scalar elements For example suppose you have two arrays and three scalar elements that you want to combine into a new array with the order array 1 scalar 1 scalar 2 array 2 and scalar 3 Initialize Array Use this function to create an array whose elements all have the same value In the following illustration this function creates a 1D array Initialize Array dimension size The element input determines the data type and the value of each element The dimension size input determines the length of the array For example if element is a long integer with the value of five and dimension size has a value of 100 the result is a 1D array of 100 long integers all set to five You can wire the inputs from front panel control terminals as shown in the preceding illustration from block diagram constants or from calculations on other parts of your diagram 13 12 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs To create and initialize an array that has more than one dimension pop up on the lower left side of the function and select Add Dimension You
182. e dialog box How Do You Get Online Help for the HTV From the HTV pull down the Help menu and select Show Help A floating window is displayed that shows help information for all of the objects on the HTV panel National Instruments Corporation 6 13 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction How Do You Set Tag Time and Color Preferences Set the preference for the HTV to remember settings on exit by selecting Viewer Preferences When you exit the HTV the state of the viewer is recorded ST HIY Preferences Ed M Remember settings on exit Cancel Select the Remember settings on exit checkbox if you want to update your settings each time you exit the HTV How Do You Incorporate the HTV into Your MMI Application The Historical Trend Viewer HTV is available by selecting Project Historical Trend Viewer However in many MMI applications you might elect not to give the operator access to the standard menu bar You can use the Call HTV VI located in the Historical Data subpalette of the Functions palette to call the HTV dynamically from your MMI application See the section Historical Data VIs in Appendix A MMI Function Reference for details on how to use this or any other VI BridgeVIEW User Manual 6 14 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction 9 Activity 6 2 Use the Historical Trend Viewer The objective of this activity is to view
183. e error through to its error out cluster If no error has occurred this VI executes normally and sets its own error status in error out Use the error handler VIs to look up the error code and to display the corresponding error message Using error in and error out clusters is a convenient way to check errors and to specify execution order by wiring the error output from one subVI to the error input of the next status is TRUE 1f an error occurred before this VI was called or FALSE if not If status is TRUE code is a nonzero error code If status is FALSE code can be 0 or a warning code code is the number identifying an error or warning If status is TRUE code is a nonzero error code If status is FALSE code can be 0 or a warning code Use the error handler VIs to look up the meaning of this code and to display the corresponding error message source is a string that indicates the origin of the error if any Usually source is the name of the VI in which the error occurred error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes If an error occurred before this VI was called error out is the same as error in Otherwise error out shows the error if any that occurred in this VI Use the error handler VIs to look up the error code and to display the corresponding error message Using error in and error out clusters is a convenient way to check errors and to specify execution order by wiring the error output from o
184. e front panel object with a tag and set the various parameters When you select OK in the dialog box the Wizard generates diagram code according to the dialog entries and pastes the code on the block diagram Generate the Block Diagram Once you associate a front panel object with a tag and set the various parameters the MMI G Wizard generates the appropriate code and places it on the block diagram For example using the MMI G Wizard for Analog Indicator shown in Figure 4 1 the following Wizard subdiagram appears on the block diagram aa a Mixer la Cost Front Panel Object and Wizard Subdiagram Association When the MMI G Wizard has created a block diagram there is an association between the front panel object and the generated Wizard subdiagram The association is protected by a Wizard lock which prevents you from editing the Wizard subdiagram The lock glyph on the loop shown at left indicates that the Wizard has locked the subdiagram While the subdiagram is locked you can pop up on the front panel object select MMI G Wizard and change your selections in the dialog box To edit the Wizard subdiagram pop up on the Wizard subdiagram and select Release Wizard Lock as shown below Find Wizard Control Release Wizard Lock National Instruments Corporation 4 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface ce Note Once you have released the Wizard lock the association is broken The Wizard no l
185. e is shutting down In this case Write Tag on Change discrete no longer waits for the tag to be updated and returns immediately with both timeout and shutdown TRUE You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses Write Tag on Change discrete Write Tag on Change string Use the Write Tag on Change string VI to update the Real Time Database with a new value for memory output and Input Output tags The value also is sent to the server if it is an output or Input Output tag The value is updated and sent to the server only if the tag value is different from the previous time the VI was executed Use this VI if you do not need to pass output values to the RTDB and server unless there really is a value change This saves you from adding code to your diagram to check value changes If the tag is an input only tag Write Tag on Change string VI causes a system error because input tags only can be updated by servers If the tag is configured as an Input Output tag the tag value is passed to the server when Write Tag on Change string VI is called but not written to the RTDB The RTDB is updated with the new value when the server polls it and passes it back to the Bridge VIEW Engine This maintains correct time synchronization in the RTDB tag name Walle generate event F piGecavecscuscenevens ehutdown tag name is the name of the output tag value is the value to be written to the output tag TE generate event F determines
186. e list for selection Use value to set the value of the attribute selected If the attribute is a Boolean use a 1 or 0 in value group tag names tag attribute lt norne gt value eror in no error wa group tag names is a list of tags or groups of tags for which you want to set an attribute tag attribute lt none gt is the parameter to be set for each tag in group tag names For more information about the tag attributes you can change with this VI refer to any of the four configuration attributes tables in the section How Do You Configure Tags in Chapter 3 Tag Configuration in this manual value is the numeric value of the attribute being set If the attribute is a Boolean use 1 or O for value error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix arr error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix Bridge VIEW User Manual A 62 National Instruments Corporation Appendix Citadel and Open Database Connectivity This appendix describes the Citadel database and the Open Database Connectivity ODBC driver and includes a table that lists data transform commands The Citadel database only logs informa
187. e passed to the conditional terminal an input terminal is FALSE The VI checks the conditional terminal at the end of each iteration therefore the While Loop always executes at least once The iteration terminal is an output numeric terminal that contains the number of times the loop has executed However the iteration count always starts at zero so if the loop runs once the iteration terminal outputs 0 iteration conditional terminal 5 terminal The While Loop is equivalent to the following pseudocode Do Execute Diagram Inside the Loop which sets the condition While Condition is TRUE 10 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 10 Loops and Charts 5 Activity 10 2 Use a While Loop and a Chart Your objective is to use a While Loop and a chart for acquiring and displaying data in real time Ws You will build a VI that generates random data and displays it ona chart A knob control on the front panel adjusts the loop rate between 0 and 2 seconds and a switch stops the VI You will change the mechanical action of the switch so you do not have to turn on the switch each time you run the VI Use the front panel in the following illustration to get started Front Panel Loop Delay sec ON free label OFF Transparent Color i Tie knob E Digital display fyertical switch Random Signal Swavetorm chart Digital display shown Open a new front panel by selecting File New 2 Place a Vert
188. e status returns the status of the value If value status is greater than or equal to 0 the value returned by Read Tag is valid and there is a A 40 National Instruments Corporation TE oi TE Trend Tags Appendix A MMI Function Reference warning about the tag value If value status is less than 0 either the device server has reported an error indicating there is a problem with the tag or Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag value is the latest value of the tag read from the Real Time Database value timestamp returns the timestamp for when the tag value was last updated error indicates that an error occurred when executing the Read Tag string VI or that the value output returned by Read Tag string is not valid See value status for the specific error condition shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case Read Tag string no longer waits for Tags to be updated and returns immediately with both timeout and shutdown TRUE You can use Shutdown to exit any loop that uses the Read Tag string VI changed is TRUE when the Read Tag string VI returns a new value from the Real Time Database If changed is FALSE Read Tag string probably timed out before the tag value was updated Use the Trend Tags VI to set data for a real time trend chart in your MMI The Trend Tags VI supports analog discrete and bit array tags The Trend Tag
189. e tag name changes in alarm value status tag name value timeout secs 0 value timestamp LI shutdown changed National Instruments Corporation A 35 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference tag name is the name of the tag JE timeout secs 0 specifies how many seconds to wait for the tag value to be updated in the Real Time Database before reading the Real Time Database for the latest value If timeout is 0 the Read Tag VI reads the Real Time Database immediately and returns the tag value without waiting If timeout is 1 Read Tag waits indefinitely until the tag value is updated or the Engine shuts down whichever occurs first If a timeout occurs before the value is updated Read Tag returns the most recent value from the Real Time Database and is set to TRUE The default value is 0 TE in alarm is TRUE if the tag is in alarm value status returns the status of the value If value status is greater than or equal to 0 the value returned by Read Tag is valid and there is a warning about the tag value If value status is less than 0 either the device server has reported an error indicating there is a problem with the tag or Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag value is the latest value of the tag read from the Real Time Database value timestamp returns the timestamp for when the tag value was updated error indicates that an error occurr
190. e this utility to create more accounts remove accounts and change passwords and access levels of existing accounts If you want to modify or delete several users at once hold down the lt Shift gt key on the keyboard when selecting users from the list i Note Once you have defined user accounts you must have at least one account with Administration privileges Access Level 255 unless you remove all user accounts BridgeVIEW User Manual How Do You Modify the List of Available User Access Levels To edit the list of access levels select Project Security Access Levels You must have Administration privileges to edit the list of Access Levels Click the Edit button next to the list of access levels The Edit Access Levels dialog box appears in which you can add remove and modify access levels You also can edit access levels within the Edit User Accounts dialog box by pressing the Edit Access Levels button or choosing New from the Access Level ring when creating or 7 12 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics modifying a user account In addition to the two permanent access levels 0 and 255 you can assign up to 254 access levels for use in your operator interface panels If you remove an access level users who have been assigned that access level are demoted to the next lower access level i Note You can rename but not remove access levels 0 and 255 These are reserved for
191. e to Match i Diagram _ joy x File Edit Operate Project Windows Help i bolit 13pt Application Font ge is Perform Auto Match i Round To Nearest i gt Mot Equal Number to Match Increment starts at 0 z0 Increment by 1 Get final time Compute time delay in seconds Time to Match BridgeVIEW User Manual 11 8 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 11 Case and Sequence Structures Frame 0 in the previous illustration contains a small box with an arrow in it That box is a sequence local variable which passes data between frames of a Sequence structure You can create sequence locals on the Doo oo border of a frame Then the data wired to a frame sequence local is oo available in subsequent frames However you cannot access the data in frames preceding the frame in which you created the sequence local 7 Create the sequence local by popping up on the bottom border of Frame 0 and choosing Add Sequence Local The sequence local appears as an empty square The arrow inside the Square appears automatically when you wire a function to the sequence local 8 Finish the block diagram as shown in the opening illustration of the Block Diagram section Tick Count ms function Functions Time amp Dialog Returns the number of milliseconds that have elapsed since power on For this activity you need two Tick Count functions Random Number 0 1 function Functions Numeric Returns a random
192. eVIEW Tutorial directory Returns one temperature measurement Wait Until Next ms Multiple function Functions Time amp Dialog In 4 this exercise this function ensures the For Loop executes every LEJ 0 25 seconds 250 milliseconds 250 Numeric constant Functions Numeric Y ou also can pop up on the Wait Until Next ms Multiple function and select Create Constant to automatically create and wire the numeric constant Array Max amp Min function Functions Array In this activity this function returns the maximum and minimum temperature measured during the acquisition Mean VI Functions Analysis Probability and Statistics Returns the average of the temperature measurements Bundle function Functions Cluster Assembles the plot components into a cluster The components include the initial X value 0 the delta X value 0 25 and the Y array temperature data Use the Positioning tool to resize the function by dragging one of the corners National Instruments Corporation 13 23 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs The For Loop executes 40 times The Wait Until Next ms Multiple function causes each iteration to take place every 250 milliseconds The VI stores the temperature measurements in an array created at the For Loop border auto indexing After the For Loop completes execution the array is passed on to the subVIs and Temp Graph 3 Return to the front panel and run th
193. ecessary to develop effective MMI and SCADA applications The Controls palette provides a number of predefined objects selected from the automation symbol library for building your MMI The Functions palette provides a set of functions and VIs you can use for I O analysis historical data and networking BridgeVIEW Engine The Bridge VIEW Engine is the heart of the Bridge VIEW System It runs as a separate process independent of your MMI application This minimizes interference between the Engine and your MMI The BridgeVIEW Engine maintains the Real Time Database of all tag values and alarm states It reads values from the various device servers These values are scaled and compared with their alarm limits If a tag is in an alarm state the Engine generates appropriate events and logs them to disk The Real Time Database RTDB is an in memory snapshot of the state of all tags in the system If a tag value changes more than its update deadband or its alarm state changes the RTDB is updated Along with tag values the RTDB also stores status date time and alarm information Industrial Automation Device Servers A device server is the application that communicates with the I O devices such as PLCs and plug in cards All device servers are written to a standard client server Application Programming Interface API for the Bridge VIEW Engine There are different servers for different device manufacturers and communication networks
194. ed by the output of the Search 1D array Open Panel VI Functions VI Control VIs Displays the selected MMI subVIs front panel Close Panel VI Functions VI Control VIs Closes the selected MMI subVIs front panel Release Instrument VI Functions VI Control VIs Unloads the subVI from memory Greater Than or Equal to 0 Function Functions Comparison Returns TRUE if the input value is greater than or equal to 0 Otherwise the function returns FALSE Boolean Constant Functions Numeric Supplies a constant TRUE or FALSE value to the Not Function in this activity Set this value by clicking on the T or F portion of the constant with the Operating tool The value cannot be changed while the VI is executing 14 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 14 VI Control Vis se Not Function Functions Comparison The node inverts the Boolean state of the While Loop 5 Save the VI 6 Build the block diagram of MMI 1 as shown in the following illustration Trend 2 a gt 7 Save MMI 1 vi Save a copy of this VI as MMI 2 vi in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory Close MMI 1 vi and MMI 2 vi 9 RunVI Control2 vi Make sure that you have entered the correct path inthe VI path to MMI 1 vi amp MMI 2 vi section Click on the MMI 1 button The front panel of MMI 1 vi appears Now click on the MMI 2 button The front panel of MMI 2 vi appears 10 Press the Shutdown button to close the front panels of
195. ed when executing the Read Tag VI or that the value output returned by Read Tag is not valid See value status for the specific error condition d BE shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case the Read Tag VI no longer waits for tags to be updated and returns immediately with both timeout and shutdown TRUE You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses the Read Tag VI H changed is TRUE when the Read Tag VI returns a new value from the Real Time Database If changed is FALSE the Read Tag VI probably timed out before the tag value was updated i Bridge VIEW User Manual A 36 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference Read Tag bit array Use the Read Tag bit array VI to read the latest value for a given bit array tag from the Real Time Database For immediate polling of the tag value leave timeout Secs unwired To wait until the value is updated before reading it wire a timeout value in seconds to the timeout input The Read Tag bit array VI returns with the most recent Real Time Database value when it is updated the timeout is exceeded or the Real Time Database is shutting down whichever occurs first Use the changed output to determine whether the value changed since the last read Lz Note Use a separate Read Tag bit array VI for each tag you want to monitor Do not put the Read Tag bit array VI in a loop to read a different tag each
196. eeeees 3 36 Xvi National Instruments Corporation Table 4 1 Table 5 1 Table 5 2 Table 6 1 Table 6 2 Table 7 1 Table B 1 Activities Activity 2 1 Activity 3 1 Table of Contents MMIL G Wiz rd Operations ane a ea aa te aR h ea 4 4 Tag Configuration Editor Event Configuration Selections 000000000000 5 11 Event Configuration Log and Print Format Selections 0008 5 12 Parameters You Can Configure for Historical Logging 000000000000000 6 4 Panning Button PUnCtions rrsan hen waewncuesineqnicaniebennawek 6 11 Default Environment Access Levels and Privileges 0 c000eeeeees 7 8 Data Transform Commands siesena aeeaiei B 1 Open and Runa WE cess ste tas dots cie cetcs aaa N 2 8 Configure a Tag and View the Tag Configuration Parameters and MAS NAICS ea cman nesta hacer dome t 3 29 Activity 4 1 Use the MMIG Wizard asesina a adenine andosnlet ines 4 8 Activity 4 2 Import a Graphic Image into Bridge VIEW cccccccccecceseeetntetnnneees 4 12 Acv yA os Redda Tad eioan inet alan ele dena absence teaeeees 4 20 Activity 5 1 Build an Alarm Summary Display sseeeseeseeeeseesesereesseesssssssessssssssssssssss 5 3 Activity 5 2 Acknowledge Alarms in the Alarm Summary Display 008 5 7 Activity 6 1 Use the Historical Data VIs eessseeeseesessessssessssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssesssseeses 6 6 Activity 6 2 Use the Historical Trend Viewer
197. eees 2 15 Figure 2 3 Tag Brow Ser Utility ccieccsrseescesssadesscegstadeicactacsuecasacaaiassedelederboassbiwensaannserne 2 17 Figure 24A Tag Monitor Utility sorisrisnror irn a e e rie ein 2 20 Figure 2 5 Status Details Dialog BOX nssnonososeeressrresrrrrererrerresseesssseesesssssssessssssss 2 22 Figure 2 6 Select Tags to Monitor Dialog BOX 0 cccccccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeaeaaaas 2 22 Pigure3 1 Tag Configuration Editor sceicsnnoniietisine iei E 3 2 Figure 3 2 Tag Connection Dialog BOX sssssssssssssseeesesessssssssssssssessssserereeeeeeessssessss 3 8 Figure 3 3 Tag Operations Dialog BOX ssssssssssssssseeseeeeeesssssssssssssssssererreeeeeessesessss 3 13 Figure 3 4 Analog Tag Scaling Dialog BOX ssssssssssssssssseereressssesssssssssssessresrrerreees 3 18 Figure 3 5 Scaling for Discrete Tag Configuration sssseeseeeessseesssssssssssessrrsrreerrees 3 20 Figure 3 6 Scaling for Bit Array Tag Configuration cccccccecccceeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeees 3 21 Figure 3 7 Alarms for Analog Tag Configuration ccccccccccccccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 3 25 Figure 3 8 Alarms for Discrete Tag Configuration cccccccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaes 3 26 Figure 3 9 Alarms for Bit Array Tag Configuration ccccccceeccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 27 National Instruments Corporation XV Bridge VIEW User Manual Table of Contents Figure 4 1 Figure 4 2 Figure 4 3 Figure 4 4 Figure 4 5 Figure 4 6
198. eie auadeaceoiecs 2 11 What Is the Bridge VIEW Engine Manager s ssssseesseseseseeseeeeeceeeesseeeeneeess 2 13 What Are System Eror and PVemts eisie2c ces aa adsantavancteul sales davsiaaleaisniiudnaleengiadzanioms 2 16 Mhars the Tag BO Ww Sei ies diuesheice sa cas Ocal dani lash ananl since tea taineatee eauseatea desea anes 2 17 Whats hetan Montor ccs a crteits acuteitenudnaii a oeapicianas alec acne 2 20 How Do You Access Online Help sess sutures E E 2 23 Simple Complex Help V 16 W erena a a a tans a 2 23 Links tovOn line Hep FileSan aa ston dl weaweasltesniauns 2 24 Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Waatea Pan aera eames eta ears E E crete crete Mame es Mie ure Tan 3 1 What Is the Tas Conficuraton Editor esagssigoceaitnane eann enne a opuessmiecsduseboascades 3 2 How Do You Create Edit or Delete a Tag 0 0 0 ceecssssssssesseeeesseeeseeeeseeees 3 3 How Do You Edit Multiple Tags Simultaneously ce eeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 3 How Do You Set Default Values for Tag Configuration Fields 3 4 How Do You Use Spreadsheet Files for Tag Configuration c0008 3 4 How DO Y OW Configure PAGS eare E E E i 3 6 Dae T Ype aaae a a het baad O 3 6 Andos TaS Serenoa a E eee atcccenuelet a aenaanetans 3 7 Discrete EIo Sieno o a A EE 3 7 A A Ta S in N E E 3 7 Sne AOS iae anA a A AA 3 7 Bridge VIEW User Manual vi National Instruments Corporation Table of Contents C
199. el choose Project Tag Browser and select different tag names to see the configuration parameters The Tag Browser is shown in the following illustration o Tag Browser x Configuration File Location Not 4 Path Erowze Engine Status Mot Running Liquid Mame Product Liquid Outlet Miser Miser Outlet Powder Tag Definition Server Connection Powder Outlet Description Yolume of finished product in liters Type Analog Server Product Outlet Access Input Device ALL ei group Group group ltem tank 2 W Event Logging Enabled W Data Logging Enabled Alarm Settings Scaling W Alarms Enabled Full Scale 1000 00 W Auto Ack Zem Scale 0 00 Units Liters 11 Close the Tag Browser 12 View the tag value and status of the Product tag with the Tag Monitor Select Project Tag Monitor Select Product and click National Instruments Corporation 3 33 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration on the Add gt gt button Then select OK The Select Tags to Monitor dialog box is shown in the following illustration o Select Tags to Monitor mytanks scf Available Tag Tage to Monitor Liquid Product Liquid Outlet Aghi Miser Miser Outlet Powder Powder Outlet Product Outlet Trigger Tag none Timeout zec 1 00 m Cancel The Tag Monitor is a quick way to look at tag values and alarm states without building an MMI It is also a great debugging tool When you launch the Ta
200. elect Function Function Comparison Returns the value wired to the TRUE or FALSE input depending on the Boolean input Divide function Functions Numeric Divides the value in liters by 3 785 to convert it to gallons 9 Wire the diagram objects as shown 10 Return to the front panel and click on the Run button in the toolbar The meter shows the value in liters H vy 11 Click on the switch to select Gallons The meter shows the value in gallons 12 Save the VI as Using Temp amp Vol vi in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory AIS End of Activity 9 4 Bridge VIEW User Manual 9 22 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS How Do You Debug a VI A VI cannot compile or run if it is broken Normally the VI is broken while you are creating or editing it until you wire all the icons in the diagram If it still is broken when you finish try selecting Remove Bad Wires from the Edit menu Often this fixes a broken VI When your VI is not executable a broken arrow appears instead of the Run button To list the errors click on the broken Run button Click on one of the errors listed and then click on Find to highlight the object or terminal that reported the error You can animate the VI block diagram execution by clicking on the Execution Highlighting button Execution highlighting is commonly used with single step mode to trace the data flow in a block diagram For debugging purposes
201. elp Name Title Company Address Phone __ _ Fax ___ Mail to Technical Publications Fax t0 Technical Publications National Instruments Corporation National Instruments Corporation 6504 Bridge Point Parkway 512 794 5678 Austin TX 78730 5039 Glossary A access level ACK Acknowledge alarm Alarm Summary analog tag Application Programming Interface API array ASCII attribute node Determines which access privileges a user has for certain Bridge VIEW utilities Access level values are between 0 and 255 The sequence action that indicates recognition of a new alarm An abnormal process condition In Bridge VIEW an alarm occurs if a tag value goes out of its defined alarm limits or if a tag has bad status A display of tags currently in alarm or a display of tags previously in an unacknowledged alarm state that have returned to a normal state A continuous value representation of a connection to a real world I O point or memory variable This type of tag can vary continuously over a range of values within a signal range A specification of a set of software functions and their input and return parameters An ordered indexed set of data elements of the same type American Standard Code for Information Interchange A special block diagram node you can use to control the appearance and functionality of controls and indicators National Instruments Corporation G 1 BridgeVIEW User
202. endix A MMI Function Reference Enable Historical Data Logging Use the Enable Historical Data Logging VI to turn on or off data logging for all tags in the system programmatically Enable Printing Enable hst logging T emor in no error Enable hst logging T determines whether to turn historical data logging on or off error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix Use the Enable Printing VI to turn on or off printing of alarms and events for all tags in the system programmatically x g a BridgeVIEW User Manual Enable printing T error in no error Enable printing T determines whether to turn printing on or off error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix A 28 National Instru
203. ends lo Spreadsheet socie a A 22 Read Histoncal Trend asinga Sanduwsardudenetetinctaatantiees A 24 Read Historical TENO Soranei E A 25 SYSED VIS cess cg Aarne atere wane acne tac canie sual tals dee wstens suicides neha A 27 Prable B Vent LOS OIE ct ccssen career sadentoun adie ceaipdianhinigntGactesmoiss A 27 Enable Historical Data Logging cc ceeseeeeesnneeeenseeeeseeeeeseeeseeees A 28 Enable Print s22 425 css ceara cers a eau eauadanatea de A 28 EDS ine es 1011 6 9 ene nee ene NE eee oe CC Rene eC eye A 29 Enone 5 UE OWN sp sirens earn ci tears a a A 30 GEE Operator Nae erata A E ness A 30 Get Tas SUSTO Saa a a a a a A 30 Invoke LoS Dial p iruei N A 31 Posts ystem Error Of Event 2c escavacscnteccas so deoutusiadeedeapiieden iualeadsertee A 32 SE CULICY MONOT aoee a a a a a A 32 Tae Stats Handich sesen aAa eturantereamatr eos A 33 AGS VU E E E E E T au Sci A ives EE A 35 IR ACA AS ictssctins gauss tuartua eee luan R a A 35 Read Tas Om array vsscu tisnthl oniileis e EE A 37 Read Pas GisCreic nona Gis seated aeineicians atieentacsias A 38 Read Tas CUO Aaa a A E A 40 Tend TASS aonda aa A 41 Me T a a a te atieate ene A 42 Waie Tas bib array nana T O veaan A 43 Wre ae CISCTCLE n E A Na A 44 Write Tae SUIN Possriei a a dertintinciat A 45 Mie Tison Chintesenta a a a ea A 46 Wite Taom Chane D array sekaa n anal odivonteanstanes A 47 Write Tag on Change GISCrete eisien A 48 Wate Tae On Change Sine ssid ic
204. ensions The following illustration shows how to extract a 1D row or column arrays from a 2D array National Instruments Corporation 13 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs BridgeVIEW User Manual 2D Array Extract Row From a 3D array you can extract a 2D array by disabling two index terminals or a 1D array by disabling a single index terminal The following figure shows several ways to slice a 3D array The following rules govern the use of the Index Array function to slice arrays e The dimension of the output object must equal the number of disabled index terminals For example Zero disabled scalar element One disabled 1D component Two disabled 2D component e The values wired to enabled terminals must identify the output elements Thus you can interpret the lower left preceding example as a command to generate a 1D array of all elements at column 0 and row 3 You can interpret the upper right example as a command to generate a 2D array of page 1 The new 0 element is the one closest to the original as shown in the preceding illustration 13 16 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs v9 Activity 13 3 Use the Build Array Function Your objective is to use the Build Array function to combine elements and arrays into one bigger array Front Panel L o Build Array Yi Create a new front panel as shown in t
205. ents How Do You Display Event History Information BridgeVIEW User Manual To read all the alarms and events in the Bridge VIEW system that have occurred since the Engine was started unless limited by buffer size drop the Event History Display from the Alarms and Events palette on your front panel Then you can invoke the MMI G Wizard to create the diagram code for an event history You also can build your own diagram and use the Read Event History VI in your block diagram If you want to change the default fields time date tag name alarm limit that are visible in the Event History Display you can use the Event History Format control from the Controls Alarms and Events palette and change the checkbox selections You also can change the default colors of alarms events normal and acknowledged alarms with the Color Codes for Event History control which also is available in the Alarms and Events palette You also can report the status of alarms currently in the system using the output of either Read Alarm Summary VI or Read Event History VI or by using the Get Alarm Summary Status VI This gives information on the number of active alarms and unacknowledged alarms in the system You can use the Alarm Summary Status control available in the Alarms and Events Controls palette to display this information on your MMI 5 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 5 Alarms and Events How Do You Acknowledge Alarms You can view th
206. ep event files Group Name led Leng i Loa Delmi 0 Field Length Alarm Message og Delimiter z M Alarm Value 0 Field Length Shift Display a00 AM Print Format 4 00 PM 1700 AM W Date MMDD YY _ W Alam State M Time AM PM I Alam Ack State Event Printing W Tag Name W Alarm Priority Start printing on system start up o Field Length I Alarm Limit CPT1 Printer M Event Type IY Operator Mame Print Delimiter I Group Name oo Field Length ao Field Length P Alam Message Event Filters M Alam Value o Field Length 7 Min Priority Hs Max Priority Figure 5 1 Event Configuration Dialog Box BridgeVIEW User Manual 5 10 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 5 Alarms and Events Refer to Table 5 1 Tag Configuration Editor Event Configuration Selections for a description of the general event configuration selections Table 5 1 Tag Configuration Editor Event Configuration Selections Event Directory Determines the path to the directory where the event files are stored on disk Store absolute Determines whether the absolute path is stored path Start event Determines whether the Bridge VIEW Engine automatically begins logging logging on events when the Engine launches system start up Days to keep Determines how many days worth of event files are kept on disk Anything event files older than the number of days specified here is deleted automatically Log Delimiter Determines the separator between paramete
207. equal to operability access level Disabled attribute value is 0 enabled Otherwise Disabled attribute value is 1 disabled or 2 grayed out F 7 Visible attribute setting is the value to send to the Visible attribute of the control or indicator to which security is applied Disabled attribute value is the value to send to the Disabled attribute of the control or indicator to which security is applied TE shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down Lz Note When you use this VI in your operator interface loops you do not want the timeout value to be too long or your front panel can take a long time to finish execution Similarly setting timeout to 0 seconds degrades the overall performance of your interface because this VI is called too often too quickly Tag Status Handler Use the Tag Status Handler VI to obtain a description of the tag status by breaking it down into warning or error conditions coming from Bridge VIEW as well as the device server It also identifies where the error or warning occurred The information for looking up status is derived from the inputs tag status source server error codes server error descriptions and from an internal error description lookup that describes all the status values returned from the Engine or a Server in Bridge VIEW source tag status tupe of dialog OK mg 1 message server eror codes server error descript
208. er As each new value is received it is plotted at the right margin and old values shift to the left The scope chart mode has a retracing display similar to an oscilloscope As the VI receives each new value it plots the value to the right of the last value When the plot reaches the right border of the plotting area the VI erases the plot and begins plotting again from the left border The scope chart is significantly faster than the strip chart because it is free of the processing overhead involved in scrolling The sweep chart mode acts much like the scope chart but it does not go blank when the data hits the right border Instead a moving vertical line marks the beginning of new data and moves across the display as the VI adds new data National Instruments Corporation 10 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 10 Loops and Charts 3 With the VI still running pop up on any chart and select Data Operations Update Mode and change the current mode to that of another chart Notice the difference between the various charts and modes 4 Stop and close the VI LF End of Activity 10 1 While Loops BridgeVIEW User Manual A While Loop is a structure that repeats a section of code until a condition is met It is comparable to a Do Loop or a Repeat Until Loop in traditional programming language The While Loop shown in the following illustration is a resizable box you use to execute the diagram inside it until the Boolean valu
209. er you release the mouse button during a mouse click within the graphical boundary of the control The action is not affected by how often the VI reads the control This action is similar to what happens when you click on a check mark in a dialog box it becomes highlighted but does not change until you release the mouse button Switch Until Released action Changes the control value when you click on the control It retains the new value until you release the mouse button at which time the control reverts to its original value The action is similar to that of a doorbell and is not affected by how often the VI reads the control Latch When Pressed actton Changes the control value when you click on the control It retains the new value until the VI reads it once at which point the control reverts to its default value This action happens regardless of whether you continue to press the mouse button This action is similar to that of a circuit breaker and is useful for stopping While Loops or having the VI do something only once each time you set the control Latch When Released action Changes the control value only after you release the mouse button When your VI reads the value once the control reverts to the old value This action guarantees at least one new value As with Switch When Released this action is similar to the behavior of buttons in a dialog box clicking on this action highlights the button and releasing the mouse but
210. er Server Show Server User Interface The Show Server User Interface button appears on the Server Browser dialog box only when you invoke the Server Browser from the Engine Manager If your application does not shut down within a few seconds after you close the Bridge VIEW Engine Manager Bridge VIEW displays a dialog box notifying you to shut down your MMI application You can ensure that your application shuts down when the Engine shuts down by monitoring the shutdown output of any Tags or Alarms VI in your diagram This technique is explained in Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface What Are System Errors and Events BridgeVIEW User Manual System errors are conditions on a system level as opposed to on a per tag basis that result in problematic functioning of the Bridge VIEW system When a system error occurs Bridge VIEW prompts the user with a dialog box You can turn this dialog box on or off System events are changes in the system that cause a change in behavior that is not problematic These include events reported by utilities such as the Tag Configuration Editor 2 16 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Detailed system error and event messages are logged to a system log file The messages are written to an ASCII file with a 10g extension in the SYSLOG directory BridgeVIEW automatically creates this directory if it does not exist already The system log file names take the format Y
211. eric constant holds the constant by which you must multiply the knob value to get a quantity in milliseconds Thus if the knob has a value of 1 0 the loop executes once every 1000 milliseconds once per second BridgeVIEW User Manual 10 10 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 10 Loops and Charts 3 Run the VI Rotate the knob to get different values for the loop delay Notice the effects of the loop delay on the update of the Random Signal display 4 Save the VI as Random Signal with Delay vi inthe BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory Close the VI LF End of Activity 10 4 Preventing Code Execution in the First Iteration The While Loop always executes at least once because G performs the loop test for continuation after the diagram executes You can construct a While Loop that pretests its conditional terminal by including a Case structure inside the loop Wire a Boolean input to the Case structure selector terminal so the subdiagram for the FALSE condition executes if the code in the While Loop should not execute The subdiagram for the TRUE condition contains the work of the While Loop The test for continuation occurs outside the Case structure and the results are wired to the conditional terminal of the While Loop and the selector terminal of the Case structure In the following illustration labels represent the pretest condition sere a F alse e frag National Instruments Corporation 10 11 Bridge VIEW User Manual
212. eritmani doad este e a E 5 1 Ala SaO oe a E S 5 1 A a ae a E a knee tone Porte n sens 5 1 Arame O N E a E e A EE 5 2 Alann SONNA ea aE EE a A tes wlnsaateat 5 2 EV EMG IIS LORY senos a N cocecasnawele uandieaae isons 5 2 How Do You Display Alarm Summary Information ccccccccceccceeceeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeees 5 2 How Do You Display Event History Information cccccsesessesseeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 6 How Do You Acknowledge Alarms cccccsssssssssssseseeseeesessseessssseeesesseeceseceeeeeeseeeees 5 7 How Do You Configure Logging and Printing of Alarms and Events ccc ceceeeeees 5 10 How Do You Log Alarms and Events ccccccccccecccccececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaaeaaas 5 13 How Do You Print Alarms and Events ccccccccccssscccsseeeesessseeesseeeseeeeseeees 5 14 How Do You View Alarms and Event cccccsccssssecessnssesesseseesseeeseeeeseeees 5 14 BridgeVIEW User Manual viii National Instruments Corporation Table of Contents Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction What Isa Tred inaenea ea 6 1 Reale Time Prenidx 25esscso visit t a ta sauce a de bea T tamed Nines 6 1 Fistoncal Tren iis aasshawed dos nan Sealed acta S toad miwethaceimeadieemarea a 6 1 Whatis Citadel oct Gc caress iatiaa essa an daa uamna tea es ecelns ooawieada A 6 2 How Do You Loe Historical Data recuso teint E tems tadadivarens 6 2 How Do You Configure Historical Logging ec
213. es Initially only the O and 1 cases are available National Instruments Corporation 11 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 11 Case and Sequence Structures A Case structure is shown in the following illustration Lz Note Case statements in other programming languages generally do not execute any case if a case is out of range If you do not want out of range values to activate the highest or lowest cases in Bridge VIE W you either must pretest the selector data for out of range numbers or include a trap case that does nothing for out of range values q Activity 11 1 Use the Case Structure Your objective is to build a VI that checks a number to see if it is positive If the number is positive the VI calculates the square root of the number otherwise the VI returns an error Front Panel 1 Open a new front panel and create the objects as shown in the following illustration Fdigital contral Fdigital indicator 99993 00 indicates an error free label BridgeVIEW User Manual 11 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 11 Case and Sequence Structures The Number control supplies the number The Square Root Value indicator displays the square root of the number The free label acts as a note to the user Block Diagram 2 Build the diagram as shown in the following illustration Selector aE 3 Place a Case structure Functions Structures in the block diagram Enlarge the Case struc
214. es ceca aecicttie a 4 3 MMLCG WV ZAI raises See cs alt cal ae hc capa intros cel asina Sele a a 4 3 Generate the Block Dia or ai ais shvosae stashed aided aiid dass wwlaadees 4 7 Front Panel Object and Wizard Subdiagram Association 4 7 How Do You Customize Front Panel Objects cc eeesesssessseeeseeeeseeeeseeees 4 11 Contool Edora e E ET 4 11 Paporune Graphie Saanen adutacdnen Medisaunlincdaredy ated aatancmielca kaon 4 12 How Do You Configure Front Panel Objects Programmatically 4 15 How Do You Monitor and Control Tacs rieri a a e a E 4 15 Fae Dala Ve eraran E 4 16 Tags Vis and Alarms and 2 vents VIS coression aei a 4 18 Pont Rane lisina a E AT 4 20 Block Mia or ani sasn T acerca tetaateleds 4 20 How Do the Tags and Alarms and Events VIs Affect SACU P SUL OWN ranana al 4 23 General Principles of G MMI ProgrammiIng csseseesseeeseesssessseeseeseeseccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 23 How Do You Implement Event Driven Programming in G ccceeeees 4 24 How Do You Implement Polled Programming in G c sseeeseeeeseeeeeeeees 4 26 How Do You Initialize and Shut Down Multiple Loop Applications 4 27 How Do You Display Real Time Trends ccc ccccseesssseeseseseeeeesseeeseeeeseeees 4 28 How Can You Use Tag Attributes to Configure MMI Indicators Programmatically vsccauicc ance aancen Aneuteccwlsacae NA 4 30 Chapter 5 Alarms and Events What areas lars and Events
215. es of using VI libraries and individual files see the section Saving VIs in Chapter 2 Building VIs of the G Programming Reference Manual VI libraries have the same load save and open capabilities as other directories VI libraries however are not hierarchical That is you cannot create a VI library inside of another VI library You cannot create a new directory inside a VI library either There is no way to list the VIs in a VI library outside the Bridge VIEW environment After you create a VI library it appears in the BridgeVIEW File dialog box as a folder with VI on the folder icon Regular directories appear as a folder without the VI label Even though you might not save your own VIs in VI libraries you should be familiar with how they work In the various activities in this tutorial you will save your VIs in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory Solutions to these activities are provided in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial Solutions directory Controls Constants and Indicators BridgeVIEW User Manual A control is an object you place on your MMI for entering data into a VI interactively or into a subVI programmatically An indicator is an object you place on your MMI for displaying output Controls and indicators in G are similar to input and output parameters respectively in traditional programming languages An alternative to placing controls and indicators on the front panel and then wiring them to functions or VIs on the block d
216. ess Privileges in the Bridge VIEW FE NVITONINGHE aa a a sats esoaneaeed damitananeteentanee ties 7 13 Operator Interace Secun en and 7 14 How Do You Limit User Access to MMI Objects eee 7 14 Chapter 8 Industrial Automation Device Servers What Are Industrial Automation 1A Device Servers cccccccccececceeeeccesesceeseseeeeeees 8 1 How Do You Install and Configure a Device Server cccccessssesseseeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 8 2 Installing and Configuring the NI DAQ Servet ccccccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 3 Installing and Configuring Device Servers from the BridgeVIEW Device SEVES C Dorea a cau sata Tests outa at ceva ecisataeclsee eos ac T ue desoemaness 8 4 Resistenin amp SIMULIO SCrVers vais chet siesanis a tenlecuebeenl ce eiaueeeniaiatelaae 8 4 How Do You View BridgeVIEW Server Configuration cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 5 Registered Server Device and Item Parameters ssssesseeeeeeeeeseeeeseeees 8 7 How Do You Use DDE Servers with Bridge VIEW 0 0 0 cccceccccsssseeseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 8 How Do You Develop an TA Device Server ixtcccsaiecvedaieecavaabees2 Geese aes ca a 8 9 G Tutorial Chapter 9 through Chapter 15 Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIs What is a gt V titulal TS trum Int secretes vncssor sesso a N a 9 How Do YOU Bulda VI rro E AN a a AOA 9 1 NT TSE CNY anna a E a oka a a so messeenese 9 1 Controls Constants and
217. eters are described in the following table Table 5 2 Event Configuration Log and Print Format Selections Date Determines whether the date is logged or printed Date Format A menu ring that allows you to pick a format for the date to be printed This selection is valid only if Date is selected The menu items are MM DD YYYY and DD MM YYYY Determines whether the time is logged or printed Time Format Determines the format for the time logged or printed This selection is valid only if Time is selected The menu items are AM PM and 24 HOUR Determines whether the tag name is logged or printed Tag Name Field Determines the maximum number of characters of which the tag name can be Length comprised This selection is valid only if Tag Name is checked Event Type Determines whether the event name is logged or printed Determines whether the group name is logged or printed Group Name Field Determines the maximum number of characters of which the group name can be comprised This selection is valid only if Group Name is checked BridgeVIEW User Manual 5 12 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 5 Alarms and Events Table 5 2 Event Configuration Log and Print Format Selections Continued Operator Name Determines the maximum number of characters of which the operator name Field Length can be comprised This selection is valid only if Operator Name is checked Alarm Message Determines whether the alarm message is logged
218. evice Refer to your server specific documentation to learn if your server registers devices and items and if you can enter device and item strings in the Tag Configuration Editor to choose devices and items How Do You Use DDE Servers with BridgeVIEW Bridge VIEW can communicate with any server using Microsoft Dynamic Data Exchange DDE as its interface A DDE server is treated as a simple server in which you type in a device and item string to select a specific point For DDE servers you select DDE server from the Server List in the Tag Configuration Editor and type in APPLICATION TOPIC for device and ITEM for item If you are using Network DDE to use a DDE server running on another machine use the Network DDE name for the APPLICATION part of the name Refer to your DDE server documentation for the correct name for APPLICATION the list of available TOPICS and ITEMS for each topic i Note Unlike the servers written to the Bridge VIEW IA device server specification off the shelf DDE servers do not register themselves with Bridge VIEW Therefore BridgeVIEW cannot launch the DDE server automatically when it runs your MMI application To use a DDE server launch or run the DDE server before you run your BridgeVIEW application BridgeVIEW will post system error messages if it cannot connect to the DDE server when it launches the BridgeVIEW Engine Thereafter it attempts to reconnect to the DDE server periodically BridgeVIEW User M
219. f a variable from one iteration of a loop to a subsequent iteration An ASCII character representation of a connection to a real world I O point Program control element such as a Sequence Case For Loop or While Loop A VI called on the diagram of another VI Control in which the control loops operate independently subject to intermittent corrective action Errors that happen in the Bridge VIEW system like a server going down System errors are displayed in a dialog box on the Engine User Interface and also are logged in a syslog file Events that occur in the Bridge VIEW system like an operator logging on or a utility starting up System events are logged in a syslog file A connection to a real world I O point or a memory variable Tags can be one of four data types analog binary discrete or string Parameters pertaining to a tag like its alarm limits or Engineering Units Tag attributes are configured in the Tag Configuration Editor but can be changed dynamically using the Tag Attributes VIs A utility to view the configuration parameters of a tag as configured in the Tag Configuration Editor A utility to configure various parameters of a tag such as connection information scaling or logging A list of tags primarily used for reporting and acknowledging alarms A tag can be associated with only one group All tags belong to the group lt ALL gt by default G 8 National Instruments Corporation Tag M
220. f any application is running that requires its services If so it waits until that application halts before shutting down Once it shuts down it sends a shutdown message to the device servers You can monitor the status of the Bridge VIEW Engine with the shutdown output of any of the Tags VIs or Alarms and Events VIs Lz Note If you write applications that do not use the BridgeVIEW VIs that access the Real Time Database such as the VIs that retrieve historical data those applications can run without the BridgeVIEW Engine running They do not launch the BridgeVIEW Engine General Principles of G MMI Programming You can choose how to monitor and control tag values as well as operator interface controls and indicators in your MMI Normally you use one or more While Loops in a VI diagram with a single wait operation inside of each loop Each While Loop executes once after its wait operation completes The wait operation might be one of the Time and Dialog functions such as the Wait Until Next ms Multiple function This is a polled technique in which your diagram controls loop execution Alternatively the wait operation might be implemented using one of the Tags VIs or Alarms and Events VIs with timeout wired to a non zero value These are the types of diagrams created by the MMI G Wizard This is an event driven technique in which a tag or alarm event controls loop execution Either technique is appropriate depending on your MMI needs
221. fault Bridge VIEW selects a terminal pattern based on the number of controls and indicators on the front panel Because there are two objects on the front panel the connector has two terminals as shown at left 8 Pop up on the connector pane and select Rotate 90 Degrees Notice how the connector pane changes as shown at left 9 Assign the terminals to Temp and Volume a Click on the top terminal in the connector The cursor automatically changes to the Wiring tool and the terminal turns black b Click on the Temp indicator A moving dashed line frames the indicator as shown in the following illustration If you click in an open area on the front panel the dashed line disappears and the selected terminal dims indicating that you have assigned the indicator to that terminal If the terminal is white you have not made the connection correctly c Repeat steps a and b to associate the bottom terminal with the Volume indicator d Pop up on the connector and select Show Icon 10 Save the VI by choosing File Save Now this VI is complete and ready for use as a subVI in other VIs The icon represents the VI in the block diagram of the calling VI The connector with two terminals outputs the temperature and volume National Instruments Corporation 9 19 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS c Note The connector specifies the inputs and outputs of a VI when you use it as a sub
222. first Use the changed output to determine whether the value changed since the last read i Note BridgeVIEW User Manual Use a separate Read Tag discrete VI for each tag you want to monitor In other words for example do not put the Read Tag discrete VI in a loop to read a different tag for each iteration of the loop This results in slower program performance The Read Tag discrete VI is designed to save information about the tag internally for efficient operation This information is updated every time the tag name changes A 38 National Instruments Corporation JE TE T J E E T E T Appendix A MMI Function Reference m alarm value status tag name timeout secs 0 f ironin shutdowr changed tag name is the name of the discrete tag timeout secs 0 specifies how many seconds to wait for the tag value to be updated in the Real Time Database before reading the Real Time Database for the latest value If timeout is 0 the Read Tag discrete VI reads the Real Time Database immediately and returns the tag value without waiting If timeout is 1 Read Tag discrete waits indefinitely until the tag value is updated or the Bridge VIEW Engine shuts down whichever occurs first If a timeout occurs before the value is updated Read Tag discrete returns the most recent value from the Real Time Database and timeout is set to TRUE The default value is 0 in alarm is TRUE if the tag is in
223. for this version to run effectively We recommend 32 MB of RAM and at least 30 MB of swap space available on your system Lz Note The standard Bridge VIEW installation requires approximately 85 MB of disk space A full installation requires approximately 100 MB If you plan to install the NI DAQ Server as well you will need an additional 30 MB Installing BridgeVIEW 1 Insert the CD in your CD ROM drive 2 Run the BridgeVIEW installer a If you have Windows 95 or Windows NT 4 0 and your system uses the AutoPlay feature the Welcome to Bridge VIEW screen appears a short time after you insert the CD b If you have Windows NT 3 51 or a system not using AutoPlay run the following program X bvsetup exe where X is the letter of your CD ROM drive 3 Choose an installation The installer offers several installation types Standard Full Minimum and Custom The Standard installation requires approximately 85 MB The Full installation which also includes Data Acquisition GPIB and VISA libraries and examples requires approximately 100 MB of disk space The Standard installation is recommended 4 After selecting an installation follow the instructions that appear on your screen Lz Note If you plan to use National Instruments Data Acquisition DAQ devices VISA or GPIB instrumentation you can perform either a Full installation which installs all necessary drivers and example programs or a custom installation in which
224. form chart See also charts For Loop 10 24 placing on subVI 9 31 using with While Loop 10 5 waveform graph See also graphs adding to array 13 5 creating multiplot waveform graphs 13 8 to 13 9 While Loops 10 4 to 10 12 See also shift registers acquiring and displaying data activity 10 5 to 10 7 block diagram 10 6 to 10 7 front panel 10 5 to 10 6 equivalent pseudocode 10 4 mechanical action of Boolean switches 10 7 to 10 9 changing activity 10 9 possible choices 10 7 to 10 8 preventing code execution 10 11 to 10 12 purpose and use 1 4 to 1 5 10 4 timing 10 9 to 10 11 overview 10 9 to 10 10 activity 10 10 to 10 11 Windows Options 9 30 wires 9 4 to 9 7 bad wires 9 7 purpose and use 9 4 selecting and deleting 9 6 stretching 9 6 tip strips 9 5 Wiring tool 2 5 9 4 Wiring tool hot spot 9 4 Wizard lock 4 7 Write Tag on Change VI A 46 to A 47 BridgeVIEW User Manual I 18 Write Tag on Change bit array VI A 47 to A 48 Write Tag on Change discrete VI A 48 to A 49 Write Tag on Change string VI A 49 to A 50 Write Tag VI A 42 to A 43 Write Tag bit array VI A 43 to A 44 Write Tag discrete VI A 44 to A 45 Write Tag string VI A 45 to A 46 X X and Y axes rescaling 10 19 to 10 20 National Instruments Corporation
225. fying list of available user access levels 7 12 to 7 13 Privileges dialog box 7 10 7 13 to 7 14 prompting operator to log in 7 11 restricting access 7 11 Operator Interface Security 7 14 to 7 15 controlling visibility attributes 7 14 to 7 15 limiting user access to operator interface panels 7 15 overview 1 7 Project menu items Security Access Levels 2 11 Security Change Password 2 12 Security Edit User Accounts 2 12 Security Login 2 12 National Instruments Corporation Security Logout 2 12 Security Privileges 2 12 Security Monitor VI A 32 to A 33 Select Tags to Monitor dialog box 2 22 selector 11 1 sequence local variable 11 9 Sequence structure 11 5 to 11 10 avoiding overuse 15 8 diagram identifier 11 1 illustration 11 5 incrementing and decrementing subdiagrams 11 1 overview 11 5 purpose and use 1 5 subdiagram display window 11 1 activity 11 5 to 11 10 block diagram 11 6 to 11 10 front panel 11 5 to 11 6 Server Browser illustration 2 16 launching 2 12 2 14 main screen illustration 8 6 Show Server User Interface button 2 16 unregistering servers 8 5 8 6 viewing Bridge VIEW server configuration 8 5 to 8 6 Server Browser button 8 5 servers See industrial automation device servers Set Multiple Tag Attributes VI A 61 Set Tag Attribute VI A 62 Set Tag Parameter Defaults dialog box 3 4 shift configuration 3 35 shift registers 10 12 to 10 21 creating 10 12 creating mult
226. g 4 26 to 4 27 polymorphism 13 1 pop up menus Object pop up menu tool 2 5 popping up on objects 2 6 Positioning tool 2 4 Post System Error or Event VI A 32 Preload Instrument VI controlling panel visibility 7 3 VI Control VI 14 6 printing alarms and events 5 14 configuration 5 10 to 5 12 privileges See access levels and privileges Privileges dialog box 7 10 Probe tool 2 5 9 24 program design 15 1 to 15 8 See also G programming language good diagram style 15 5 to 15 8 avoiding overuse of Sequence structures 15 8 checking for errors 15 6 to 15 8 common operations 15 5 to 15 6 left to right layouts 15 6 studying examples 15 8 planning ahead with connector panes 15 3 to 15 4 adding extra unconnected terminals 15 3 to 15 4 subVIs with required inputs 15 4 top down design 15 1 to 15 3 designing VI hierarchy 15 1 to 15 3 list of user requirements 15 1 writing the program 15 3 Project menu 2 11 to 2 13 Historical Trend Viewer 2 11 Launch Engine 2 11 Security Access Levels 2 11 Security Change Password 2 12 Security Edit User Accounts 2 12 Security Login 2 12 Security Logout 2 12 Security Privileges 2 12 BridgeVIEW User Manual Index Server Tools Server Browser 2 12 Tag Browser 2 12 Tag Configuration 2 13 Tag Monitor 2 13 R Random Number function For Loop 10 25 Sequence structure 11 9 shift register 10 15 Random Number Generator function 12 4 Read Alarm Summary
227. g Monitor it automatically launches the Engine The Engine loads the last scf file saved In this case it uses mytanks scf The Tag Monitor is shown in the following illustration o Tag Monitor Tag Monitor Help Value _Unit_ Timestamp Alarm State Ack Statue Tag Status Statue Product vosos 5 08 04PM NORMAL UNACK Of Trigger Tag none mian DAR Select Tags to Monitor Close Monitor Timeout sect 1 00 13 Close the Tag Monitor L339 End of Activity 3 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 34 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration How Do You Configure Other Engine Parameters There are other Engine parameters you can configure within the Tag Configuration Editor You can define your Historical Logging Configuration and Event Configuration by selecting Configure Historical or Events through the BridgeVIEW Tag Configuration Editor dialog box shown in Figure 3 1 Tag Configuration Editor How Do You Turn on Historical and Event Logging at Startup To turn on historical and event logging at startup select Configure Historical or Events from the Tag Configuration Editor Checkboxes in each dialog box turn on historical and event logging at system startup For more information see Chapter 5 Alarms and Events and Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction How Do You Set the File Paths for Historical and Events Files From the main panel of the Tag Configu
228. g constant 14 6 Array Subset function 13 14 arrays 13 2 to 13 18 auto indexing 13 3 to 13 4 auto indexing activity 13 4 to 13 9 block diagram 13 5 to 13 7 front panel 13 4 to 13 5 input arrays 13 9 to 13 11 multiplot graphs 13 8 to 13 9 setting For Loop count 13 10 to 13 11 controls constants and indicators 13 3 creating and initializing 13 2 to 13 3 data acquisition arrays in graphs 13 21 efficient memory usage minimizing data copies 13 18 index 13 2 purpose and use 1 5 resizing array indicator 13 6 attribute nodes 12 1 to 12 5 configuring front panel objects programmatically 4 15 creating 12 1 Help window 12 2 modifying by expanding node 12 1 to 12 2 BridgeVIEW User Manual l 2 purpose and use 1 5 12 1 activity 12 3 to 12 5 block diagram 12 4 to 12 5 front panel 12 3 auto indexing See arrays axis text modifying note 10 20 bit array tags alarm configuration 3 26 to 3 27 creating 3 3 purpose and use 3 7 scaling 3 20 to 3 21 Bit Array Tag configuration dialog box 3 21 scaling examples table 3 21 block diagram generating with MMI G Wizard 4 7 program design 15 5 to 15 8 avoiding overuse of Sequence structures 15 8 checking for errors 15 6 to 15 8 common operations 15 5 to 15 6 left to right layouts 15 6 studying examples 15 8 purpose and use 2 3 toolbar and buttons 2 3 to 2 4 Boolean constants adding to subVI 9 32 VI Control VI 14 6 Boolean controls and indicator
229. g on e An error from a server The Engine also maintains alarm summary and event history information pertaining to tags This information can be viewed by the user s MMI and or be logged to disk Historical Data Logging and Extraction You can extract data from the historical database to view the trend of tag data over time The Bridge VIEW Engine manages logging data to the Citadel Historical Database A trend is a view of data over time Trends can be real time current data or historical logged data You can view logged data with a user interface MMI or with the Historical Trend Viewer HTV For more information about historical data logging and extraction or the Citadel Historical Database see Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction or Appendix B Citadel and Open Database Connectivity Security Environment security is built into BridgeVIEW and determines access to certain parts of the Bridge VIEW environment Bridge VIEW security is broken into two general categories e BridgeVIEW Environment Access Privileges e Operator Interface Security National Instruments Corporation 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 1 Introduction What Is the BridgeVIEW System Architecture BridgeVIEW User Manual The Bridge VIEW system contains three sets of processes the user MMI Application the Bridge VIEW Engine and industrial automation device servers as shown in Figure 1 1 Bridge VIEW Architecture These proce
230. ge the interpolation to unconnected the point style to square and the color to green 10 18 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 10 Loops and Charts Block Diagram 3 Modify the block diagram as shown in the following illustration to display both the average and the current random number on the same chart Random Plat Compound Arithmetic Li pak Bundle function Functions Cluster In this activity the Bundle function bundles the average and current value for plotting on the chart The bundle node appears as shown at left when you place it in the block lL o diagram You can add additional elements by using the Resizing cursor accessed by placing the Positioning tool at the corner of the function to enlarge the node i Note The order of the inputs to the Bundle function determines the order of the plots on the chart For example if you wire the raw data to the top input of the Bundle function and the average to the bottom the first plot corresponds to the raw data and the second plot corresponds to the average 4 From the front panel run the VI The VI displays two plots on the chart The plots are overlaid That is they share the same vertical scale 5 From the block diagram run the VI with execution highlighting turned on to see the data in the shift registers 6 Turn execution highlighting off From the front panel run the VI While the VI is running use the buttons from the palette to
231. geVIEW User Manual 14 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 14 VI Control VIs 3 Save this VI as VI Control2 vi in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory This VI will call the MMI 1 and MMI 2 VIs Block Diagram 4 Build the block diagram of VI Control2 vi as shown in the following illustrations Ho MMH vi ha vi Ho MMH vi MMIHS vi Bo eae vi MMS vi National Instruments Corporation 14 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 14 BridgeVIEW User Manual VI Control Vis Mp r F T O TA EFi Ely ma PA Pr T f PA a y Preload Instrument VI Functions VI Control VIs Dynamically loads the two MMI subVIs into memory Path Control Pop up on Path input of Preload Instrument VI and choose Create Control Provides the path to the subVIs to be called Array String constant Functions Array Provide the name of the subVIs to be called MMI 1 vi and MMI 2 v1 Cluster to Array Functions Cluster Converts the cluster of booleans to a boolean array Search 1D Array Function Array Returns the index of the first TRUE value it finds in the Boolean array If you did not click on a button Search 1D array returns an index value of 1 and does nothing If a Boolean value is pressed it returns the index value of the respective Boolean and then runs and opens the selected subVI Run Instrument VI Functions VI Control VIs Executes the subVI that is loaded in memory and specifi
232. gle tag go to the panel for configuring the tag You must configure a path for the historical database To choose the path select Configure Historical in the Tag Configuration Editor You must turn on historical logging for the Bridge VIEW Engine according to one of the three techniques outlined below There are three techniques for turning historical data logging on or off BridgeVIEW User Manual You can configure historical logging in the Tag Configuration Editor To turn on logging use the pull down menu for Configure Historical Configure the path and set Start logging on system start up to be TRUE For programmatic control you can call the Enable Historical Data Logging VI in the System palette With this VI you can turn historical data logging on or off dynamically for all the tags in the system while the BridgeVIEW Engine is running The Engine Manager also has a button to turn historical data logging on or off If you have Supervise or higher level privileges you can access this button 6 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction When you log historical data for your application there is a coupling between your configuration scf file and the Citadel Historical Database When you decide to archive these take the scf file along with your historical files to the new location Although you can retrieve historical data without the scf file you will not have the tag
233. graph with the cursor display ro Ito Jeo ORA ert ko soo IU cursor Y position cursor name style X position control lock to cursor plot control movement Active Cursor control button for cursor movement BridgeVIEW User Manual 13 20 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs For more detailed information on customizing graphs see Chapter 15 Graph and Chart Controls and Indicators in the G Programming Reference Manual Refer to the ZoomGraph VI in G Examples General Graphs zoom 11b for an example that reads cursor values and programmatically zooms in and out of a graph using the cursors Graph Axes You can format the scales of a graph to represent either absolute or relative time Use absolute time format to display the time date or both for your scale If you do not want Bridge VIEW to assume a date use relative time format To select absolute or relative time format pop up on the chart and select the scale you want to modify Select Formatting This enables the Formatting dialog box which you can use to specify different attributes of the chart Data Acquisition Arrays Data returned from a plug in data acquisition board using the Data Acquisition VIs can be in the form of a single value a 1D array or a 2D array You can find a number of graph examples located in G Examples General Graphs which contains VIs to perform varied functions with arrays and graphs National I
234. ground color from an element in the icon Fill bucket tool Fills an outlined area with the foreground color Rectangle tool Draws a rectangular border in the foreground color Double click on this tool to frame the icon in the foreground color Filled rectangle tool Draws a rectangle bordered with the foreground color and filled with the background color Double click to frame the icon in the foreground color and fill it with the background color Select tool Selects an area of the icon for moving cloning or other changes Text tool Enters text into the icon design Foreground Background Displays the current foreground and background colors Click on each to get a color palette from which you can choose new colors 9 16 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS The buttons at the right of the editing screen perform the following functions e Undo Cancels the last operation you performed e OK Saves your drawing as the VI icon and returns to the front panel e Cancel Returns to the front panel without saving any changes Depending on the type of monitor you are using you can design a separate icon for monochrome 16 color and 256 color mode You design and save each icon version separately The editor defaults to Black amp White but you can click on one of the other color options to switch modes i Note If you design a color icon only the icon does not show up
235. he Engine Manager dialog box options For a more complete understanding of how or why you might use the Engine National Instruments Corporation 2 13 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Manager in a Bridge VIEW application you must understand how to configure tags See Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 2 2 Engine Manager Field Descriptions Engine Status Displays the current status of the Bridge VIEW Engine whether launching running or stopped Log Historical Turns on or off logging of historical data to file This button is pressed Data automatically if you selected Start logging on system start up in your configuration file If you do not have a valid event log path configured or do not have a printer configured this checkbox is disabled Log Events Turns on or off logging of alarms and events to file This button is pressed automatically if you selected Start event logging on system start up in your configuration file If you do not have a valid event log path configured this checkbox is disabled Print Events Turns on or off printing of alarms and events to your line printer This button is pressed automatically if you selected Start printing on system start up in your configuration file If you do not have a printer configured this checkbox is disabled Run Stop Engine Starts the BridgeVIEW Engine or stops the Bridge VIEW Engine and shuts down any loaded servers Quit Engine Closes and exits
236. he VI returns and changed is FALSE the VI might have timed out or the information in the database did not change since the last time you read it You can use this output to make your program more efficient by using a case statement to update the user interface only if the information has changed Some of the more advanced Tags VIs and Alarms and Events VIs also return an initialize headers or config changed output that tells your program whether your MMI object needs to be initialized with new information In most cases this corresponds to the first time the VI is called and you only need to update that part of your user interface once For more information about the Tags VI Library refer to Appendix A MMI Function Reference National Instruments Corporation 4 19 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface X Activity 4 3 Read a Tag ie A j O o a aa Your objective is to monitor a single tag value using the Read Tag VI In this activity the Read Tag VI returns when a new value for the tag is acquired from the Tanks Server and updated in the RTDB or a timeout of 1 second is exceeded whichever occurs first This loop continues executing until the Engine shuts down You will use mytanks scf in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory which you edited in Activity 3 1 Configure a Tag and View the Tag Configuration Parameters and Tag Values Front Panel 1 Open anew VI File New and place a tank on the fro
237. he desired results Ask yourself whether any given block generates information that some subsequent VI needs If so make sure that your top level block diagram sketch contains wires to pass the data between VIs BridgeVIEW User Manual 15 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 15 Program Design Try to avoid using unnecessary global variables because they hide the data dependency between VIs Use memory tags only when you need this information in the Engine for historical logging or alarms As your system gets larger it becomes difficult to debug if you depend upon global variables and memory tags as your method for transferring information between VIs Write the Program Now you are ready to write the program in G e Use a modular approach by building subVIs where there is a logical division of labor or the potential for code reuse e Solve the more general problems along with your specific ones e Test your subVIs as you write them This might involve construction of higher level test routines but it is much easier to catch the bugs in one small module than in a hierarchy of several VIs As you consider the details of your subVIs you might find that your initial design is incomplete For example you might realize you need to transfer more information from one subVI to another You might have to re evaluate your top level design at this point Using modular subVIs to accomplish specific tasks makes it easier to manage you
238. he following illustration File Edit Operate Project windows Help Ti National Instruments Corporation Place a digital control from the Controls Numeric palette and label it scalar 1 Change its representation to 132 Copy and paste it to create two other digital controls and label them scalar 2 and scalar 3 Create an array of digital controls and label it array 1 Copy and paste it and label it array 2 Expand the arrays and enter the values through 9 in array 1 scalar 1 scalar 2 array 2 and scalar 3 as shown in the illustration above Copy the array and paste it and change it to an indicator Label it 1D array Expand it to show nine values 13 17 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Block Diagram 7 Place a Build Array function Functions Array on the block diagram Expand it with the Positioning tool to have five inputs 8 Pop up on the first input in the Build Array node and select Change to Array Do the same for the fourth input 9 Wire the arrays and scalars to the node The output array is a 1D array composed of the elements of array 1 followed by scalar 1 scalar 2 andthe elements of array 2 and scalar 3 as the following illustration shows 10 Run the VI You can see the values in scalar 1 scalar 2 scalar 3 array 1 and array 2 appear ina single 1D array 11 Save the VI as Build Array vi in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory LF End of Activity 13 3
239. he operator is doing Using polling you can combine monitoring of MMI controls with the reading in of tag values and alarm states Figure 4 4 Process View Display VI shows an example implementing a more complex user interface that polls all the input tags as well as the front panel Start Batch button at 100 m s intervals When you leave the timeout input unwired all Read Tag VIs read the Bridge VIEW database immediately by default In this case you must explicitly program the loop wait time by using the Wait Until Next ms Multiple VI If you do not the loop operates as often as possible and requires most of the CPU time This example also illustrates use of the Write Tag VIs In this case the Write Tag discrete VI is called only when the front panel button is pressed In other cases you might want to write the tag value at each iteration You also can use the Write Tag on Change VI to update the RTDB only when the value of the front panel control changes This can improve your over all application performance 4 26 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface o Process View Display vi Diagram ALI Teme jf E L2 Tank Es AL2 Temp 1a mn Start Batch Figure 4 4 Process View Display VI How Do You Initialize and Shut Down Multiple Loop Applications When you have a multiple loop application you can add initialization code before executing the loops and some clean up or shutdown code after al
240. he section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix A 56 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference Get Tag Description Group Use the Get Tag Description Group VI to obtain a tag data type analog discrete bit array or string description and the group to which the tag belongs tag name data type description group error out error in no error tag name is the name of the tag about which you want to obtain information error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix data type is the tag type analog discrete bit array or string description is the user defined description for the tag group is the group to which the tag belongs ARE BH arr error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix Get Tag IO Connection Info Use the Get Tag IO Connection Info VI to obtain information on how the tag is connected to a real world I O point Outputs include data type analog discrete bit array or string server device item access rights Memory Input Output I O and length For bit array tags length is the number of discrete points in the tag For str
241. he system while the Bridge VIEW Engine is running e The Engine Manager also has a button to turn event logging on or off If you have Supervise or higher level privileges you can access this button National Instruments Corporation 5 13 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 5 Alarms and Events Table 5 2 Event Configuration Log and Print Format Selections provides a description of the event logging configuration selections How Do You Print Alarms and Events In BridgeVIEW events are printed to a standard line printer through a parallel port There are three steps you must complete to print alarms and events l You must configure your tags to have Log Print Events enabled You configure it on a per tag basis To select event printing for a single tag go to the panel for configuring the tag You must configure a printer for event printing To choose the printer select Configure Events in the Tag Configuration Editor You must turn on event printing for the Bridge VIEW Engine according to one of the three techniques outlined below There are three techniques for turning event printing on or off You can configure event printing in the Tag Configuration Editor To turn on printing use the pull down menu for Configure Events Configure the printer and set Start printing on system start up to be TRUE For programmatic control you can call the Enable Printing VI in the System palette With this VI you can turn event pr
242. he tank color is blue while the tag value is below 800 It changes from blue to red when the value goes above 800 Leave this VI running 4 To change the HI alarm limit of Product dynamically open a new VI Drop the Set Tag Attribute VI from the Functions Tag Attributes palette 5 Using the wiring tool create constants for the group tag names tag attribute and value inputs BridgeVIEW User Manual 7 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics 6 Select Product for the group tag names input change tag attribute from the default lt none gt to HI Limit and wire in 500 00 for the value as shown in the following illustration o Change Alarm Limit vi Diagram Oy x 7 Save the Vi as Change Alarm Limit vi in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory 8 Run this VI This dynamically changes the HI limit for the Product tag from 800 to 500 9 Look at Monitor Product vi It still should be running However now you should see the color change from blue to red when the value exceeds 500 instead of 800 10 Stop and close the VIs LI End of Activity 7 1 National Instruments Corporation BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics BridgeVIEW Security Bridge VIEW security is broken into two general categories e Environment Security e Operator Interface Security Security does not take effect until you configure it Configuration consists of adding users and p
243. hen executing the Write Tag discrete VI or that the status of the tag is bad See status for the specific error condition shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses the Write Tag discrete VI Write Tag string Use the Write Tag string VI to update the Real Time Database with a new value for memory output and Input Output tags The value also is sent to the server if it is an output or Input Output tag If the tag is an input only tag the Write Tag string VI causes a system error because input tags only can be updated by servers If the tag is configured as an Input Output tag the tag value is passed to the server when Write Tag string VI is called but not written to the RTDB The RTDB is updated with the new value when the server polls it and passes it back to the Bridge VIEW Engine This maintains correct time synchronization in the RTDB tag name value generate event F tag name is the name of the output tag value is the value to be written to the output Tag generate event F determines whether a user change event is generated for the write operation on the tag If the tag is configured with event logging on this tag event can be displayed in the Event History Display in your MMI and logged to a evt file By default generate event is FALSE status returns the current status of the value written in the Real Time Database If st
244. hen the name is not contained in the currently selected scf file This might be because the tag name has been deleted from the scf file or the VI was created using a different scf file If you try to run the VI at this point you will get a system error for each tag that is undefined in the current scf file You can control which scf file the Bridge VIEW Engine runs programmatically This capability is covered in Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Tags Vis and Alarms and Events VIs BridgeVIEW User Manual The Tags VIs and Alarms and Events VIs have several properties in common With these VIs you operate on tags by wiring the tag name or group name into the tag name or group tag name input of the VI when you place them in your diagram These are required inputs Some VIs accept arrays of tag names or tag and group names The Tags VIs and Alarms and Events VIs return several flags that indicate the state of the Bridge VIEW Engine They return a Boolean error flag to indicate whether the operation was successful If the error flag is TRUE the tag specific information returned by the VI might not be valid Some VIs also return a more detailed value status variable 4 18 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface All the VIs return a shutdown indication If TRUE this output indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is in the shutdown state and your application must finish execution so that shutdown can fini
245. his value or an indication of user error Invoke Login Dialog Use the Invoke Login Dialog VI to launch the Bridge VIEW Login dialog box If the user selects Cancel in the Login dialog box the previous user remains active operator name access level access level name cancelled operator name is the login name of the current Bridge VIEW user access level is the numeric access level assigned to the current Bridge VIEW user access level name is a descriptive name associated with the numeric access level assigned to the current Bridge VIEW user TE cancelled indicates whether the user pressed Cancel in the Login dialog box aborting the login National Instruments Corporation A 31 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference Post System Error or Event Use this VI to post an error or event message from your MMI to the System Error Event display on the Engine Manager The message you post is logged to the system log file in the BridgeVIEW Syslog directory The format of the message is as follows EVENT ERROR lt date gt lt time gt lt Message gt The date and time represent the timestamp when the message is posted Message is the Error or Event that you want to report The format of the message that actually is posted is as follows EVENT ERROR lt date gt lt time gt lt Message gt Type determines the type of message to be posted By default it is an error If you are reporting an event wri
246. hutdown to exit any loop that uses the Trend Tags VI config change indicates that configuration of the Trend Tags VI has changed since the last execution This could be because of a change in the list of tags in the trend the time interval input or the scale to input Optionally use this output to reinitialize your waveform chart because past history data will be no longer valid Use the Write Tag VI to update the Real Time Database with a new value for memory output and Input Output tags The value also is sent to the server if it is an output or Input Output tag If the tag is an input only tag the Write Tag VI causes a system error because input tags only can be updated by servers If the tag is configured as an Input Output tag the tag value is passed to the server when Write Tag VI is called but not written to the RTDB The RTDB is updated with the new value when the server polls it and passes it back to the Bridge VIEW Engine This maintains correct time synchronization in the RTDB ij im Bridge VIEW User Manual tag name ea status value generate event F tag name is the name of the output tag value is the value to be written to the output tag generate event F determines whether a user change event is generated for the write operation on the tag If the tag is configured with event logging on this tag event can be displayed in the Event History Display A 42 National Instruments Corporation Appen
247. iagram is to create constants controls or indicators directly from the block diagram You can do this by popping up on the input terminal of a function or VI on the block diagram and selecting Create Constant or Create Control This creates a control or constant of the correct data type and wires it to the terminal 9 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS show p Data Operations p Replace p Representation Format amp Precision Create Constant Create Control 7 Create Indicator You can create an indicator and wire it to an output terminal by popping up on the terminal and selecting Create Indicator You cannot delete a control or indicator from the block diagram As with all front panel objects you must go to the front panel select the Positioning tool and then delete the object Each time you create a new control or indicator on the front panel Bridge VIEW creates the corresponding terminal in the block diagram The terminal symbols suggest the data type of the control or indicator For example a DBL terminal represents a double precision floating point number a TF terminal is a Boolean an 16 terminal represents a regular 16 bit integer and an ABC terminal represents a string For more information about data types in G and their graphical representations see the G Quick Reference Card National Instruments Corporation 9 3 BridgeVIEW User Manua
248. iated with it Click on the Y axis to make it rotate through the tags displayed in the trend To change the range in the Y axis select the text at the top or bottom of the scale and type in the desired value When you enter the value that trend scale changes and the trend display updates 6 12 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction How Do You Change the Plot Colors and Style in the Trend Click on the Trend Legend The pop up window contains several options with which you can change the plot colors and styles used in the trend How Do You Zoom In on the Trend The HTV Trend palette contains a Zoom tool that allows you to zoom in on points of interest The Zoom tool has five modes with which you can zoom in on the trend e Zoom by rectangle e Zoom time scale e Zoom Y scale e Zoom in about one point e Zoom out about one point Undo Zoom resets the graph to its previous setting How Do You Export Data to a Spreadsheet From the HTV select File Export The HTV exports the information currently displayed in the trend to a tab delimited file A dialog box prompts you for the name and location of the file to create The HTV resamples data in periodic intervals so that all tags have the same number of data points The frequency defaults to a value according to the frequency of data in the historical files If you want to override this value enter the frequency you want in th
249. ical Switch Controls Boolean on the front panel Label the switch Enable 3 Use the Labeling tool to create free labels for ON and OFF Select the Labeling tool and type in the label text With the Color tool shown at left make the border of the free label transparent by selecting the T in the bottom left corner of the Color palette 4 Place a waveform chart Controls Graph on the front panel Label the chart Random Signal The chart displays random data in real time AN FOE National Instruments Corporation 10 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 10 Loops and Charts e Note Make sure that you select a waveform chart and not a waveform graph In the Graph palette the waveform chart appears closest to the left side 5 Pop up on the chart and choose Show Digital Display and Show Scroll Bar to hide the palette and legend The digital display shows the latest value 6 Rescale the chart from 0 0 to 1 0 Use the Labeling tool to replace the HI limit of 10 0 with 1 0 7 Place a knob Controls Numeric on the front panel Label the knob Loop Delay sec This knob controls the timing of the While Loop Pop up on the knob and deselect Show Digital Display to hide the digital display 8 Rescale the knob Using the Labeling tool double click on 10 0 in the scale around the knob and replace it with 2 0 Block Diagram 9 Open the block diagram and create the diagram in the following illustration Loop Dela
250. ice Information Dialog Box To unregister a server that you no longer want to connect to your tags press the Unregister Server button with the server of interest selected in the Registered Servers list box This invokes a dialog box asking you to confirm the operation Unregistering a server means that Bridge VIEW can no longer access that server and any tag configured to use that server no longer has a valid configuration Do this only if no tags are configured to use that server and you no longer want to access it from the Tag Configuration Editor 8 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 8 Industrial Automation Device Servers Registered Server Device and Item Parameters Use the View Server Device Information dialog box to see a list of devices registered by a specific server and for the selected device view a table of the registered items and item properties The View Server Device Information VI is shown below ET View Server Device Information Registered Devices Server IT anks Server You can add devices and items to this server dynamically T You can add items for this device dynamically Registered Iter for Device ALL sort By ltem Name zl mgt oat JoJo Jso000 ig beL WO jooo fsoooo f tank e Joo a a C JOB 70 Joo tooo vael feooL feo jooo foo f o e C 70 Joo T valves JB00L 70 Joo E S valved feooL feo jooo foo o o C WOE E E ee ee ooo o T S T S e y o T No devices registered T No items
251. ight be gaps in the historical data threads in Citadel due to machine shutdown or Bridge VIEW shutdown Qual returns the ratio of time for which valid data exists for a datapoint across the interval to the length of the interval itself Thus if valid data exists for only one half of the interval Qual would return 0 5 Because Citadel allows simultaneous real time access by multiple applications the ODBC Driver can retrieve data from the Citadel database even while Bridge VIEW is running There is no need to interrupt data collection in order to query the database In fact the ODBC Driver allows multiple ODBC applications to perform SQL queries simultaneously BridgeVIEW User Manual B 2 National Instruments Corporation Appendix Customer Communication For your convenience this appendix contains forms to help you gather the information necessary to help us solve your technical problems and a form you can use to comment on the product documentation When you contact us we need the information on the Technical Support Form and the configuration form if your manual contains one about your system configuration to answer your questions as quickly as possible National Instruments has technical assistance through electronic fax and telephone systems to quickly provide the information you need Our electronic services include a bulletin board service an FTP site a FaxBack system and e mail support If you have a hardware or sof
252. image directly from a paint program to the Windows clipboard and then switch to Bridge VIEW BridgeVIEW automatically imports the picture to the Bridge VIEW clipboard Or you can select Edit Import Picture from File to import a graphics file into the Bridge VIEW clipboard Once a picture is in the Bridge VIEW clipboard you can paste it as a static picture on your front panel or you can use the Import Picture option of a pop up menu or the Import Picture options in the Control Editor Picture files supported include EMF BMP and WMF files Activity 4 2 Import a Graphic Image into BridgeVIEW Your objective is to use a graphic image created in an external drawing package in a Bridge VIEW front panel control 1 In BridgeVIEW select File New to create anew VI With the front panel open select a Horizontal Pointer Slide from Controls Numeric Pop up on the slide click on it with the right mouse button and select Change to Indicator 4 12 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface 2 With the Positioning tool grab the upper right corner of the slide and stretch it to the right to make the slide longer If you hold down the lt Shift gt key when you click and drag the mouse you will restrict the stretch to one direction Move the Digital Display of the slide to a central location below the slide 3 Highlight the slide with the Positioning tool and select Edit Edit Control The Control Editor windo
253. in Bridge VIEW User Manual 4 30 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface Appendix A MMI Function Reference and Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Figure 4 7 Using the Tag Attributes VIs to Initialize Front Panel Indicators Frame 0 shows a simple case where the scale range for all the front panel level and temperature indicators are set to the engineering scale that is configured for the tag A unit string display for each L1 and Temp indicator is initialized to the engineering unit for the respective tag The Get Tag Range and Units VI returns the engineering scale range information in a form that can be wired directly to a control or indicator scale range attribute node The VI also returns the engineering units configured for the tag T Process View Display ady vi Diagram ALI Level ALZ Level ALI Level Figure 4 7 Using the Tag Attributes VIs to Initialize Front Panel Indicators Frame 0 National Instruments Corporation 4 31 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface Figure 4 8 Using the Tag Attributes VIs to Initialize Front Panel Indicators Frame 1 illustrates the subsequent frame of the Sequence structure The MMI runs in a loop monitoring the various tags and front panel controls until the Bridge VIEW Engine shuts down a Process View Display ad vi Diagram OW x File Edit ane Project Windows Help Figure 4 8 Using the Tag Attributes
254. in ancaeare 7 13 Using the Security Monitor VI to Control Visibility eee 7 15 SOVET BLOW SEL ningne e Oa 8 6 View Server Device Information Dialog BOX seeeseeseeesssseessssssssssssssssssss 8 7 Bridge VIEW Project Menu Items ccccccesseseseeseeceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 11 Engine Manager Field Descriptions ccccccccecceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeas 2 14 Tag Browser Field Descriptions cccccecccceececceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeaeanaaas 2 18 Tag Monitor Utility Field Descriptions ou cceecessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeees 2 21 Connection Configuration Attributes ccccccccccccecccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 9 Operations Configuration Attributes cccccceesesseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 14 Scaling Configuration Attributes ccccccesssssssseeseeceesecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 16 Bit Array Scaling Examples ssccssasseessherssstessiaatauaetsaepndoateasetinsessnneskawetins 3 21 Alarms Configuration Attributes ccccccccccccccccecccceccecceeseeseeeeseeenaanaaas 3 22 Events with Alarm Deadband 0 0 ssssooosseseeesssesessssssssssssessssrererreeees 3 28 Events with Alarm Deadband 1 0 wo cccccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennees 3 28 Configuration Settings for Activity 3 1 ssssssssssssseossseeerecerrerrersree 3 31 Configuration Modifications for Activity 3 1 ssssssseseserrsserrerrreseree 3 32 Configurable Memory Allocation Parameters ccccccccceeceeeeeee
255. in your BridgeVIEW system Also you can configure other Engine parameters in the Tag Configuration Editor For more information about the Tag Configuration Editor see Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Tag Monitor Launches the Tag Monitor You can use the Tag Monitor to monitor the value alarm state and status of all tags in the system The Tag Monitor launches the BridgeVIEW Engine if it is not already running For more information on the Tag Monitor see the section What Is the Tag Monitor in this chapter What Is the BridgeVIEW Engine Manager When you run any G application that accesses the Bridge VIEW Real Time Database the Bridge VIEW Engine launches automatically opening either the tag configuration scf file that you edited most recently or the one that your application has selected programmatically Launching the BridgeVIEW Engine brings up the Engine Manager Display shown in Figure 2 1 The Engine Manager is a window into the BridgeVIEW Engine through which you can control some of the behavior of the Bridge VIEW Engine Engine Manager tanks scf Engine Status man Log Historical Data isa Evaris Fark Everts Server Browser Stop Engine IY Enable Error Dialog Show System Event Display gt Figure 2 1 Engine Manager Display Table 2 2 Engine Manager Field Descriptions provides a description of each of the fields in the Engine Manager dialog box This table provides basic information about t
256. ine was launched already when this VI was called If so the Bridge VIEW Engine is left undisturbed and this VI returns which configuration file is being used shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case calling this VI does nothing E National Instruments Corporation A 29 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference Engine Shutdown Use the Engine Shutdown VI to shut down the Bridge VIEW Engine from your MMI You must terminate your application immediately after calling this VI The Bridge VIEW Engine does not shut down until all VIs that are accessing the Real Time Database finish If you do not terminate your application after a few seconds a dialog box prompts you to stop your application so that the Bridge VIEW Engine can complete shutdown Shutdown engine Shutdown engine determines whether the Bridge VIEW Engine shuts down If TRUE this VI notifies the Bridge VIEW Engine to shut down If FALSE the VI does nothing This parameter is TRUE by default Get Operator Name Use the Get Operator Name VI to obtain the current operator name access level and userinfo operator name access level access level name access level name operator name is the login name of the current Bridge VIEW user access level is a numeric access level assigned to the current Bridge VIEW user access level name is a descriptive name associated with the numeric access level assigne
257. information like server device and item dynamically either You can change all operations and alarms information dynamically but you cannot change scaling information with the Tag Attributes VIs For more information about tag attributes refer to any one of the four configuration attributes tables in the section How Do You Configure Tags in Chapter 3 Tag Configuration ty 7 1 Use Tag Attributes Your objective is to use tag attributes to change alarm limits dynamically You will use mytanks scf inthe BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory as edited in Activity 3 1 Configure a Tag and View the Tag Configuration Parameters and Tag Values 1 Open Monitor Product vi from the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory You created this VI in Activity 4 3 Read a Tag If you did not complete this activity you can open the VI from the BridgeVIEW Tutorial Solutions directory National Instruments Corporation 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics 2 Pop up on the tank and select MMI G Wizard Change the Normal color to Blue and select the Alarms to show for the HI alarm state only as shown in the following illustration o MHI G Wizard for Analog Indicator Tag Value Tag Product Colors Normal Color If When in Alarm Change Colors to Blinking T Blink when Bay Wy SL Bees 3 Run the VI Because the Product tag is configured to go into HI alarm when it exceeds a value of 800 you can see that t
258. ing and bit array You can define and configure tags with the Tag Configuration Editor You can consider a tag to be any piece of data in the Engine The Bridge VIEW system can log tag values and calculate alarms automatically if configured accordingly A memory tag is not connected directly to an I O point For more information about memory tags see the Connection section later in this chapter The BridgeVIEW Engine manages the Real Time Database RTDB which contains information about all the tags in the system The Engine handles the following tasks e Communicates with device servers e Scales tag values e Tracks alarms and events associated with tags system errors and events e Logs tag values alarms events and system messages to disk National Instruments Corporation 3 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration What Is the Tag Configuration Editor The Tag Configuration Editor is a tool that assists you in configuring all the parameters of the Bridge VIEW Engine The chief component of this configuration is the definition of all tags in the system Other components include Alarm and Event Logging and Historical Logging To start the Configuration Editor select Project Tag Configuration from the menu bar of an open VI Figure 3 1 Tag Configuration Editor shows the Tag Configuration Editor with tanks scf loaded 2 Tag Configuration Editor tanks scf File Configure Servers Create Discrete Tag
259. ing a value from outside a While Loop or For Loop to the left terminal of the shift register Sometimes however you want to execute a VI repeatedly with a loop and a shift register so that each time the VI executes the initial output of the shift register is the last value from the previous execution To do that you must leave the left shift register terminal unwired from outside the loop Leaving the input to the left shift register terminal unwired preserves state information between subsequent executions of a VI The following illustration shows an example of a subVI that calculates the running average of four data points The VI uses an uninitialized shift register with three additional elements to store previous data points 10 16 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 10 Loops and Charts a Running Average vi Mi E3 File Edt Operate Project windows Help Evo aW a average 13pt Application Fort new input unning average T Each time the VI is called running average is computed from the new input and the previous three values Then the new value is saved into the shift register and the previous two values are moved up in the shift register There is no input value wired to the input side of the left shift registers so all three values are preserved for the next execution of the VI Because this sub VI has nothing wired to the condition terminal it executes exactly once when called The While Loop in this subVI is
260. ing tags length is the number of bytes This output is not used for analog and discrete tags data type Server tag name device item error out access rights length eror in no error National Instruments Corporation A 57 Bridge VIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference ld Be BE a Bi El Get Tag List tag name is the name of the tag about which you want to obtain information error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix data type is the tag type analog discrete string or bit array server indicates the device server used for this tag It is not applicable for memory tags which have no servers associated with them by definition device is the name of the board device or topic for the server item is the channel register or item name error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix access rights indicates whether the tag is a Memory Input Output or Input Output tag length is the maximum length for the tag This field is applicable to bit array and string tags only It is not used for analog or discrete tags Use the Get Tag List VI to return a list of all tags in a grou
261. inting on or off dynamically for all the tags in the system while the Bridge VIEW Engine is running The Engine Manager also has a button to turn event printing on or off If you have Supervise or higher level privileges you can access this button Table 5 2 Event Configuration Log and Print Format Selections provides a description of the printing configuration selections How Do You View Alarms and Events Event files are ASCII files and therefore can be read with any text editor The default delimiter between the various parameters is a tab character which makes viewing the file in a spreadsheet program such as Excel very convenient BridgeVIEW User Manual 5 14 National Instruments Corporation Historical Data Logging and Extraction Chapter This chapter explains the concept of a trend how to log and extract historical data and how to use the Historical Trend Viewer HTV a utility that displays historical data that has been logged to disk with BridgeVIEW What Is a Trend Real Time Trend Historical Trend A trend is a display of tag values against time Bridge VIEW displays tag values with two types of trends real time trends and historical trends You can find these trends in the Controls palette A real time trend is a display of tag values as they are collected in real time over a relatively short period of time You can display a real time trend in your MMI by using the Trend Tags VI in the Tags
262. ions source is a string you can use to describe the VI that is the source of warning or error indicated by tag status This is returned as a part of the message string if there is an error National Instruments Corporation A 33 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference F Bridge VIEW User Manual tag status can be broken down into status information from Bridge VIEW Engine or Server and status information from a server or a user error type of dialog OK msg 1 determines what type of dialog box is displayed if any Regardless of its value the VI returns error information and a message describing the error According to the value the VI does one of the following e Displays no dialog box This is useful if you want to have programmatic control over how an error is handled e Displays a dialog box with a single OK button After the user responds the VI returns control to the main VI This is the default setting e Displays a dialog box with buttons allowing the user to continue or stop If the user cancels the VI calls the Stop function to halt execution server error codes is an array of numeric error codes defined for your device server s server error descriptions is an array of descriptions of server error codes If an incoming error matches one in server error codes the VI uses the corresponding description from server error descriptions in the message message describes the tag status by
263. iplot chart and customizing trends activity 10 18 to 10 21 displaying running average on chart activity 10 14 to 10 16 overview 10 12 to 10 13 uninitialized shift registers 10 16 to 10 17 Sine function 13 8 National Instruments Corporation I 13 Index single stepping through VI 9 23 spreadsheets saving trend data Historical Trend Viewer HTV 6 13 Historical Trends to Spreadsheet VI A 22 to A 23 storing tag configuration data 3 4 to 3 6 exporting configuration fields 3 4 to 3 5 important points 3 5 importing data note 3 6 Square Root function 11 3 Status Details dialog box 2 22 Step Into button 2 4 Step Out button 2 4 9 26 Step Over button 2 4 9 25 Stop button 2 3 string constant 11 4 string controls and indicators 2 7 to 2 8 string tags alarm configuration 3 27 creating 3 3 purpose and use 3 7 strip chart 10 2 10 3 structures 10 1 See also Case structure loops Sequence structure Subtract function 11 9 subVI node setup activity 9 27 to 9 33 block diagram for subVI 9 32 to 9 33 front panel for subVI 9 31 user information dialog box block diagram 9 28 to 9 30 Execution Options 9 29 front panel 9 28 Window Options 9 30 SubVI Node Setup dialog box 9 26 to 9 27 subVIs calling activity 9 20 to 9 22 block diagram 9 21 to 9 22 opening front panel 9 20 to 9 21 Hierarchy window 9 14 to 9 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual Index icon and connector 9 15 to 9 20 color icon
264. ired all the tag alarms in the system are reported timeout secs 1 specifies how many seconds to wait before reading the tag alarms If timeout is 0 the alarms are read immediately If it 1s wired the VI waits indefinitely until a new alarm occurs or the Real Time Database shuts down whichever occurs first aer format allows you to compose the alarm message you want to display for the tags Date determines whether to display the date Date Format determines the format of the date 1f it is selected for displaying Time determines whether to display the time Time Format determines the format of the time 1f it is selected for displaying T Tag Name determines whether to display the name of the tag in alarm National Instruments Corporation A 7 Bridge VIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference T j ag g TE a j Ea vy im Group Name determines whether to display the name of the group that the tag in alarm belongs to Alarm Value determines whether to display the value of the tag that caused the alarm Alarm State determines whether to display the type of alarm HI_HI LO etc Alarm Ack State determines whether to display the status of the user who acknowledged the alarm Alarm Priority determines whether to display the priority of the alarm state Alarm Limit determines whether to display the alarm limit Operator Name determines whether to display the o
265. iscrete Determines the string used to provide additional information Message bit array about the meaning of an alarm condition Tag Last Indicates when the last edit to a tag occurred Modified How Do You Configure Alarms for a Tag While editing a tag click the Enable Alarms checkbox Alarms are generated depending on the value or state of a tag The alarms based on value vary with the tag data type But for any tag if the status is bad a Bad Status alarm is generated By default Bad Status Alarm is enabled and has the highest priority 15 You can change this selection from the Alarms tab of the Tag Configuration Editor shown in Figure 3 7 Alarms for Analog Tag Configuration BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 24 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Analog Tags Analog tags have four alarm levels HI_HI HI LO and LO_LO By providing separate alarm levels you can provide more information about the nature of the alarm condition T Analog Tag Configuration Tag 1 x Connection Operations Sealing Alarms W Enable Alarms Alarm Acknowledge Mode Auto Ack on Normal Alarm Qeadband 7 of range 1 00 Tag Value Alarms Enable Alarm Priority I HI_HI 1 I HI 1 M LO 1 M LoLo 1 Bad Status Alarm W Enable Priority 15 Create Next Tag OF Cancel Figure 3 7 Alarms for Analog Tag Configuration Alarms are calculated after scaling is performed Alarm levels are
266. isplays the name of the configuration file that you are browsing File Browse If the Bridge VIEW Engine is not running press this button to select a different configuration file Location Displays the full path of the directory containing the configuration file that you are browsing Engine Status Displays the current state of the Bridge VIEW Engine whether it is loaded running or stopped Configured Displays the list of all tags currently configured Click on a tag to display the tag Tags configuration on the right Name Displays the name of the currently selected tag Use this display to select and copy the tag name and paste it into your MMI diagram Displays the description field for the currently selected tag Displays the type of the currently selected tag analog discrete bit array or string Access Displays the access rights for the currently selected tag Memory Input Output or Input Output Group Displays the group to which the selected tag belongs If this field is blank the tag does not belong to a group Server Displays the name of the server that is connected to the currently selected tag If the tag is a memory tag no server is associated with it Device Displays the name of the device connected to the currently selected tag If the tag is a memory tag no server or device is associated with it Item Displays the name of the item connected to the selected tag If the tag is a memory tag no server device o
267. ite Tag on Change bit array VI to update the Real Time Database with a new value for memory output and Input Output tags The value also is sent to the server if it is an output or Input Output tag The value is updated and sent to the server only if the tag value is different from the previous time the VI was executed Use this VI if you do not need to pass output values to the RTDB and server unless there really is a value change This saves you from adding code to your diagram to check value changes If the tag is an input only tag Write Tag on Change bit array VI causes a system error because input tags only can be updated by servers If the tag is configured as an Input Output tag the tag value is passed to the server when Write Tag on Change bit array VI is called but not written to the RTDB The RTDB is updated with the new value when the server polls it and passes it back to the Bridge VIEW Engine This maintains correct time synchronization in the RTDB TE TE tag name value generate event F i tag name is the name of the output tag value is the value to be written to the output tag generate event F determines whether a user change event is generated for the write operation on the tag If the tag is configured with event logging on this tag event can be displayed in the Event History Display in your MMI and logged to a evt file By default generate event is FALSE status returns the current status of the v
268. iter tab is the separator used in the spreadsheet format The default separator is a tab historical data is the set of historical data trends to convert to spreadsheet format rma I EI gl LJ tag names is the list of tag names corresponding to the historical trends These tag names are used as column headers when converted into spreadsheet format E sample interval 1 sec determines the time interval for each historical trend If unwired the data is sampled at one second intervals ar error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix start timestamp is the timestamp for which the spreadsheet rows start If start timestamp is unwired the spreadsheet rows start at the first timestamp in the historical data stop timestamp is the timestamp for which the spreadsheet rows end If stop timestamp is unwired the spreadsheet rows start at the last timestamp in the historical data spreadsheet string contains spreadsheet formatted data that can be written to a text file This file can be opened into spreadsheets like Excel io E error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix a National Instruments Corporation A
269. itialize a shift register For example if you initialize the shift register to 1 0 then that value is already greater than all the expected data values and is always the maximum value If you did not initialize the shift register then it would contain the maximum value of a previous run of the VI Therefore you could get a maximum output value that is not related to the current set of collected data Max amp Min function Functions Comparison Takes two numeric inputs and outputs the maximum value of the two in the top right corner and the minimum of the two in the bottom right corner Because you only are interested in the maximum value for this exercise wire only the maximum output and ignore the minimum output 6 Wire the terminals as shown If the Maximum Value terminal were inside the For Loop you would see it continuously updated but because it is outside the loop it contains only the last calculated maximum Lz Note Updating indicators each time a loop iterates is time consuming and you should try to avoid it when possible to increase execution speed 7 Run the VI 8 Savethe Vlas Calculate Max vi inthe BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory ADSZ End of Activity 10 7 National Instruments Corporation 10 25 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter Case and Sequence Structures This chapter introduces the basic concepts of Case and Sequence structures and provides activities that explain the following e How to u
270. its bits are in alarm This field is used only if both Alarms Enabled and Discrete Enabled fields are set to TRUE National Instruments Corporation 3 28 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 3 5 Alarms Configuration Attributes Continued Attribute Applies to Description Data Types Discrete discrete Determines the value between 1 and 15 for the alarm priority Priority bit array for the tag value alarm where 15 represents the highest priority Alarm Invert bit array Determines which bits are inverted before calculating the alarm Mask State Bits in the mask that are 1 are inverted thus cause an alarm when low 0 Bits that are 0 are not inverted thus cause an alarm when high 1 The default mask is 0 indicating that none of the bits are inverted In bit wise logic terminology the Engine performs an XOR with the Invert Mask to produce the alarm state The Alarm Invert Mask is applied to the scaled value after any relevant scaling masks have been applied Alarm Select bit array Determines which bits are used for the bit array alarm Mask calculation Bits in the mask that are 1 are used in the alarm calculation bits that are 0 will not cause an alarm regardless of their value In bit wise logic terminology the Engine performs an AND with the Select Mask to produce the alarm state The Alarm Select Mask is applied to the scaled value after any relevant scaling masks have been applied Alarm d
271. its of GPM Discrete Tags The only scaling available for discrete tags is invert scaling Click the Invert Data checkbox shown in Figure 3 5 Scaling for Discrete Tag National Instruments Corporation 3 19 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Configuration to advise the Bridge VIEW Engine to invert the discrete value when it communicates with the device server 2 Discrete Tag Configuration Tagi Connection Operations Scaling Alarms Invert Data Create Next Tag OF Cancel Figure 3 5 Scaling for Discrete Tag Configuration Bit Array Tags Bit array tags can have invert and or select mask scaling You can use the invert mask to determine which bits are inverted between the device server and the BridgeVIEW Engine You can use the select mask to determine the bits you do not need Figure 3 6 Scaling for Bit Array Tag Configuration shows the Scaling tab of the Bit Array Tag Configuration BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 20 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration dialog box and Table 3 4 Bit Array Scaling Examples provides examples of tags configured for bit array scaling o Bit Array Tag Configuration Tagi Connection Operations Scaling Alarms W Scale Data Masks are dependent on Max Length Scaling Invert Mask b4 Edit Scaling Select Mask 0 Edit Create Next Tag OF Cancel Figure 3 6 Scaling for Bit Array Tag Configuratio
272. ive is to build a VI that computes the time it takes to generate a random number that matches a given number Front Panel 1 Open a new front panel and build the front panel shown in the following illustration Be sure to modify the controls and indicators as described in the text following the illustration National Instruments Corporation 11 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 11 Case and Sequence Structures w Time to Match i File Edit Operate Project windows Help The Number to Match control contains the number you want to match The Current Number indicator displays the current random number The of iterations indicator displays the number of iterations before a match Time to Match indicates how many seconds it took to find the matching number Block Diagram 2 Open the block diagram Place the Sequence structure Functions Structures in the block diagram 4 Enlarge the structure by dragging one corner with the Resizing cursor BridgeVIEW User Manual 11 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 11 Case and Sequence Structures 5 Create a new frame by popping up on the frame border and choose Add Frame After Repeat this step to create frame 2 6 Build the block diagram shown in the following illustrations i bolit 13pt Application Fort Ee EF Get mitial time National Instruments Corporation 11 7 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 11 Case and Sequence Structures o Tim
273. ivity that illustrates how to examine the front panel and block diagram of a virtual instrument VI G is a programming language much like various commercial C or BASIC development languages However G is different from those applications in one important respect Other programming languages are text based languages that create lines of code while G is a graphical programming language that creates programs in block diagram form You can use G with little programming experience G engineers and programmers rely on graphical symbols and data flow rather than textual language to describe programming actions Data flow is a programming system in which nodes execute when they have received all required input data and produce output automatically when they have executed G has extensive libraries of functions and subroutines for most programming tasks Bridge VIEW includes conventional program development tools for G so you can set breakpoints animate program execution to see how data passes through the program and single step through the diagram to make debugging and program development easier National Instruments Corporation 2 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment How Does G Work G includes libraries of functions and development tools designed specifically for MMI development data acquisition and instrument control G programs are called virtual instruments VIs because their appearance and operation imita
274. ixer in Alarm indicator Both loops run in parallel until shutdown is TRUE 4 24 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface T Monitor Tag Yalue and Alarm i Diagram eel d Figure 4 3 Monitor Tag Value and Alarm VI The Mixer in Alarm Blinking attribute and the alarm state indicator are updated only when the changed output of the Read Tag Alarm VI is TRUE This example demonstrates how you might use the changed output In this example it is not important to use the Case structure because Bridge VIEW indicators update only when the displayed information actually changes If you use a large number of indicators or attribute nodes or more complex indicators such as tables and graphs updating the indicator when changed by using a Case structure in your diagram can improve the display performance of your VI National Instruments Corporation 4 25 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface How Do You Implement Polled Programming in G i Note BridgeVIEW User Manual You do not have to use a separate loop for each Tags or Alarms and Events VI This can be cumbersome to program for a large number of tag reads although using the MMI G Wizard makes it easy to build separate loops quickly The alternative is to poll the database for several tags at regularly timed intervals You usually need one While Loop in your diagram to poll your front panel controls so you can monitor what t
275. jej5 Array zijzfjo Array Array E gt zajala Array DADE In the first combination the two scalars are added together and the result is a scalar In the second combination the scalar is added to each element of the array and the result is an array An array is a collection of data For more detailed information about arrays see the following section In the third combination each element of one array is added to the corresponding element of the other array You also can use other combinations such as clusters of numerics or arrays of clusters You can apply these principles to other G functions and data types G functions are polymorphic to different degrees Some functions might accept numeric and Boolean inputs others might accept a combination of any other data types For more information about polymorphism see Online Reference Function and VI Reference National Instruments Corporation 13 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Arrays An array consists of a collection of data elements that are all the same type An array has one or more dimensions and up to 27 _ 1 elements per dimension memory permitting You access each array element through its index The index is in the range 0 to n 1 where n is the number of elements in the array The following 1D array of numeric values illustrates this structure Notice that the first element has index 0 the second element has index 1 and so on
276. junction to another from a terminal to the next junction or from one terminal to another if there are no junctions in between You select a wire segment by clicking on it with the Positioning tool Double clicking selects a branch and triple clicking selects the entire wire segment Selects a Selects abranch Selects an segments entire wire BridgeVIEW User Manual 9 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS Bad Wires A dashed wire represents a bad wire You can get a bad wire for a number of reasons such as connecting two controls or connecting a source terminal to a destination terminal when the data types do not match for instance connecting a numeric to a Boolean You can remove a bad wire by clicking on it with the Positioning tool and Ly pressing lt Delete gt Choosing Edit gt Remove Bad Wires or lt Ctrl B gt deletes all bad wires in the block diagram This is a useful quick fix to try if your VI refuses to run or returns the Signal has Loose Ends error message i Note Do not confuse a black dashed wire with a dotted wire A dotted wire represents a Boolean data type as the following illustration shows Dashed Wire bad Humber 1 Dotted Wire good q Activity 9 1 Create a VI Your objective is to build a VI Imagine that you have sensors that read temperature and volume readings as voltage You will use a VI in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory t
277. knowledged alarms in the system any unack alarm is an indication of any tag in the system that is in alarm and unacknowledged Read Alarm Summary Use the Read Alarm Summary VI to display current alarm information for a set of tags or tag groups within a given alarm priority range You also can filter out acknowledged alarms This VI formats the alarm summary information for display in an Alarm Summary Display in your MMI If you specify a timeout value greater than 0 this VI returns when the current alarm information changes or the timeout value is exceeded whichever occurs first The changed output alerts you as to whether the current alarm information has changed The format and color codes inputs determine how to format and color code summary information The Read Alarm Summary VI returns all the information needed to update the Alarm Summary Display in your MMI Part of the table indicator formatting is done through attribute nodes which only can exist in your diagram The column headers display the table column header information and must be wired to your table Column Headers attribute if you are displaying column headers This is updated when the VI is executed for the first time or if you change the format during program operation The initialize headers output is TRUE when you need to update the column headers attribute You should wire the summary data output directly to your Alarm Summary Display Wire the row colors output to
278. l Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS Terminals Wires Hot Spot as BridgeVIEW User Manual It is important that you wire the correct terminals of a function You can show the icon connector to make correct wiring easier To do this pop up on the function and choose Show Terminals To return to the icon pop up on the function and select Show Terminals again A wire is a data path between nodes In the wiring illustrations in this section the arrow at the end of this mouse symbol shows where to click and the number printed on the mouse button indicates how many times to click the mouse button The hot spot of the tool is the tip of the unwound wiring segment Wires are colored according to the kind of data each wire carries Blue wires carry integers orange wires carry floating point numbers green wires carry Booleans and pink wires carry strings To wire from one terminal to another click the Wiring tool on the first terminal move the tool to the second terminal and click on the second terminal It does not matter at which terminal you start When the Wiring tool is over a terminal the terminal area blinks to indicate that clicking connects the wire to that terminal Do not hold down the mouse button while moving the Wiring tool from one terminal to another You can bend a wire once by moving the mouse perpendicular to the current direction To create more bends in the wire click the mouse button To change the di
279. l the loops finish executing You can use the Sequence structure for this purpose Put the initialization code in the first frame of the Sequence structure put all your loops in the second frame of the Sequence structure and put the shutdown code in your final sequence This guarantees that none of your loops start execution until your initialization code is complete and that all loops complete execution before you execute the shutdown code Figures 4 7 and 4 8 Using the Tag Attributes VIs to Initialize Front Panel Indicators Frame 0 and Frame I demonstrate this technique National Instruments Corporation 4 27 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface You also can use dataflow programming to enforce sequential operation In some cases your diagram might be easier to read using this technique It is possible that you might have some data flow between the initialization code and the loops anyway There is no difference in performance using either technique It is purely a diagram documentation issue Figure 4 6 Initializing the Waveform Chart Indicator for a Real Time Trend Display illustrates using this technique How Do You Display Real Time Trends BridgeVIEW User Manual You can build a real time trend by dropping a real time trend indicator on your front panel and popping up on it to select the MMI G Wizard Alternatively you can assemble the diagram manually using a While Loop and the Trend Tags VI Wire the o
280. las that would be cumbersome to build in block diagram form Subdiagram of a Sequence Structure Label on the front panel or block diagram that does not belong to any other object The interactive user interface of a VI Modeled from the front panel of physical instruments it is composed of switches slides meters graphs charts gauges LEDs and other controls and indicators The graphical programming language used to develop Bridge VIEW applications See tag group Special window that displays the names and locations of the terminals for a function or subVI the description of controls and indicators the values of universal constants and descriptions and data types of control attributes The window also accesses the Online Reference A plot of data values versus time showing values that were previously acquired in the system or logged to disk A utility that accesses historical data from the Citadel historical database G 4 National Instruments Corporation icon icon pane input tag Input Output I O tag item L LabVIEW log deadband log resolution Man Machine Interface MMI MB MMI G Wizard National Instruments Corporation G 5 Glossary Graphical representation of a node on a block diagram Region in the upper right corner of the Panel and Diagram windows that displays the VI icon A tag that accepts Real Time Database values from a device server A tag that accepts Real
281. le Loop it is not dropped on the diagram immediately Instead a small icon representing the For Loop appears in the block diagram and you have the opportunity to size and position it To do so first click in an area above and to the left of all the terminals While holding down the mouse button drag out a rectangle that encompasses the terminals you want to place inside the For Loop When you release the mouse button G creates a For Loop of the size and position you selected You place the 10 21 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 10 BridgeVIEW User Manual Loops and Charts For Loop on the block diagram by selecting it from Functions Structures Loop Count gt W Numerical Input Numerical Output i The For Loop executes the diagram inside its border a predetermined number of times The For Loop has two terminals explained below Count terminal an input terminal The count terminal specifies the number of times to execute the loop Iteration terminal an output terminal The iteration terminal contains the number of times the loop has executed The For Loop is equivalent to the following pseudocode For i 0 t N 11 Execute Diagram Inside The Loop The following illustration shows a For Loop that generates 100 random numbers and displays the points on a chart 10 22 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 10 Loops and Charts Numeric Conversion Until now all the numeric controls and
282. le Printing VI to start event printing If the input value is TRUE event printing is turned on if itis currently off If the input value is FALSE event printing is turned off if it is currently on The VI Control VIs provide you with several functions to control your VIs such as panel location size and visibility These VIs are very useful when your application requires a large number of different Operator screens For example you might find it unnecessary to load certain panels into your application until they are needed By using these functions you can control when your panels are loaded into memory You can reach the VI Control VIs through the Functions VI Control palette shown below 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics YI Control Fea E 0 0 Ey eam 9 S enol a CALL LOAD RELERSE System Ateributd C H Do D 7 PzH zH RUN ABORT STATE D FAO 0 2 gzh sur OPEN CLOSE CLOSE 005 58 Sut SIZE RESIZE For more information about the VI Control VIs see Chapter 14 VI Control VIs or the Online Reference How Do You Control Panel Size You can use the Get Panel Size and Resize Panel VIs to query or set the size of an operator interface panel Notice that these functions can operate on the panel size or the window size The panel size does not include the window title bar scrollbars menu bar or toolbar while the
283. list of decimated historical trends starting at first timestamp Each trend value is time interval seconds apart 3 BBE Bridge VIEW User Manual A 18 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference first timestamp is the actual time associated with the first point in the decimated trend last timestamp is the actual time associated with the last point in the decimated trend AE Get Historical Tag List Use the Get Historical Tag List VI to obtain the list of tags that have historical data available in the historical database history tag list Citadel path in Citadel path out Hirst timestamp last timestamp Emor out eror in no eror Citadel path in is the path to the directory containing the Citadel historical database If this path is empty the VI attempts to use the historical data directory configured in the active scf file If this has not been configured the VI prompts you to select a data directory asr error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix history tag list is the list of tag names that have historical data logged E Citadel path out is the path to the directory containing historical data files first timestamp is the date and time associated with the first data point logged in the given set of historical dat
284. logged data with the Historical Trend Viewer Ws You will use mytanks scf inthe BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory as edited in Activity 3 1 Configure a Tag and View the Tag Configuration Parameters and Tag Values You will view previously logged data spanning over 25 minutes which is included in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial Data directory 1 Launch the HTV by selecting Project Historical Trend Viewer 2 The Select Tags for HTV dialog box appears Select the Powder Mixer Liquid and Product tags from the list of Available Tags and add them to the Tags to Display list Click on OK o Select Tags for HT A Data Source SCF File g C Program Files BridgeVlE W s T utorial mptanks sc Browse SCF File Data Directory C Program Files Bridge lEW4 s Tutorial D ata h m l Data Directory Tags to View Available Tags Tags to Display fee Move Up lt lt Delete Move Down Tag Information National Instruments Corporation 6 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction When you close the Select Tags for HTV dialog box the Historical Trend Viewer appears as shown in the following illustration PEENI HN LT l Na LA i agar J96 0927 J96 ekee 6 42 o Historical Trend Yiewer File VIEWET Help Mixer Powder TUTTI Running cel a 20 0 0 0 Data Display Available Data 06 25 13 0372771396 a e Yolume of finished product in lite Liters 2594 Weigh
285. lot colors and style in trend changing 6 13 Select Tags dialog box 6 10 selecting tags to display 6 10 tag time and color preferences setting 6 14 time axis changing 6 11 to 6 12 manual changes 6 11 to 6 12 panning button functions 6 11 timespan of displayed data changing 6 12 activity 6 15 to 6 17 viewing tag value at specific point in time 6 12 Y axis changing 6 12 zooming in on a trend 6 13 Historical Trends to Spreadsheet VI A 22 to A 23 HTV See Historical Trend Viewer HTV National Instruments Corporation IA device server 8 1 icon and connector 9 15 to 9 20 color icons note 9 17 connector programming considerations 15 3 to 15 4 adding extra unconnected terminals 15 3 to 15 4 subVIs with required inputs 15 4 creating activity 9 18 to 9 20 defining connectors 9 17 purpose and use 2 4 Icon Editor window 9 16 to 9 17 buttons 9 17 illustration 9 16 tools 9 16 Increment function 11 9 Index Array function 13 14 to 13 16 index for arrays See arrays indicators See controls and indicators industrial automation device servers 8 1 to 8 9 See also Server Browser DDE servers and Bridge VIEW 8 8 developing 8 9 importing items from server registry 3 11 installation and configuration 8 2 to 8 5 launching server configuration utilities from Tag Configuration Editor 3 36 NI DAQ server 8 3 registering simulation servers 8 4 to 8 5 using Bridge VIEW Device Servers CD 8 4 items
286. m by choosing Windows Show Diagram Select the objects listed below from the Functions palette and place them on the block diagram BridgeVIEW User Manual 9 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS r Note If the Functions palette is not visible select Windows Show Functions Palette to display the palette You also can access the Functions palette by popping up in an open area of the block diagram 8 Place each of the following objects on the block diagram Process Monitor Functions Select a VI from the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory Simulates reading a temperature voltage and volume value from a sensor or transducer Random Number Generator Functions Numeric Simulates a number between O and 1 Multiply function Functions Numeric Multiplies two numbers and returns their product In this activity you need two of these Drop one from the palette and copy and paste to create the other 23 Numeric Constant Functions Numeric You need two of these Drop one from the palette Change its representation to DBL Using the labeling tool change its value to 10 00 Copy and paste it Lz Note Another way to create a constant is to pop up on the terminal of a function or VI using the Wiring tool Select Create Constant from the floating menu A constant of the appropriate data type appears 9 To view the inputs and outputs of a function or a VI drag the cursor on the
287. matically when you switch to the block diagram You use this palette to place nodes constants indicators VIs and so on on the block diagram of a VI Each top level icon contains subpalettes If the Functions palette is not visible you can select Windows Show Functions Palette from the block diagram menu to display it You can also pop up on an open area in the block diagram to access the Functions palette The Functions palette is available only when the block diagram is the active window The following illustration displays the top level of the Functions palette an Functions Ed car ea Alarms Sie ER Aa z tem ae 5g Direct PE pe Controls and Indicators BridgeVIEW User Manual Controls and indicators in G are similar to input and output parameters or graphs in traditional programming languages BridgeVIEW contains a variety of controls and indicators that you can choose according to the kind of values or quantities you want to evaluate or display You can configure all the controls and indicators using options from their pop up menus Popping up on individual components of controls and indicators displays menus for customizing those components An easy way to access the pop up menu is to click the right mouse button on any object that has a pop up menu The primary data types you will use in Bridge VIEW applications are numeric Boolean string and tag and are described in detail in the following sections
288. max of lines to display on the system events 20 display user error repeat rate 600 secs 10 minutes Event History Buffer size elements 2000 Hist Log Queue size elements 2000 Server Input Queue size elements 2000 Server Input Queue binary size bytes 2000 Server Output Queue size elements 2000 Server Output Queue binary size bytes 2000 Server Shutdown timeout seconds 30 Lz Note Although you can configure these parameters it is highly recommended that you maintain the default values How Do You Launch Server Configuration Utilities from the Tag Configuration Editor When you register a server in your system Bridge VIEW registers the location of its configuration utility if it exists You can access the server configuration utilities from the Servers menu of the Tag Configuration Editor Lz Note When you update the server registry while the Tag Configuration Editor is running select Servers Refresh to prompt the Tag Configuration Editor to read the updated information BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 36 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration How Do You Access or Change Tag Configuration Information in Your Application BridgeVIEW allows you read write access of tag configuration information to use in your application This is often helpful when displaying engineering units scales and other information about the tag or changing a tag from Offscan to Onscan The Tag Att
289. me appears in the Tag Name field Table 3 8 Configuration Settings for Activity 3 1 Category Attribute Setting Tag Description Volume of finished product in liters Operations Update Deadband 1 010 of range Set Initial Value Enabled 0 00 Log Print Events Enabled Log Deadband of 5 00 range Log Resolution engineering units zese ow National Instruments Corporation 3 31 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 3 8 Configuration Settings for Activity 3 1 Continued Category Attribute Setting Alarms Enable Alarms Enabled Alarm Acknowledge Auto Ack on Normal Mode Alarm Deadband 1 00 of range HI HI Enabled Limit 950 00 Priority 1 HI Enabled Limit 800 00 Priority 1 LO_LO Disabled Bad Status Alarm Enabled Priority 1 8 Modify the Mixer Liquid and Powder tags as specified in Table 3 9 to configure them for Historical Logging and Alarm Acknowledgement Table 3 9 Configuration Modifications for Activity 3 1 Category Attribute Setting Log Deadband of range Alarms Enable Alarms Enabled Alarm Acknowledge User Must Ack Mode Bridge VIEW User Manual 3 32 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration 9 Save the configuration by selecting File Save The modified scf file is provided for you in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial Solutions directory 10 View the tag configuration using the Tag Browser From the Front Pan
290. ments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference Engine Launch Use the Engine Launch VI to launch the Bridge VIEW Engine programmatically Normally the Bridge VIEW Engine is launched automatically when you execute any of the VIs that access the Real Time Database Use this VI if you want to control when the Engine is launched explicitly If configuration file to use is unwired Bridge VIEW automatically uses the last configuration file you viewed or edited Use launch engine to control whether the Engine is launched The outputs indicate whether the Engine is running already and which configuration file is being used These outputs are valid only if launch engine is TRUE configuration file to use configuration file in use launch engine already launched shutdown configuration file to use specifies exactly which Tag Configuration file the Bridge VIEW Engine should use You must provide the complete path to the configuration file If unwired the last configuration you viewed or edited is used launch engine determines whether to launch the Bridge VIEW Engine provided that it is not already running If FALSE the VI does nothing If unwired this input is TRUE by default You can wire this input if you do or do not want to launch the Engine based on logic in your program configuration file in use indicates which Bridge VIEW configuration file is currently in use d T already launched indicates whether the BridgeVIEW Eng
291. ments Corporation Chapter 8 Industrial Automation Device Servers item strings in the Edit Tag screen for each tag using that server Refer to your server documentation for the correct formats for these device and item strings The more complex servers register the devices to which they are connected and available items for those devices by name These servers also can register the data type directions and engineering range and units of the various items if applicable When you select these servers in the Edit Tag screens of the BridgeVIEW Tag Configuration Editor you see a list of available devices and a list of items connected to that device For a selected device and item the BridgeVIEW Tag Configuration Editor imports any available item engineering range and unit information and also checks that the directions or access rights for an item are compatible with the access rights you have selected for the tag Check your server documentation to find out if it registers device and item names and item parameters with BridgeVIEW Installing and Configuring the NI DAQ Server The NI DAQ Server is available on the Bridge VIEW Development System CD You can choose to install the NI DAQ Server at the same time you install Bridge VIEW or you can install the NI DAQ Server at a later time Select the NI DAQ Server when you are prompted to install servers To install the NI DAQ Server follow these steps 1 Insert the BridgeVIEW Development Sy
292. mizing VIS 5 Build the connector Notice that the default connector pane is not what you see illustrated to the left To get the correct connector pane choose Patterns from the pop up menu on the connector Choose the pattern with three inputs and two outputs Then choose Flip Horizontal Now you can connect the Date and Time controls to the two connectors on the left side of the icon and the Name Answer Date Answer and Time Answer indicators to the three connectors on the right side of the icon as shown in the following illustration After creating the connector return to the icon display Mame Answer Date Answer Time Answer 6 Save the VI as Get Operator Info vi in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory 7 Now you can customize the VI with the VI setup options to make it look like a dialog box a Pop up on the icon and select VI Setup Configure the Execution Options as shown in the following illustration a YI Setup x Execution Options Show Front Panel hen Loaded Print Panel hen Wl Completes Execution M Show Front Panel hen Called fv Print Header name date page I Close Afterwards if Originally Closed M Scale to Fit Run when Opened I Surround Panel with Border Suspend hen Called Reentrant Execution Priority 0 Low Priority Cancel National Instruments Corporation 9 29 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIs b Select Window Options and m
293. mn format of the summary Preformatted event history indicators are contained in the Alarms and Events palette National Instruments Corporation 4 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface Table 4 1 MMI G Wizard Operations Continued Display a real time Real Time Trend or Invoke the MMI G Wizard on a real time trend or trend Waveform Chart waveform chart indicator to select a set of tags for Indicator which the values need to be displayed in a chart real time trend Display a historical Historical Trend or Invoke the MMI G Wizard on a historical trend or trend XY Graph Indicator XY graph indicator to select a set of tags for which the values need to be displayed in an XY graph historical trend To invoke the Wizard pop up on a front panel object and select MMI G Wizard For example the MMI G Wizard dialog box for an analog input tag appears in Figure 4 1 by popping up on a numeric indicator HHI G Wizard for Analog Indicator Tag Value Tag Mixer Colors D Change colors with alarm state Blinking IY Blink wher fe n alarm Only when alarm is unacknowledged Figure 4 1 MMI G Wizard Dialog Box Bridge VIEW User Manual 4 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface When you invoke the MMI G Wizard on one of the front panel objects listed in Table 4 1 MMI G Wizard Operations a dialog box appears for that object You can associate th
294. modify the chart You can reset the chart scale the X or Y axis and change the display format at any time You also can scroll to view other areas or zoom into areas of a graph or chart You can use the X and Y buttons to rescale the X and Y axes l respectively If you want the graph to autoscale either of the scales National Instruments Corporation 10 19 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 10 Loops and Charts continuously click on the lock switch to the left of each button to lock on autoscaling You can use the other buttons to modify the axis text precision or to control the operation mode for the chart Experiment with these buttons to explore their operation scroll the area displayed or zoom in on areas of the chart elke 7 Format the scales of the waveform chart to represent either absolute or relative time To select the x scale time format pop up on the chart and select Formatting a Choose absolute time by selecting the Time amp Date option from the Format and Precision menu ring This changes the dialog box to the one shown below For the waveform chart to start at a certain time and increment at certain intervals you can edit the Xo and dX values respectively st Scale Formatting E Format and Precision Example Time amp Date 07 28 39 PM Scale Style Mapping Mode 02177 1995 fe Linear mi Time fe AMP i HH MM i 24 hour ie HH MM 55 Seconds Precision 0 dHIH Mhd 5
295. mp Dialog Causes the For Loop to execute in ms Numeric constant Functions Numeric Y ou can also pop up on the Wait Until Next Tick Multiple function and select Create Constant to create automatically and wire the numeric constant The numeric constant delays execution of the loop for 500 ms 0 5 seconds _ Fo 2 E se ie Not function Functions Boolean Inverts the value of the STOP button so that the While Loop executes repeatedly until you click on STOP 18 Save the VI as Pop up Panel Demo vi inthe BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory 19 Run the VI The front panel of the Get Operator Info VI opens and prompts you to enter your name the date and the time Click on the Continue button to return to the calling VI Then temperature data is acquired until you click on the STOP button W Lz Note The front panel of the Get Operator Info VI opens because of the options you Selected from the VI Setup dialog box Do not try to open the front panel of the subVI from the block diagram of the My Pop Up Panel Demo VI 20 Close all windows LF End of Activity 9 6 National Instruments Corporation 9 33 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter Loops and Charts This chapter introduces structures and explains the basic concepts of charts the While Loop and the For Loop This chapter also provides activities that illustrate how to accomplish the following e Experiment with different chart modes e Use a Whil
296. mpts you to select one or more servers to install It also installs the Server Explorer which all the device servers contained on the CD use for server configuration After you run the installer you must run the Server Explorer to configure the device specific parameters of your industrial network before using the server with Bridge VIEW The Server Explorer also registers your server so you can use it with BridgeVIEW Each server on line help file documents configuration instructions specific to each server on the CD See the on line help files for your server for more information Registering Simulation Servers BridgeVIEW User Manual BridgeVIEW automatically installs two servers used by several of the Bridge VIEW examples the Tanks Server and the SIM Server You can use these servers to experiment with Tag Configuration and building your MMI You also can look at the diagrams of these servers to see how a VI based server works 8 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 8 Industrial Automation Device Servers These servers must be registered for Bridge VIEW to recognize they exist The two servers are contained in folders named Tanks Server and SIM Server in the BridgeVIEW _servers folder Within each folder each server has a VI named Register Tanks Server vi and Register SIM Server vi respectively To register each server open its register VI run it and close the VI The server then appears in the Bridge VIEW list of servers
297. mytanks scf Click on the OK button The MMI G Wizard creates the diagram shown in the following illustration BridgeVIEW User Manual 5 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 5 Alarms and Events F A m Active Cell Cell FG Color Unack alarm Mormal Li The diagram above uses event driven programming to wait for an alarm summary event before updating the Alarm Summary Display The Read Alarm Summary VI returns when an alarm event occurs on any of the tags in the tag constant array or when 4 0 seconds elapse whichever occurs first The column headers for the Alarm Summary Display are initialized when the Read Alarm Summary VI returns for the first time and the initialize output is set The Alarm Summary Display is updated when the Read Alarm Summary VI returns with changed set 4 Save the VI as MY Alarm Summary vi in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory 5 Run the VI Now you can display the alarms on tags that have been configured for alarms By default the Alarm Summary Display shows alarms as red when they are in an unacknowledged alarm state and yellow when they are unacknowledged i Note If there are no alarms being displayed launch the Tag Configuration Editor Project Tag Configuration and open mytanks scf Edit it as indicated in Activity 3 1 save it and relaunch the Engine LF End of Activity 5 1 National Instruments Corporation 5 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 5 Alarms and Ev
298. n Table 3 4 Bit Array Scaling Examples Length Invert Mask Select Mask ae Value OxOFFO 0x000F Ox00FF OxO00FF Alarms These attributes include whether to enable alarms under what circumstances a tag is in alarm the priority level of an alarm and how alarms are acknowledged Each alarm limit has a priority ranging between 1 and 15 In Bridge VIEW 15 is the highest priority and 1 is the lowest There are two main types of alarms e Alarms based on status e Alarms based on tag values National Instruments Corporation 3 21 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Configuration for alarms based on tag values is specific to data type Therefore many alarm attributes apply to only a subset of the Bridge VIEW tag data types For more information about how to access alarm information build alarm summary displays and retrieve historical events files see Chapter 5 Alarms and Events The following table Alarms Configuration Attributes provides descriptions of the alarm attributes and indicates the data types to which each attribute applies For tag attribute information about the other configuration categories see Table 3 1 Connection Configuration Attributes Table 3 2 Operations Configuration Attributes or Table 3 3 Scaling Configuration Attributes Table 3 5 Alarms Configuration Attributes Attribute Applies to Description Data Types Alarms all Determines whether alarms are enabled for a tag En
299. n taal 3 25 ISCTECS NAGS she oiiesgatteSteeten a anna tasiudiodenthiatinaseinees 3 25 B Lew 5 a 62 hall Be Fo eeeetiraiees Setar one a Ema we anes a eon mere tre Te 3 26 VERTIGO LAGS fea cia a tect Mosel cnt A 3 27 What Is Alarm Deadband on Analog Tags ccsseeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 3 27 How Do You Keep an Alarm Unacknowledged after the Alarm Re tuins to Norma snl ana a a 3 28 AUO ACK ON NOrmal corrie E 3 29 User MESTA OK era E E E eee 3 29 How Do You Configure Other Engine Parameters cccccsssesseceeseceeeceeeeceeeseeeeeeees 3 35 How Do You Turn on Historical and Event Logging at Startup 3 35 How Do You Set the File Paths for Historical and Events Files 3 35 How Do You Contigure SMFS aisanana A unas Ee EAA 3 35 How Do You Configure Engine Parameters ssssssssssseseseeeeseeeeseeeeeeees 3 35 How Do You Launch Server Configuration Utilities from the Tag Coni curation Editor i ha hush ou aate S 3 36 How Do You Access or Change Tag Configuration Information 1 Y OUE AP PIICAtlON saben cieicuassiatgsccnbiaitpiacnedistealcatunad on ecieniees ed acken tanta ted ia 3 37 National Instruments Corporation vii Bridge VIEW User Manual Table of Contents Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface WhatIs an MMI ess cies 2 devetau diese cucu dtocueanecteacncathanteteeadats any sevaniss e a 4 How Do You Bondan MMI eanna on tee a Mente E eaaaiaruutes 4 2 Pront Pane OO jC C Sis oachcs ci
300. n the following illustration a Place a digital indicator on the front panel and label it Maximum 7 b Place a waveform chart on the front panel and label it Random P Data Change the scale of the chart to range from 0 0 to 1 0 n c Popup on the chart and choose Show Scrollbar and Show Digital Display Pop up and hide the palette and legend d Resize the scrollbar with the positioning tool Block Diagram a 2 Open the block diagram and modify it as shown in the following illustration Random Data Bridge VIEW User Manual 10 24 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 10 Loops and Charts Place a For Loop Functions Structures on the block diagram EF 4 Add the shift register by popping up or right clicking on the right or left border of the For Loop and choosing Add Shift Register You can learn more about shift registers in the next section 5 Add the following objects to the block diagram Random Number 0 1 function Functions Numeric This function a Tl generates the random data Numeric Constant Functions Numeric The For Loop needs to know how many iterations to make In this case you execute the For Loop 100 times Numeric Constant Functions Numeric Y ou set the initial value of the shift register to zero for this exercise because you know that the output of the random number generator is from 0 0 to 1 0 You must know something about the data you are collecting to in
301. n values in the trend It is roughly the same as the amount of time historical logging was turned on for the tag Qual is the ratio of time the trend has known values to the total time elapsed in the trend max value is the maximum value in the historical trend This output ignores invalid points value NaN min value is the minimum value in the historical trend This output ignores invalid points value NaN AEE E average is the average for the values in the historical trend This is a weighted average Each point is weighted according to its time duration average ignores time intervals with invalid points value NaN The last point in the trend is not included in average because there is no known time interval associated with it National Instruments Corporation A 21 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference std dev is the standard deviation for values in the historical trend This is a weighted standard deviation Each point is weighted according to its time duration Std dev ignores time intervals with invalid points value NaN The last point in the trend is not included in the standard deviation because there is no known time interval associated with it stops is the number of transitions from logging on to logging off in the trend starts is the number of transitions from logging off to logging on in the trend Historical Trends to Spreadsheet Use the Historical Trends to Spreadshee
302. naeron a imuahicndantandendentaannsanctoess 15 6 Check TOP ETT ORS eonen eenen a T E 15 6 Avoid Overuse of Sequence Structures ssssesseeesseeeseeeeeeeettrettrretrerrerresseee 15 8 SLUG Neh Cal oad EXAMPLE Sioro E ei eaten ray eyes won niente saree rem 15 8 Appendix A MMI Function Reference Error Handling in the Bridge VIEW VI Library cccccccccccceccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaseeeaaaaas A 1 Errors Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine ssssesseeseseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees A 1 Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine c sceeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees A 1 Bidee VIEW VI LIDA seas es case eta ice renee rE E S A 3 Alarms and Events V US scx redex cient niin ea e ENEE TONDRO ae A 4 ACknowledse Alarni ecrncnara serenon et e E e ANE A 4 Get Alarm Summary Status aana E EE A 5 R d Alarm SUMMA oraren i A 6 Read Event HIStory suisui n a Ea E EEAO A 9 Red TAG Al aeriana a E E A 13 National Instruments Corporation xiii Bridge VIEW User Manual Table of Contents Far storic als Data VS sas co ssee sath aire te heceestachasacBenaaptedapeeedoeeoesGtenacean tmnt uateaeaat aee A 15 MTA TE NY cots teste cases hasan sss Seca eSilurse dee naan Bsa dcae neuen sas cationennatuvaress A 15 Decimate store al Trem cece cclascasswcate a aaa A 17 Decimate Historical Trend S ere a tan teaseaes A 18 Get Historical Tat Tist siseasi a A 19 Get Historical Trond TINIO nesis o OEE A 20 Historical I rend SASHES seirer E A 21 Historical Tr
303. nal Instruments Corporation A 25 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A BridgeVIEW User Manual 188 BE ren MMI Function Reference tag names is the list of tags for which you want to read historical data If one or more of the tags is not logged in the historical database you will get an empty trend for that tag stop timestamp now is the date and time associated with the last data point to be retrieved from the historical database If this input is unwired the data is extracted up to the last point available for the tag error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix start timestamp is the date and time associated with the first data point to be retrieved from the historical database If this input is unwired the data is extracted starting at the first point available for the tag Citadel path out is the path to directory containing the historical database historical trends is the tag trend data read from the historical database starting at the date and time specified by start timestamp and stopping at the date and time specified by stop timestamp or up to max points per trend whichever is smaller If these start and stop timestamp values are unwired all the logged data up to max points per trend for the tag is returned timestamp is the date and time for
304. nalog or bit array Citadel path out is the path to the directory containing historical data files first timestamp is the date and time associated with the first value logged in the database for this tag last timestamp is the date and time associated with the last value logged in the database for this tag error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix A 20 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference Historical Trend Statistics Use the Historical Trend Statistics VI to compute statistical data for a historical trend Statistics include minimum value maximum value average and standard deviations The Statistics skip invalid input points where value NaN The average and standard deviation are weighted according to the time duration of each valid input point The last point in the historical trend is not included in the average and standard deviation because the time interval associated with it is unknown time OM ETM ual historical trend E mas valle min value average std dev stops H starts Ei historical trend is the tag trend data upon which statistics are computed DEL timestamp is the date and time for the value DBL value is the value of the tag at the timestamp time ON ETM is the amount of time for which data has know
305. name is the name of the tag about which you want to obtain information error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix A 54 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference enabled indicates whether alarms are enabled for a tag If TRUE tag value alarms as well as bad status alarms are enabled for this tag depending on the enable setting for the particular alarm types If FALSE all alarms are disabled for this tag regardless of the enable settings for the particular alarm types auto acknowledge indicates whether alarms are acknowledged automatically when a tag goes back to normal from an alarm state If auto acknowledge is TRUE the alarm is acknowledged automatically when the tag returns to normal If it is FALSE the user must acknowledge the alarm error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix Get Tag Attribute Use the Get Tag Attributes VI to obtain the value of a tag attribute The tag attribute input provides a large list for selection The value of the attribute selected is returned upon execution If the attribute returns a numeric use the value output If the attribute returns a Boolean
306. nch T already running tag list 2s plot attributes pm AA emor out error ir start time stop time scf path is the path of the scf file that contains configuration information for the tags to be displayed If the Engine is running the HTV ignores this input and uses the active scf file National Instruments Corporation A 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference i aE u32 us us E Bridge VIEW User Manual data directory is the path to the directory containing the Citadel historical database files If the Engine is running the HTV ignores this input and uses the active Citadel data directory If the Engine is not running and the scf path is not empty the HTV ignores this input and uses the Citadel data directory found in the scf file launch T determines whether to launch the HTV If TRUE the Call HTV VI starts the HTV If FALSE the VI does nothing tag list is the array of tags to be displayed in the HTV plot attributes is a cluster of parameters to set the color point style and line style of the trend display colors is an array of colors to be used points is an array of points to be used Use the position in the trend palette to determine the value for each point style The default value is 0 no point lines is an array of line styles to be used Use the position in the trend palette to determine the value for each line style The default value is 0 solid line er
307. nd event states e Acknowledge alarms by tag and tag group There are other VI libraries that contain VIs with which you can add additional functionality and sophistication to your MMI These VIs do not interact directly with the BridgeVIEW RTDB Instead you can query as well as control other features of the Bridge VIEW system These VI libraries are as follows e Tag Attributes e Historical Data e System which includes Security VIs National Instruments Corporation 4 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface Tag Data Type BridgeVIEW User Manual You can reach these VIs through the Functions palette shown below an Functions Ed Tags Tags and Constants Read Write and Trend ane me i ny ae Alarms and Events al l Tag Attributes System and Security Historical Data Bridge VIEW has a special data type called the tag data type that is aware of the available tag names and tag group names contained in the current scf file All Bridge VIEW functions that can operate on tags or tag groups use the tag data type The tag data type is marked with a valve glyph Constants and wires in the block diagram carrying this tag information are displayed in purple The tag control and indicator can be found in the Controls Strings palette The tag constant can be found in the Functions Tags palette The Functions Tags palette also contains functions that convert between a tag data type and a string data
308. ne subVI to the error input of the next status is TRUE if an error occurred or FALSE if not If status is TRUE code is a nonzero error code If status is FALSE code can be 0 or a warning code code is the number identifying an error or warning If status is TRUE code is a nonzero error code If status is FALSE code can be 0 or a warning code Use the error handler VIs to look up the meaning of this code and to display the corresponding error message source is a string that indicates the origin of the error if any Usually source is the name of the VI in which the error occurred A 2 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference BridgeVIEW VI Library Many of the VIs in the BridgeVIEW VI Library are specific to Bridge VIEW and are not part of the standard G library These VIs include Alarms and Events VIs Historical Data VIs System VIs Tags VIs and Tag Attributes VIs This section contains an explanation of the VIs specific to Bridge VIEW The VIs are arranged alphabetically first by VI palette name then by VI name For more information about standard G VIs refer to the Bridge VIEW Online Reference Select Help Online Reference and choose the topic G Language G Reference G Function Reference To reach the Bridge VIEW VIs choose Window Show Functions Palette from the block diagram window The Functions palette 1s shown below o Functions x National Instruments Corporation A
309. nformation about security and user accounts see Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Security Login Opens a dialog box you can use to log in to the system For more information about security see Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Security Logout Opens a dialog box you can use to log out of the system For more information about security see Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Security Privileges Opens a utility you can use to view your access privileges For more information about security and access levels see Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Server Tools Server Browser Launches the Server Browser You can use the Server Browser to view information about the servers registered with BridgeVIEW For more information about the Server Browser see Chapter 8 Industrial Automation Device Servers Tag Browser Launches the Tag Browser You can use the Tag Browser to view information on all of the tags in the currently loaded scf file If the Bridge VIEW Engine is not running you can use the Tag Browser to load a different scf file For more information about the Tag Browser see the section What Is the Tag Browser in this chapter BridgeVIEW User Manual 2 12 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Table 2 1 BridgeVIEW Project Menu Items Continued Tag Configuration Launches the Tag Configuration Editor You can use the Tag Configuration Editor to define all of the tags
310. ng historical data See historical data logging and extraction F fax and telephone support C 2 FaxBack support C 2 Font ring 2 3 For Loops 10 21 to 10 25 See also shift registers count terminal 10 22 iteration terminal 10 22 numeric conversion 10 23 purpose and use 1 4 to 1 5 10 21 sizing 10 21 to 10 22 activity 10 23 to 10 25 using auto indexing to set 13 10 to 13 11 National Instruments Corporation front panel building front panel objects 4 3 buttons 2 3 configuring objects programmatically 4 15 customizing 4 11 to 4 15 Controls Editor 4 11 to 4 12 importing graphics 4 12 to 4 15 overview 2 2 to 2 3 FTP support C 1 functions adding to VIs 9 9 Functions palette 2 6 4 16 G G programming language 2 1 to 2 11 See also MMI G Wizard program design building Man Machine Interface 4 23 to 4 32 basic principles 4 2 configuring MMI indicators using tag attributes 4 30 to 4 32 displaying real time trends 4 28 to 4 30 event driven programming 4 24 to 4 25 initializing and shutting down multiple loop applications 4 27 to 4 28 polled programming 4 26 to 4 27 controls and indicators 2 6 to 2 8 Boolean 2 7 numeric 2 7 string 2 7 to 2 8 tag 2 8 Controls palette 2 5 data flow 2 1 Functions palette 2 6 overview 1 4 to 1 5 2 1 Tools palette 2 4 to 2 5 VIs 2 2 to 2 4 block diagram 2 3 to 2 4 front panel 2 2 to 2 3 National Instruments Corporation l 7 Index icon c
311. ng tag value and status 3 33 to 3 34 Tag Configuration Editor 3 2 to 3 6 See also tag configuration creating editing or deleting tags 3 3 editing multiple tags simultaneously 3 3 Engine parameter configuration 3 35 to 3 36 configurable memory allocation parameters table 3 36 overriding default settings 3 35 setting file paths for historical and event files 3 35 shift configuration 3 35 turning on historical and event logging at startup 3 35 illustration 3 2 launching 2 13 3 2 launching server configuration utilities 3 36 Set Tag Parameter Defaults dialog box 3 4 setting default values for configuration fields 3 4 spreadsheets for storing configuration data 3 4 to 3 6 tag controls and indicators 2 8 tag data types 3 6 to 3 7 analog 3 7 bit array 3 7 discrete 3 7 monitoring and controlling tags in MMI 4 16 to 4 18 I 16 overview 1 5 string 3 7 Tag Monitor utility 2 20 to 2 22 fields Monitor timeout secs 2 21 Select Tags to Monitor 2 21 Select Tags to Monitor dialog box 2 22 Status Details 2 21 Status Details dialog box 2 22 Tag Display Table 2 21 Trigger Tag 2 21 illustration 2 20 launching 2 13 2 20 overview 2 20 viewing tag value and status 3 33 to 3 34 tag operations configuring See tag configuration types of operations 1 6 tag scaling configuration See tag configuration purpose and use 1 6 Tag Status Handler VI A 33 to A 34 tags See also tag configura
312. ngine from Your APPHCAON Ferraran a a aa aE 7 2 How Do You Start or Stop Historical Logging from Your PAD PMC AMON Maneio naa r a AE EN 7 2 How Do You Start or Stop Event Logging from Your PD DC AUIOR are er A EE E E 7 2 How Do You Start or Stop Event Printing from Your APPHCAON Varera a e EAE A 7 2 NDC OMI NTS arc tinseathacdes Snake cates a a a a 7 2 How Do You Control Panel Size a aicsiaversiec tensessteelecin a isetea inion 7 3 How Do You Control Panel Visibility 2 00 ccccecseteeneeteereeeees 7 3 ae CUI S NIS 3c 5 2 sa aenn EA a eeneateantealen 7 4 National Instruments Corporation IX BridgeVIEW User Manual Table of Contents Bt GeV DEW SCCUR meritinta taser erates esc a Sasa goede enetdeste aenan et aed 7 8 FVifOMIMeNnl SCCUIMLY eaaa N 7 8 How Do You Log In and Out 000 e 7 9 How Do You Find Your Access Level cc cccccccceesessssseeeeeeneees 7 9 How Do You Find Your Environment Access Privileges 7 10 How Do You Change Your Password ccccccssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 10 How Do You Prompt the Operator to Log In to Your NPP CANON risna a a cites ted dunenintanade 7 11 How Do You Identify the Current Operator ce eccceccceeeeeeeeeeees 7 11 How Do You Restrict Access to the Bridge VIEW Environment 7 11 How Do You Create and Modify User Accounts cceccececeeeeeeees 7 11 How Do You Modify the List of Available User Access Levels 7 12 How Do You Modify Acc
313. node or several characteristics by expanding the node To expand a node select it with the Positioning tool Place your mouse over the node and when your cursor changes to a frame in the corner of the node drag it to the desired size Then you can select attributes by clicking on the node with the National Instruments Corporation 12 1 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 12 Attribute Nodes Operating tool and choosing the desired attribute from the pop up menu as shown in the following illustration digital contra EEE Disabled Key Focus Position Size Blink Format amp Precision Mumeric Text Colors gt digtal control digtal control digtal control ry gible isible Because there are many different attributes for front panel objects you can use the Help Window from the Help menu to display the descriptions data types and acceptable values of attributes For more information about accessing help in Bridge VIEW see the section How Do You Access Online Help in Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment of this manual With attribute nodes you can assign characteristics or read the current state of an attribute by popping up on the attribute and selecting Change to Read BridgeVIEW User Manual 12 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 12 Attribute Nodes vO Activity 12 1 Use an Attribute Node Your objective is to create a VI that indicates a high limit condition using attribute nodes You will use the Blink and
314. not access on the toolbar As you move the Operating tool over objects in the Hierarchy window G displays the name of the VI below the VI icon 9 14 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS Use the lt Tab gt key to toggle between the Positioning and Scroll window tools This feature is useful for moving nodes from the Hierarchy window to the block diagram You can drag a VI or subVI node to the block diagram or copy it to the clipboard by clicking on the node lt Shift gt click on a VI or subVIs node to select multiple objects for copying to other block diagrams or front panels Double clicking on a VI or subVI node opens the front panel of that node Any VIs that contain subVIs have an arrow button next to the VI that you can use to show or hide subVIs Clicking on the red arrow button or double clicking on the VI itself opens the subVIs in that VI A black arrow button on a VI node means that all subVIs are displayed You also can pop up on a VI or subVI node to access a menu with options such as showing or hiding subVIs opening the VI or subVI front panel editing the VI icon and so on Search Hierarchy You also can search currently visible nodes in the Hierarchy window by name You initiate the search by typing in the name of the node anywhere on the window As you type in the text a search window appears which displays the text as you type it in and concurrently searches through the hie
315. nstruments Corporation 13 21 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Activity 13 4 Use the Graph and Analysis VIs Your objective is to build a VI that measures temperature and displays the values in real time It also displays the average maximum and minimum temperatures ik Front Panel 1 Create a new front panel as shown in the following illustration You can modify the point styles of the waveform chart and waveform graph by popping up on their legends Scale the charts as shown r Temperature Analysis Yi Temperature 30 0 ae waveform chart Legend Shown deg F Point style gt small cross a0 M r 0 60 0 Temp Graph ar g arl 83 01 26 0 25 0 a40 digital indicators waveform graph Legend Shown 93 0 Point style gt small square 10 15 20 25 320 3539 T 03 The Temperature waveform chart displays the temperature as it is acquired After acquisition the VI plots the data in Temp Graph The Mean Max and Min digital indicators display the average maximum and minimum temperatures BridgeVIEW User Manual 13 22 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Block Diagram 2 Build the block diagram as shown in the following illustration Array Max amp Min Temperature Wait Until Mest ms Multiple 250 A E eee Thermometer VI Functions Select a VI from the Temp Bridg
316. nt it on the block diagram of another VI and a connector pane to which you can connect inputs and outputs Bridge VIEW provides several tools with which you can create or edit an icon for your VIs The icon of a VI represents it as a subVI in the block diagram of other VIs It can be a pictorial representation of the purpose of the VI or a textual description of the VI 1 2 Open Temp amp Vol vi in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory From the front panel pop up on the icon in the top right corner and select Edit Icon You also can double click on the icon to invoke the icon editor You only can access the icon connector for a VI from the front panel Erase the default icon With the Select tool which appears as a dotted rectangle click and drag over the section you want to delete and press the lt Delete gt key You also can double click on the shaded rectangle in the tool box to erase the icon Draw a thermometer with the Pencil tool Create the text with the Text tool To change the font double click on the Text tool Your icon should look similar to the following illustration A lcon Editor Show Terminals Undo 9 18 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS 6 Close the Icon Editor by clicking on OK The new icon appears in the icon pane 7 Define the connector terminal pattern by popping up in the icon pane on the front panel and choosing Show Connector By de
317. nt logging and printing selections table 5 11 illustration 5 10 log and print format selections table 5 12 National Instruments Corporation logging 5 13 to 5 14 printing 5 14 purpose and use 1 6 5 1 tag configuration 3 21 to 3 29 alarm deadband on analog tags 3 27 to 3 28 analog tags 3 25 Auto Ack On Normal option 3 29 bit array tags 3 26 to 3 27 configuration attributes table 3 22 to 3 24 discrete tags 3 25 to 3 26 enabling alarms 3 24 keeping alarms unacknowledged 3 29 string tags 3 27 types of alarms 3 21 User Must Ack option 3 29 viewing 5 14 Alarms and Events VIs A 4 to A 14 Acknowledge Alarm A 4 to A 5 effect on startup and shutdown 4 23 Get Alarm Summary Status A 5 to A 6 locating A 4 purpose and use 4 15 4 18 to 4 19 Read Alarm Summary A 6 to A 9 Read Event History A 9 to A 13 Read Tag Alarm A 13 to A 14 Alignment ring 2 3 analog tags alarm configuration 3 25 alarm deadband 3 27 to 3 28 creating 3 3 purpose and use 3 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual Index scaling 3 18 to 3 19 Analog Tag Scaling dialog box 3 18 assigning units 3 19 linear scaling 3 19 square root scaling 3 19 array functions Array Size 13 13 Array Subset 13 14 Build Array 13 11 to 13 12 Index Array 13 14 to 13 16 Initialize Array 13 12 to 13 13 using Build Array function activity 13 17 to 13 18 Array Max amp Min function 13 23 array Shell 13 5 Array Size function 13 13 array strin
318. nt panel Vessels Tanks Label the tank Product Edit the tank scale to range from 0 to 1000 7 Untitled 2 File Edit Operate Project Windows Help i 13pt Application Font Ao te Block Diagram 2 To create the block diagram pop up on the tank and select MMI G Wizard Select Product and click OK as shown in the following illustration BridgeVIEW User Manual 4 20 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface fT MHI G Wizard for Analog Indicator Tag Value Tag Product Colors T Change colors with alarm state Blinking T Blink wher 3 The MMI G Wizard generates a diagram for you that calls the Read Tag VI as shown in the following illustration o Untitled 2 Diagram 4 Pop up on the lock in the top right corner of the While Loop and select Release Wizard Lock 5 Using the Labeling tool edit the timeout input to the Read Tag VI from its default 1 00 indefinite to 1 00 National Instruments Corporation 4 21 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface 10 Using the Positioning tool select the bottom right corner of the While Loop and expand it Using the Wiring tool pop up on the value timestamp output of the Read Tag VI and select Create Indicator Pop up on the in alarm output of the Read Tag VI and select Create Indicator The block diagram should appear as shown in the following illustration Product 1 00 Gil Fr
319. nt security by selecting Project Security Edit User Accounts o Edit User Accounts Ea 2 OK Cancel Account List Add New Users gt gt i Edit Access Levels Import User List 2 Select Add New Users gt gt and create the following new accounts a User Name Administrator Level 255 Password Administration b User Name Anyone Level 25 Password Viewer BridgeVIEW User Manual 7 16 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics o Edit User Accounts Ed Account List National Instruments Corporation Account Information User Hame Administrator Access Level Level 255 259 Password oe Done Adding Users aana OLAS T Use Blank Password After creating the two accounts select lt lt Done Adding Users Click on the OK button Unless you were previously logged in a Login dialog box appears Log in as Administrator with Password Administration o Login Name Administrator Accounts Administrator Z Password acu Cancel Open the My Alarm Summary With Ack vi you created in Activity 5 2 Acknowledge Alarms in the Alarm Summary Display Edit the block diagram of Alarm Summary with Ack vi to limit operability of the Ack button depending on the user logged in a Pop up on the Ack button and select Create Attribute Node The attribute node is created in the block diagram b From the block diagram pop up on the Attribu
320. ntrol indicator or constant to permit entry of names not contained in the current scf file by popping up on the tag object and selecting Allow undefined tags If a tag name is not in your scf file you cannot select it National Instruments Corporation 4 17 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface The tag data type imports tag and tag group names from a tag configuration file scf When you launch Bridge VIEW the tag data type list of available tag names and tag group names is automatically updated from your default scf file The default scf file is the last file you edited in the Tag Configuration Editor If the list of names is empty you have no default scf file You can change the currently selected scf file by opening the Tag Browser utility and pressing the Browse button To open the Tag Browser utility pop up on the tag object and select Tag Browser Pressing the Browse button brings up a dialog box from which you can select the scf file you want to use This is possible as long as the BridgeVIEW Engine is not running When the Engine is launched it runs the currently selected scf file You cannot change the current scf file until you stop the Engine Tag constants in your diagram and tag controls and indicators if they are saved with default values retain the tag name or tag group name selected when your VI is saved The name contained in the tag control indicator or constant is dimmed w
321. number between 0 and 1 Multiply function Functions Numeric In this activity the function multiplies the random number by 100 Numeric Constant function Functions Numeric In this activity the numeric constant represents the maximum number that can be multiplied Round to Nearest function Functions Numeric In this activity the function rounds the random number between O and 100 to the nearest whole number Not Equal function Functions Comparison In this activity the function compares the random number to the number specified in the front panel and returns a TRUE if the numbers are not equal Otherwise this function returns FALSE Increment function Functions Numeric In this activity the function increments the While Loop count by 1 Subtract function Functions Numeric In this activity the function returns the time in milliseconds elapsed between frame 2 and frame 0 VY Y y Hya National Instruments Corporation 11 9 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 11 Case and Sequence Structures Divide function Functions Numeric In this activity the function E gt divides the number of milliseconds elapsed by 1000 to convert the number to seconds Numeric constant Functions Numeric In this activity the function converts the number from milliseconds to seconds In Frame 0 the Tick Count ms function returns the current time in milliseconds This value is wired to the sequence local where
322. o it is usually a good idea to update the table only if the changed indicator is TRUE Notice that the changed indicator is always TRUE after the first execution of the VI read parameters e aa Initialize headers group tag names ra column headers timeout secs 1 pes history data format f Hister f E tow colors color codes m PPP Boece alarm summary status butter size 10 3 ee shutdowr changed oT read parameters is a cluster of parameters for filtering out the alarms read min priority is the minimum priority of alarms read If left unwired alarms corresponding to priority level 1 and above are reported max priority is the maximum priority of alarms read If left unwired alarms corresponding to priority level 15 and below are reported filter ACK alarms determines whether acknowledged alarms are read wa group tag names determines the tags for which alarm conditions and events are read If left unwired all the tag alarms and events in the system are reported BridgeVIEW User Manual A 10 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference timeout Ssecs 1 specifies how many seconds to wait before reading the tag alarms and events If timeout is 0 the alarms and events are read immediately If it is wired the VI waits indefinitely until a new alarm or event occurs or the Real Time Database shuts down whichever occurs first ZEH format allows you to compose the alarm message yo
323. o simulate the temperature and volume measurements in volts You will write code to scale these measurements to degrees fahrenheit and liters respectively 1 Open a new front panel by selecting File New If you have closed all VIs select New VI from the BridgeVIEW dialog box National Instruments Corporation 9 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS c Note If the Controls palette is not visible select Windows Show Controls Palette to display the palette You also can access the Controls palette by popping up in an open area of the front panel To pop up right click on your mouse 2 Select Tank from Controls Vessels and place it on the front panel 3 Type Volume in the label text box and click anywhere on the front panel Lz Note If you click outside the text box without entering text the label disappears To show the label again pop up on the control and select Show Label 4 Rescale the tank indicator to display the tank volume between 0 0 and 1000 0 a Using the Labeling tool double click on 10 0 on the tank scale to highlight it b Type 1000 in the scale and click the mouse button anywhere on the front panel The intermediary increments are scaled automatically 5 Place a thermometer from Controls Numeric on the front panel Label it Temp and rescale it to be between O and 100 6 Your front panel should look like the following illustration 7 Open the block diagra
324. o whether the event history information has been updated The format and color codes inputs tell the Read Event History VI how to format and color code event history information The Read Event History VI returns all the information needed to update the Event History Display indicator Part of the Event History Display indicator formatting is done through attribute nodes which only can exist in your diagram The column headers display the table column header information and must be National Instruments Corporation A 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference wired to your table Column Headers attribute if you are displaying column headers Normally this is updated only when the VI is executed for the first time assuming you do not change the format control during program operation The initialize headers output is TRUE when you need to update the Column Headers attribute Wire the history data output directly to your Event History Display Wire the row colors output to the Active Cell and Cell FG Color attributes inside a While Loop Wiring the Event History Display attributes formats the table to show different line colors for different alarm states or events You can generate this code automatically by using the MMI G Wizard The entire Event History Display including attributes 1s updated only if the event history information changes and there was no timeout Table indicator updates can be slow for large tables s
325. of disk drives paths directories programs subprograms subroutines device names variables filenames and extensions and for statements and comments taken from program code xxii National Instruments Corporation About This Manual lt gt Angle brackets enclose the name of a key on the keyboard for example lt PageDown gt A hyphen between two or more key names enclosed in angle brackets denotes that you should simultaneously press the named keys for example lt Control Alt Delete gt lt Control gt Key names are capitalized The symbol leads you through nested menu items and dialog box options to a final action The sequence File Page Setup Options Substitute Fonts directs you to pull down the File menu select the Page Setup item select Options and finally select the Substitute Fonts option from the last dialog box paths Paths in this manual are denoted using backslashes to separate drive names directories and files as in C dirlname dir2name filename F This icon to the left of bold text denotes the beginning of an activity which v contains step by step instructions you can follow to learn more about Bridge VIEW EE This icon to the left of bold text denotes the end of an activity which contains step by step instructions you can follow to learn more about Bridge VIEW Loe This icon to the left of bold italicized text denotes a note which alerts you to important information Wy
326. om the front panel change the format of value timestamp to display absolute time Pop up on the value timestamp indicator select Format amp Precision and set Format to Time amp Date Your front panel should appear as shown in the following illustration ae value timestamp rogduct 1000 0 4 00 00 AM a000 875 00 01701 1904 00 0 Format amp Precision Time amp Date 400 0 200 0 0 0 in alarm Save the VI as Monitor Product vi in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory Run the VI The Engine launches unless it is running already The tank level changes to reflect the changing values of the Product tag When the value goes over 800 the in alarm Boolean changes from OFF to ON indicating an alarm condition LF End of Activity 4 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual 4 22 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface How Do the Tags and Alarms and Events VIs Affect Startup Shutdown When a user defined VI runs and executes one of the Tags VIs or Alarms and Events VIs that VI checks the status of the Bridge VIEW Engine If it is not running executing the VI automatically starts execution of the Bridge VIEW Engine The Bridge VIEW Engine loads and executes all required device servers When the VI returns the Engine is running The Bridge VIEW Engine continues to run until you shut it down either programmatically or through the Engine Manager As the Engine shuts down first it checks to see i
327. on for a tag Engineering Zero Scale must be less than Engineering Full Scale Units analog Determines the engineering units for a tag Examples include degrees Celsius liters and kg Scaling analog Determines the type of scaling algorithm to be used for a tag The discrete scaling methods differ according to tag data type You can bit array configure analog tags to have linear or square root scaling You can configure discrete tags to have invert scaling You can configure bit array tags to have mask scaling All tags can be configured to have no scaling Coerce analog Determines whether to coerce data so that it is valid for the target If scaling to output the value must be within the raw device server range If scaling to input the value must be within the engineering MMI range Scaling Invert bit array Determines which bits are inverted for a bit array tag Bits in the Mask mask that are 1 are inverted bits that are 0 are not inverted The default mask is 0 indicating that none of the bits are inverted In bit wise logic terminology the Engine performs an XOR with the Invert Mask to produce the scaled value Scaling Select bit array Determines which bits are used for the bit array tag Bits in the Mask mask that are 1 have their values passed through to the RTDB bits that are 0 are set to zero regardless of the value received from the server In bit wise logic terminology the Engine performs an AND with the Select
328. on the Tag Browser to bring up a dialog box and select mytanks scf This dialog box automatically appears if no scf file is currently selected If the Engine is running already the Browse button is dimmed and you cannot change the scf file until you stop the Engine The Tag Browser shows you a summary of the configuration parameters of the tags in the file When you have selected the proper scf file from the Tag Browser click on OK to return to the MMI G Wizard 4 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface 4 Click on OK Notice that the MMI G Wizard has created the block diagram for you as shown in the following illustration 5 Return to the front panel and run the VI It launches the Engine if it is not running already The Engine reads mytanks scf and launches the Tanks Server 6 Now you can see the Mixer tag values being monitored in the real time trend Diagrams generated by the MMI G Wizard have a lock on the top right corner of the outermost structure You cannot edit the code inside the structure until you release the lock However you can pop up on the front panel object select MMI G Wizard and change your selections in the dialog box When you press OK the changes are incorporated into the previously generated diagram The locked code is very tightly coupled with the front panel object If you delete the front panel object the block diagram associated with it is deleted automatically
329. on the left or right terminal and choosing Add Element For example if a shift register contains three elements in the left terminal you can access values from the last three iterations as shown in the following illustration Contains i 1 oo gt Contains i 2 gt jF gt Contains i 3 gt Pop up on left terminal to add new elements or use Positioning tool to resize the left terminal to expose more elements National Instruments Corporation 10 13 Previous values are available at the left terminals gt m Latest value passes to right terminal Pop up on amp border for ex new shift register BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 10 Loops and Charts S Activity 10 5 Use a Shift Register Your objective is to build a VI that displays a running average ona chart is Front Panel 1 Open a new front panel and create the objects as shown in the following illustration Fandom Plot Enable 2 0 Plot 0 d ON H OFF 1 5 Wertical Switch 10 Default OM Mechanical Action 0 5 Latch hen Pressed i a naire 00 Digital Display amp i 4 Scrollbar showing Free Label Transparent Labels I An ee amp d EEEE LES 2 Change the scale of the Waveform chart to range from 0 0 to 2 0 After adding the vertical switch pop up on it and select Mechanical Action Latch When Pressed and set the ON state to be the default by choosing Operate Make Current Values Defaul
330. onal Integral Derivative Control See Programmable Logic Control A method of sequentially observing each I O point or user interface control to determine 1f it is ready to receive data or request computer action To call up a special menu by clicking usually on an object with the right mouse button Menus accessed by popping up usually on an object Menu options pertain to that object specifically Tool used to move and resize objects Resembles an arrow A device with multiple inputs and outputs that contains a program you can alter BridgeVIEW Device Servers establish communication with PLCs G 6 National Instruments Corporation Proportional Integral Derivative PID Control pseudocode R range Real Time Database RTDB real time trend reentrant execution representation resizing handles RTDB S sampling period SCADA sensor sequence local National Instruments Corporation G 7 Glossary A combination of proportional integral and derivative control actions Refers to a control method in which the controller output is proportional to the error its time history and the rate at which it is changing The error is the difference between the observed and desired values of a variable that is under control action Simplified language independent representation of programming code The region between the limits within which a quantity is measured received or transmitted expressed by st
331. onger identifies the Wizard subdiagram as being created by it Activity 4 1 Use the MMI G Wizard Lain Your objective is to create a simple MMI using the MMI G Wizard For this activity you will use the tags configured in mytanks scf which you edited in Activity 3 1 and is located in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory i Note Before you can begin this activity you must have completed Activity 3 1 Configure a Tag and View the Tag Configuration Parameters and Tag Values in Chapter 3 1 Place a real time trend from the Functions Graph subpalette on your front panel Pop up on the object and select Show Label Type Real Time Trend in the label ET Untitled 3 File Edit Operate Project Windows Help a 4 PETE TERE 103 2 Pop up on the trend and select MMI G Wizard Bridge VIEW User Manual 4 8 National Instruments Corporation National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface Now you can select a list of tags to monitor Select Mixer and click on ADD as shown in the following illustration So Real Time Trend G Wizard Tag List fla Delete 1 00 Time between updates seconds M Engineering units 7 Percent of full scale If you do not see a list of available tags or the tag name Mixer is not in the list when you click on the Tag menu ring pop up on the menu ring and select Tag Browser to select the correct scf file Press the Browse button
332. onitor tag status terminal timestamp top level VI trend U universal constant update deadband user user defined constant V VI VI library virtual instrument National Instruments Corporation G 9 Glossary A utility to view the current value of a tag along with its status and alarm state A variable that determines the validity of a tag value A negative status represents an error a positive status represents a warning and a status of zero represents a good tag value Object or region on a node through which data passes The exact time and date at which a tag value was sampled Tag values are stored with their timestamps in the RTDB VI at the top of the VI hierarchy This term distinguishes the VI from its subVIs A view of data over time Trends can display real time or historical data Uneditable block diagram object that emits a particular ASCII character or standard numeric constant for example pi The range through which a tag value must change before it is updated in the Real Time Database See operator Block diagram object that emits a value you set See virtual instrument Special file that contains a collection of related VIs for a specific use A program in the graphical programming language G so called because it models the appearance and function of a physical instrument BridgeVIEW User Manual Glossary W While Loop Post iterative test loop structure that
333. onnec Ul OM esnia a a a a a 3 7 Whats a Memory ae tinresnan a A 3 10 When Should You Use a Memory Tag ccccceceeeeeeees 3 10 Example 1 When Not to Use a Memory Tag 3 10 Example 2 When to Use a Memory Tag 3 11 How Do You Import Items from the Server Registry eeee 3 11 How Do You Connect a Tag to a DDE Server ce eeeeeccceeeeeeees 3 12 How Do You Define a Group of Tags for Alarming 0008 3 12 ODEA ONS rasna te ar a eS nin erie creme rer sere Sear are ere ae 3 12 W Hat TS Dead bans isiscwissi otundeccheteiace sseantnded E 3 15 How Do You Use Deadband to Increase Engine Throughput 3 15 How Do You Configure a Tag to Log Its Data or Events 3 16 How Do You Set Initial Tag Value at Startup eee eeeeeeeees 3 16 SEAE schist dal rata EE A a a a a eave aueeeniaiatel enlaces 3 16 ADOS MEAG Sa a ee atan eagles aes emaue einen acne ane 3 18 Example L mear SCali exci a siceasanctnastadin estas tatiedoctsindentvededs 3 19 Example Square Root Scaling ccccccccsseeseeeeeteeeeeeees 3 19 How Do You Assign Units to an Analog Tag cccceeesessessseesreeees 3 19 MOG OTe Ue lO ices reara rea eaiasunca teataie smpaccantieena cana buse set taneosceauanveesedetaseaeaae 3 19 Bb MITA Tap Sieni a a 3 20 ALAIS raan e A N TE T 3 21 How Do You Configure Alarms for a Tag eeeeeeseeeesseesssesssssssssssss 3 24 ANOS TIDS are A aus eeuen ee naan ocea
334. onnector 2 4 opening and running activity 2 8 to 2 11 Generate Waveform VI 13 5 Get Alarm Summary Status VI A 5 to A 6 Get Analog Tag Alarm Limit VI A 51 Get BitArray Tag Alarm Setting VI A 52 Get Date Time String function 9 32 Get Discrete Tag Alarm Setting VI A 53 Get Group List VI A 54 Get Historical Tag List VI example 6 5 purpose and use A 19 Get Historical Trend Info VI A 20 Get Operator Name VI A 30 Get Panel Size VI 7 3 Get Tag Alarm Enabled VI A 54 to A 55 Get Tag Attribute VI A 55 to A 56 Get Tag Bad Status Alarm Info VI A 56 Get Tag Description Group VI A 57 Get Tag IO Connection Info VI A 57 to A 58 Get Tag List VI A 58 to A 59 Get Tag Logging Info VI A 59 Get Tag Range and Units VI A 60 Get Tag Status Info VI A 30 to A 31 graphics importing for front panel overview 4 12 activity 4 12 to 4 15 graphs 13 19 to 13 24 See also charts axes 13 21 customizing 13 19 to 13 21 data acquisition arrays 13 21 graph and analysis VIs activity 13 22 to 13 24 graph cursors 13 20 to 13 21 purpose and use 1 5 types of graphs 13 19 waveform graph adding to array 13 5 creating multiplot waveform graphs 13 8 to 13 9 Greater or Equal function 12 4 Bridge VIEW User Manual Index Greater Or Equal to 0 function Case structure 11 3 VI Control VI 14 6 H help See online help Hierarchy window 9 14 to 9 15 buttons for options 9 14 displaying dependencies 9 15 illustration 9 14 sear
335. onstants Remember that you can find the Multiply and Divide functions in Functions Numeric 16 Switch to the front panel Run the VI Notice that the two waveforms plot on the same waveform graph The initial X value defaults to O and the delta X value defaults to 1 for both data sets 13 8 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs T Note You can change the appearance of a plot on the graph by popping up in the legend for a particular plot For example you can change from a line graph to a bar graph by choosing Common Plots Bar Graph 17 Save the VI as Graph Waveform Arrays vi in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory LF End of Activity 13 1 In the previous example the For Loop executed 100 times because a constant of 100 was wired to the count terminal The following activity illustrates another means of determining how many times a loop will execute q Activity 13 2 Use Auto Indexing on Input Arrays Your objective is to open and operate a VI that uses auto indexing in a For Loop to process an array 1 Open the Separate Array Values VI by selecting File Open The VI is located in Examples General arrays 1lb National Instruments Corporation 13 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs 2 Open the block diagram The following illustration shows the block diagram with both TRUE and FALSE cases visible Initialize etal True be og Arra
336. op is used to detect user input changes on the operator interface by remembering the previous Start Timestamp Stop Timestamp and the selected tag list If any of these controls are changed historical data is retrieved for the new settings and the XY Graph indicator is updated ty 6 1 Use the Historical Data VIs The objective of this exercise is to create a VI that programmatically reads historical information from Citadel and determines statistical information of the data In this activity you will read previously logged data which is included in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial Data directory You will use mytanks scf in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory as edited in Activity 3 1 Configure a Tag and View the Tag Configuration Parameters and Tag Values 1 Open anew VI and place a Historical Trend on the panel window from the Controls Graph palette Change the maximum of the Y scale to 1000 Historical Trend 6 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction 2 Pop up on the Historical Trend and select MMI G Wizard If a dialog box prompts you to locate a Citadel Data directory select BridgeVIEW Tutorial Data Complete the dialog box as shown in the following illustration ET Mil G Wizard for Historncal Trend Tag List Tag Product Liquid Mixer Product Time Axis Start Time Stop Time Absolute O625004M 06 26 00 AM i Relative 09 27 1996 09 27 1996 ok _ ces
337. or Bit Array Tag BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 26 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Configuration shows the Alarms tab of the Bit Array Tag Configuration dialog box T Bit Anay Tag Configuration Tagi Connection Operations Scaling Alarms W Enable Alarms Alam Acknowledge Mode Auto Ack on Normal Tag Value Alarms WM Enable Tag Value Alarms Alarm on Any All ie Any i All Alarm Invert Mask x 0 Edit Alarm Select Mask x FFFFFFFF Edit Friority 1 Alarm Message Bad Status Alarm W Enable Friority 1 Create Next Tag OF Cancel Figure 3 9 Alarms for Bit Array Tag Configuration String Tags String tags have no alarm states based on tag value They only support Bad Status alarms What Is Alarm Deadband on Analog Tags Alarm Deadband is a method commonly used to avoid repetitive alarm messages because of a tag value that hovers near the alarm limit Alarm Deadband defines how much a tag value must change from the alarm limit before it is considered normal For example if a tag that represents a temperature value hovers near an alarm limit of 40 degrees Celsius the tag might go in and out of alarm many times in a relatively short period of time Table 3 6 Events with Alarm Deadband 0 0 shows examples of events with Alarm Deadband set to 0 0 National Instruments Corporation 3 27 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration BridgeVIEW User M
338. or groups of tags for which you want to set attributes attributes and values is a list of attributes and values to be set You can select multiple attributes and their corresponding values and they will be applied to all the tags For more information about the tag attributes you can change with this VI refer to any of the four configuration attributes tables in the section How Do You Configure Tags in Chapter 3 Tag Configuration in this manual oS error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix National Instruments Corporation A 61 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference Set Tag Attribute Use the Set Tag Attribute VI to reconfigure an attribute for a list of tags or groups of tags programmatically You must have the Engine running for the change to take effect Otherwise this VI returns an error For more information about the tag attributes you can change with this VI refer to any of the four configuration attributes tables in the section How Do You Configure Tags in Chapter 3 Tag Configuration in this manual The tag attribute input provides a larg
339. orting a tag from the server registry or importing a tag from a spreadsheet In the case of spreadsheet a value in the spreadsheet overrides the default value for the field For more information about the individual fields see the section How Do You Configure Tags in this chapter How Do You Use Spreadsheet Files for Tag Configuration BridgeVIEW User Manual With the Tag Configuration Editor you can export tag configuration information to spreadsheet files and import tag configuration information from spreadsheet files The files are tab delimited text txt files Select File Export to save the file as a tab delimited t xt file When you select Export a dialog box prompts you to select and order the fields you want in your spreadsheet file If you intend to edit the 3 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration spreadsheet file and then import the edited information back into the Tag Configuration Editor select the All gt gt button to select all available fields For easy viewing and editing in the spreadsheet press the Use Default Order button If Select Tag Fields for Export Spreadsheet File bet File 2 0 BridgeViEW stank eletem bet Browse Tags to View Available Tag Fields Fields to E sport Access Fights Tag Name Alarm Deadband Datatype Alarm Invert Mask Add gt gt Server Alarm Message Device Alarm Select Mask e lt Delete ltem Move Up Alarm on 4ll Grow
340. ough 8 introduce Bridge VIEW concepts and Chapters 9 through 15 describe the G programming language and how it works within Bridge VIEW Each chapter in the G Tutorial section discusses a different G concept although you can design a VI that might incorporate several of these basic concepts Therefore we encourage you to work through all the activities in this manual before you begin building your applications You should save all of the VIs you create with the Bridge VIEW activities in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory To view the VI s for an activity that you have not completed yourself see the BridgeVIEW Tutorial Solutions directory National Instruments Corporation X X Bridge VIEW User Manual About This Manual BridgeVIEW Concepts BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 1 Introduction describes the unique Bridge VIEW approach to Man Machine Interface MMI and Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition SCADA It also contains system configuration installation instructions and basic information that explains how to start using Bridge VIEW to develop industrial automation applications This chapter refers you to other chapters or manuals for more information Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment describes the Bridge VIEW environment It explains the basic concepts behind G the programming language upon which Bridge VIEW is built the BridgeVIEW Engine Manager system errors and events the Tag Monitor utility and the Tag Browser
341. p By default group is lt ALL gt group lt 4LL gt erar in no error BridgeVIEW User Manual group lt ALL gt determines what tags are in a list The default is lt ALL gt so that the VI returns all configured tags in tag list error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix tag list is the list of tags contained in group A 58 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference no scf loaded is TRUE if there is no scf file currently loaded in the system aT error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix Get Tag Logging Info Use the Get Tag Logging Info VI to determine whether a tag is configured for logging historical data or alarms and events to disk fogprint events error in no error error out tag name is the name of the tag about which you want to obtain information error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix TE log data is TRUE if the tag is configured for logging data to the Citadel historical
342. palette in the block diagram You also can use the MMI G Wizard to create a real time trend For more information about the MMI G Wizard see Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface A historical trend is a display of tag values that have been logged to disk This is usually over a relatively long period of time You can display a historical trend in your MMI by using the Get Historical Tag List VI and Read Historical Trend VI from the Historical Data palette from the block diagram You also can view historical data by launching the Historical Trend Viewer HTV utility You can use the MMI G Wizard to create a historical trend display National Instruments Corporation 6 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction What is Citadel Citadel is a high performance historical database With Citadel Bridge VIEW can log tags while continually servicing data queries Bridge VIEW also includes the Citadel ODBC driver that has special commands to perform data transforms making it easy for you to retrieve manipulate and analyze historical data automatically from outside the Bridge VIEW environment For more information see Appendix B Citadel and Open Database Connectivity How Do You Log Historical Data There are three steps you must complete to log historical data 1 You must configure your tags to have historical logging enabled You configure it on a per tag basis To select historical logging for a sin
343. perator name Alarm Message determines whether to display the user configured alarm message This applies to discrete tags only color codes is a cluster of parameters that determine the colors for the messages in the Alarm Summary Display JBA E DEE event determines the color for events The Alarm Summary Display does not include events ack alarm determines the color for acknowledged alarms unack alarm determines the color for unacknowledged alarms normal determines the color for tags that are currently in normal state but have an unacknowledged alarm buffer size determines the number of entries to be displayed in the alarm summary display The default setting is 10 initialize headers is TRUE when the summary data has been read for the first time indicating that column headers should be updated rm cr ov column headers represents the information displayed in the alarm summary Wire this output to the Column Headers attribute of the Alarm Summary Display in your MMI BridgeVIEW User Manual summary data lists the alarms that currently exist is the system and have been filtered with the user specified priority and filter parameters A 8 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference u32 row colors is an array of colors for the alarms displayed Wire this output to the Cell FG Color attribute of the Alarm Summary Display in your MMI arr alarm summary status contains inform
344. plains the advanced topics you need to understand to make optimum use of Bridge VIEW for developing applications The advanced topics covered in this chapter are Bridge VIEW System Control Tag Attributes VIs and BridgeVIEW Security XX National Instruments Corporation G Tutorial National Instruments Corporation About This Manual Chapter 8 Industrial Automation Device Servers explains Industrial Automation IA device servers how to install and configure a device server and how to view that configuration within Bridge VIEW This chapter also describes how to use DDE servers with Bridge VIEW and how you can develop your own device servers Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIs introduces the basic concepts of virtual instruments and provides activities that explain how to create the icon and connector how to use a VI as a subVI how to use the VI Setup option and how to use the SubVI Node Setup option Chapter 10 Loops and Charts introduces structures and explains the basic concepts of charts the While Loop and the For Loop This chapter also provides activities that illustrate how to experiment with different chart modes use a While loop and a chart change the mechanical action of a Boolean switch control loop timing use a shift register create a multiplot chart and customize your trend and use a For Loop Chapter 11 Case and Sequence Structures introduces the basic concepts of Case and Sequence st
345. porting items from server registry 3 11 memory tags 3 10 to 3 11 tag attributes 1 6 Tag Connection dialog box 3 8 National Instruments Corporation I 15 Index connection configuration attributes table 3 9 to 3 10 Data Type 3 9 Device 3 9 Group 3 9 Item 3 10 Length 3 10 Server 3 9 Tag Access 3 9 Tag Description 3 9 Tag Name 3 9 data types 3 6 to 3 7 operations 3 12 to 3 16 increasing Engine throughput using deadband 3 15 logging data or events 3 16 setting deadband 3 15 Tag Operations dialog box 3 13 operations configuration attributes table Initial Value 3 15 Log Data 3 14 Log Data Deadband 3 14 Log Resolution 3 14 Log Print Events 3 15 Set Initial Value 3 15 Update Deadband 3 14 scaling 3 16 to 3 21 analog tags 3 18 to 3 19 bit array tags 3 20 to 3 21 discrete tags 3 19 to 3 20 string tags note 3 18 scaling configuration attributes table 3 16 to 3 17 Coerce 3 17 Eng Full Scale 3 17 Eng Zero Scale 3 17 Raw Full Scale 3 16 Raw Zero Scale 3 16 Scaling 3 17 Scaling Invert Mask 3 17 Scaling Select Mask 3 17 Units 3 17 setting initial tag value at startup 3 16 BridgeVIEW User Manual BridgeVIEW User Manual Index activity 3 29 to 3 34 configuration settings table 3 31 to 3 32 historical logging and alarm acknowledgement table 3 32 registering Tanks Server VI 3 29 to 3 30 saving configuration file 3 33 viewing tag configuration 3 33 viewi
346. pulate arrays located in Functions Array These functions include Replace Array Element Search 1D Array Sort 1D Array Reverse 1D Array and Multiply Array Elements For more information about arrays and the array functions available refer to Chapter 14 Array and Cluster Controls and Indicators in the G Programming Reference Manual or Online Reference Function and VI Reference Build Array Pen SIAR array with appended elementis Bharani E harsh cece r I Build Array Co Build Array function Functions Array Y ou can use it to create an array from scalar values or from other arrays Initially the Build Array function appears with one scalar input You can add as many inputs as you need to the Build Array function and each input can be either a scalar or an array To add more inputs pop up on the left side of the function and select Add Element Input or Add Array Input You also can enlarge the Build Array node with the Resizing cursor place the Positioning tool at the corner of an object to National Instruments Corporation 13 11 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs BridgeVIEW User Manual transform it into the Resizing cursor You can remove inputs by shrinking the node with the Resizing cursor or by selecting Remove Input The following illustrations show two ways to create and initialize arrays with values from block diagram constants On the left five string constants ar
347. r dialog box shown in Figure 2 6 that lets you select which tags to monitor and configure how often to refresh the monitor display The Available Tags list box shows the tags that are not displayed in the Tag Display Table By default the timeout is set to 1 00 second This controls how often the Tag Display Table is refreshed By default no tag is selected to trigger a refresh of the Tag Display Table Select a tag to trigger a refresh of the Tag Display Table from the Trigger Tag Ring Then the Tag Display Table refreshes each time that tag 1s updated in the database or when the timeout interval elapses whichever occurs first National Instruments Corporation 2 21 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment The Status Details dialog box shown in Figure 2 5 displays a summary of the status for each tag in the system For more detailed information about this dialog box see Table 2 4 Tag Monitor Utility Field Descriptions Status Details El Ta Staus Reported By irtemal Code Description Server Code Configuration tank sct Figure 2 5 Status Details Dialog Box With the Select Tags to Monitor dialog box shown in Figure 2 6 you can select which tags to monitor and configure how often to refresh the monitor display For more detailed information about this dialog box see Table 2 4 Tag Monitor Utility Field Descriptions T Select Tags to Monitor tanks scf Available Tags Tags to Monitor Liquid
348. r item is associated with it BridgeVIEW User Manual 2 18 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Table 2 3 Tag Browser Field Descriptions Continued Alarms Displays whether alarms are enabled for the selected tag Enabled Displays whether alarms for the selected tag are acknowledged automatically Full Scale Displays the full scale engineering value for the tag This is displayed for analog tags only Displays the zero scale engineering value for the tag This is displayed for analog tags only Displays the engineering unit for the tag This is displayed for analog tags only If the Bridge VIEW Engine is loaded you can view the tags currently loaded with the Tag Browser If the Bridge VIEW Engine is not loaded the Tag Browser displays the currently loaded scf file Use the Browse button to change the scf file The Tag Browser is a useful tool if you need to look at how a tag is configured while you are building your MMI VIs You can use the Tag Browser to change the loaded configuration file If you want to access the configuration information for a tag programmatically you can use the VIs in the Tag Attributes palette For more information about the Tag Attributes VIs refer to Appendix A MMI Function Reference National Instruments Corporation 2 19 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment What Is the Tag Monitor With the Tag Monitor you can monitor the v
349. r program reorganizations Plan Ahead with Connector Panes If you think that you might need to add additional inputs or outputs later on select a pattern with extra terminals You can leave these extra terminals unconnected That way you do not have to change the connector pane for your VI if you find you need another input or output later on By adding extra unused terminals you can add an input or output with minimal effect on your hierarchy National Instruments Corporation 15 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 15 Program Design When linking controls and indicators to the connector place inputs on the left and outputs on the right This prevents complicated unclear wiring patterns in your VIs BAD Input BAD Output Location Location GOOD Input GOOD Output Location Location OK Input OK Output Location Location If you create a group of subVIs that are used together often try to give the subVIs a consistent connector pane with common inputs in the same location This makes it easier to remember where to locate each input without using the Help window If you create a subVI that produces an output that is used as the input to another subVI try to align the input and output connections This simplifies your wiring patterns SubVis with Required Inputs On the front panel you can edit required inputs for subVIs by clicking on the icon pane on the upper right side of the window and choosing Show Connector This
350. rarchy After finding the correct node you can press lt Enter gt to search for the next node that matches the search string or you can press lt Shift Enter gt to find the previous node that matches the search string icon and Connector Every VI has a default icon displayed in the upper right corner of the Front Panel and Diagram windows For VIs the default is the Bridge VIEW VI icon and a number indicating how many new VIs you have opened since launching Bridge VIEW You use the Icon Editor to customize the icon by turning individual pixels on and off To activate the Icon Editor pop up on the default icon in the top right corner of the Panel window and select Edit Icon The following illustration shows the Icon Editor Window You use the tools at left to create the icon design in the pixel editing area An image National Instruments Corporation 9 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS m io BridgeVIEW User Manual of the actual icon size appears in one of the boxes to the right of the editing area o Icon Editor Bm w Copy from 16 Colors Show Terminals Undo 256 Colors aK B Cancel The tools to the left of the editing area perform the following functions Pencil tool Draws and erases pixel by pixel Line tool Draws straight lines Press lt Shift gt and then drag this tool to draw horizontal vertical and diagonal lines Color Copy tool Copies the fore
351. ration Editor select Configure Historical or Events The dialog box allows you to set the path to the directories containing historical or events files How Do You Configure Shifts Shifts are valuable in configuring event logging Shift start and stop times determine how event files are segmented and end of shift reports can use these configuration files to determine process and line statistics From the main panel of the Tag Configuration Editor select Configure Events The panel has a shift display with which you can edit the configuration How Do You Configure Engine Parameters The BridgeVIEW Engine has several default settings for Engine parameters However you can override these defaults within the Buffer Configuration dialog box by selecting Configure Engine from the Tag Configuration Editor The Bridge VIEW Engine allocates certain amounts of memory for various queues You can configure some of the parameters used by the Engine and Tags VIs to allocate memory for the Engine buffers yourself but it is recommended that you use the default values The parameters you can configure are listed in Table 3 10 Configurable National Instruments Corporation 3 35 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Memory Allocation Parameters For more information about these parameters or the VIs that contain them refer to Appendix A MMI Function Reference Table 3 10 Configurable Memory Allocation Parameters
352. reate String Tagil Ly Note This configuration file uses data simulated by the Tanks Server You must ensure that the Tanks Server is registered with the BridgeVIEW Engine by selecting Project Server Tools Server Browser If you do not see Tanks Server inthe Registered Servers list run the Register Tanks Server vi from the BridgeVIEW _servers Tanks Server directory If any of the tags in the Tag Configuration Editor List have a prohibited OQ symbol shown at left next to them you have not registered the Tanks Server VI yet You must register this VI before you can use it For information about how to register this VI see steps 1 through 3 in this activity 6 Create a tag called Product by selecting the Create Analog Tag s button 7 Table 3 8 Configuration Settings for Activity 3 1 contains the settings you should choose when configuring your new analog tag Enter the values listed in the Setting column for each attribute in the Tag Configuration dialog box to configure the tag connection operations scaling and alarms For example in the Connection tab of the Tag Configuration dialog box you should type in Product as the tag name BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 30 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration T Note You also can specify a tag name by selecting the proper I O connections tag access device item etc and then clicking on Paste Item Name to Tag Name After doing so the item na
353. rection of the wire press the spacebar Click with the mouse button to tack the wire down and move the mouse perpendicularly 9 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS Tip Strips When you move the Wiring tool over the terminal of a node a tip strip for that terminal pops up Tip strips consist of small yellow text banners that display the name of each terminal These tip strips should help you to wire the terminals The illustration below displays the tip strip Pressure that appears when you place the Wiring tool over the output of the Process Monitor VI i Note When you place the Wiring tool over a node G displays wire stubs that indicate each input and output The wire stub has a dot at its end if it is an input to the node National Instruments Corporation 9 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS Wire Stretching he You can move wired objects individually or in groups by dragging the selected objects to a new location with the Positioning tool Temperatura 1 Ee Temperatura 2 gt Temperature 2 Selecting and Deleting Wires You might wire nodes incorrectly If you do select the wire you want to delete and then press lt Delete gt A wire segment is a single horizontal or vertical piece of wire The point where three or four wire segments join is called a junction A wire branch contains all the wire segments from one
354. registered Figure 8 2 View Server Device Information Dialog Box You can sort this table by item name data type or direction by selecting which parameter you want to sort on in the Sort By list Some servers support adding devices or items for a device through the Tag Configuration Editor Type in the device string and or item string to add the device If the selected server supports this ability the You can add devices and items to this server dynamically or You can add items to this device dynamically checkboxes are checked If these boxes are not checked you only can select from pre registered devices and items for this server If no devices are registered for a specific server the Registered Devices list box is empty and the No devices registered checkbox is checked In this case You can add devices and items to this server dynamically checkbox is checked indicating that you must type the device and item National Instruments Corporation 8 7 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 8 Industrial Automation Device Servers strings in the Bridge VIEW Tag Configuration Editor to choose a specific device and item If no items are registered for a device the Registered Items for Device table is empty and the No items registered checkbox is checked In this case the You can add items to this device dynamically checkbox is checked indicating that you must type the device string in the Tag Configuration Editor to choose a specific d
355. rent color The housing disappears as shown in the following illustration Er Control 5 Toy x File Edit Operate Project Windows Help B 4 E a Eo A 1 3pt Application Font pe Er l Bridge VIEW User Manual 4 14 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface With the Operator tool you can operate the slide Notice that the digital display continues to update as you move the boat on the screen If you want to hide the digital display pop up on the boat and deselect Show Digital Display 10 Save this control as Boat1 ctl in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory LF End of Activity 4 2 How Do You Configure Front Panel Objects Programmatically Bridge VIEW has objects called attribute nodes which are special block diagram nodes you can use to control the appearance and functional characteristics of controls and indicators from your diagram You can set attributes such as display colors visibility position blinking trend scales and many more See Chapter 12 Attribute Nodes or Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics for more information How Do You Monitor and Control Tags The Tags VI library and Alarms and Events VI library contain VIs for your MMI application to interact with the BridgeVIEW Real Time Database These are the primary VIs you use to build your MMI You can use these VIs to accomplish the following e Read tag values e Write tag values e Monitor tag and tag group alarm a
356. repeats a section of code until a condition is met Comparable to a Do loop or a Repeat Until loop in conventional programming languages wire Data path between nodes wiring tool Tool used to define data paths between source and sink terminals Wizard See MMI G Wizard Wizard lock A glyph that appears on a tag loop to indicate Bridge VIEW has protected the association between a front panel object and the automatically generated block diagram If a Wizard lock exists on a tag loop you cannot modify that block diagram Once you have released the Wizard lock the association is broken and the Wizard no longer protects that tag loop BridgeVIEW User Manual G 10 National Instruments Corporation A access levels and privileges See also security defaults table 7 8 finding access levels 7 9 finding environment access privileges 7 10 modifying access privileges 7 13 to 7 14 list of available user access levels 7 12 to 7 13 Access Levels dialog box 7 9 Acknowledge Alarm VI A 4 to A 5 alarm limit 5 1 alarmpriority 5 2 alarm states 5 1 alarm summary applying security activity 7 16 to 7 19 building activity 5 3 to 5 6 displaying 5 2 to 5 3 purpose and use 5 2 alarms acknowledging 5 7 ACK button 5 7 Auto Ack On Normal option 3 29 5 7 activity 5 7 to 5 10 User Must Ack option 3 29 5 7 configuring logging and printing 5 10 to 5 12 defining group of tags for alarming 3 12 Event Configuration dialog box eve
357. ributes T Tag Attributes m e OB EE a a et et et Get set Multiple Taglist Groups m OG S OG 0 DE Get Data Get io Get Get Ang Des Grp Info Loggingj Units ma OB m DE m DE iS DE DE GetAlrm Get An Get Dis Get Etaj Get Bad Enabled AlrmLim jAalrm ct Alrm2ct Status A 50 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference Get Analog Tag Alarm Limit Use the Get Analog Tag Alarm Limit VI to obtain limit information for a single tag value alarm for an analog tag Use the Alarm type input HI_HI HI LO LO_LO to specify the desired alarm limit information sseeateiocaanntiaanii alarms enabled tag name tag value alarm enabled alarm type lirrit error in no error Ses error out priority tag name is the name of the tag about whether you want to obtain information alarm type determines the type of alarm for which information is queried For analog tags the various alarm types are HI_HI HI LO and LO_LO Al H asr error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix F alarms enabled indicates whether alarms are enabled for a tag If TRUE tag value alarms as well as bad status alarms are enabled for this tag depending on the enable setting for the particular alarm types If FALSE all alarms
358. ributes VIs obtain and determine this information The Tag Attributes VIs are listed below For complete information about these and other VIs see Appendix A MMI Function Reference National Instruments Corporation Get Tag Attribute Set Tag Attributes Set Multiple Tag Attributes Get Tag Description Group Get Tag IO Connection Info Get Tag Logging Info Get Tag Range and Units Get Tag Alarm Enabled Get Analog Tag Alarm Limit Get Discrete Tag Alarm Setting Get Bit Array Tag Alarm Setting Get Tag Bad Status Alarm 3 37 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter Man Machine Interface This chapter explains what a Man Machine Interface MMI is and how you can monitor and control tags from your MMI This chapter also describes several general principles of MMI programming in G and provides activities that illustrate how to accomplish the following e Build your MMI using the MMI G Wizard e Customize front panel objects with imported graphics Lz Note To understand the concepts and to complete most tasks associated with building an MMI you should be familiar with the basic functionality of G programming If you have not completed the G Tutorial section of this manual you should do so now The example diagrams shown in this chapter are taken from several MMI examples you can find in the BridgeVIEW Examples MMI Examples folder What Is an MMI An MMI is the interface through which an operator interacts with the Bridg
359. rn x iJ ASCII code of i character Array Controls Constants and Indicators You create array controls constants and indicators on the front panel or block diagram by combining an array shell with a numeric Boolean string or cluster An array element cannot be another array chart or graph For examples of arrays see G Examples General arrays lib Auto Indexing For Loop and While Loop structures can index and accumulate arrays at their boundaries automatically These capabilities collectively are called auto indexing When you enable auto indexing and wire an array of any dimension from an external node to an input tunnel on the loop border components of that array enter the loop one at a time starting with the first component The loop indexes scalar elements from 1D arrays 1D arrays from 2D arrays and so on The opposite action occurs at output tunnels elements accumulate sequentially into 1D arrays 1D arrays accumulate into 2D arrays and so on Lz Note Auto indexing is the default for every array wired to a For Loop You can disable auto indexing by popping up on the tunnel entry point of the input array and selecting Disable Indexing National Instruments Corporation 13 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Disable Indexing p Array Tools Create Constant Create Control Create Indicator By default auto indexing is disabled for every array wired to a While Loop
360. rn to the block diagram of the VI a E 8 Begin execution highlighting by clicking on the Hilite Execute z button in the toolbar The Hilite Execute button changes to an illuminated light bulb 9 Click on the Run button to run the VI and notice that execution highlighting animates the VI block diagram execution Moving bubbles represent the flow of data through the VI Also notice that data values appear on the wires and display the values contained in the wires at that time as shown in the following block diagram just as if you had probed the wire You also can use the single stepping buttons if you want to walk through the graphical code one step at a time 10 Begin single stepping by clicking on the Step Over button in the toolbar 11 Step into the Temp amp Vol subVI by clicking on the Step Into button in the toolbar Clicking on this button opens the front panel and block diagram of your Temp amp Vol subVI Click on the Step Over button until the VI finishes executing aE fea National Instruments Corporation 9 25 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS 12 Finish executing the block diagram by clicking on the Step Out lof button in the toolbar Clicking on this button completes all remaining sequences in the block diagram LF End of Activity 9 5 How Do You Customize a VI There are several ways to configure how your VIs execute You access these options by popping up on the i
361. roject Security Login Type in your account name and password If you do not know your login name or have forgotten your password contact your BridgeVIEW administrator To log out choose Project Security Logout How Do You Find Your Access Level After you have logged in you can find your access level by choosing Project Security Access Levels When you make this selection the Access Levels dialog box appears as shown in Figure 7 1 Access Levels Dialog Box ET Access Levels x Curent User Administration on TRIPPER Access Level Level 255 255 Privileges Administration Access Levels Level 0 Level 25 Level 50 Level 100 Lexel 150 Level 200 Level 255 Edit Figure 7 1 Access Levels Dialog Box For more information about BridgeVIEW access levels and privileges refer to Table 7 1 Default Environment Access Levels and Privileges National Instruments Corporation 7 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual Advanced Application Topics How Do You Find Your Environment Access Privileges After you have logged in you can find your access privileges by choosing Project Security Privileges When you make this selection the Privileges dialog box appears as shown in Figure 7 2 ET Privileges Ea Curent User Administration on TRIPPER Access Level Level 255 255 Privileges Administration g show Privilege Details Show Privilege Levels Privilege Level Required
362. ror in is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix start time is the time to be displayed at the beginning of the trend stop time is the time to be displayed at the end of the trend already running indicates whether the HTV is running when the Call HTV VI executes If the HTV is running this VI returns TRUE error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix A 16 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference Decimate Historical Trend Use the Decimate Historical Trend VI to take XY historical trend data and decimate resample it from the start timestamp to the stop timestamp The decimated trend output is a 1D array of the value at each time interval from the start timestamp to the stop timestamp check stark stop time T crc historical trend decimated trend shart timestamp Na first timestamp shop timestamp f last timestamp time mteral check start stop time determines whether the first and last data points in the historical trend should be used if the requested start timestamp or stop timestamp is not in the data set By default this value is TRUE ar historical trend is the historical trend to be decimated
363. rror indicating there is a problem with the tag or Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag value is the latest bit array value of the bit array tag read from the Real Time Database value timestamp returns the timestamp for when the tag value was last updated error indicates that an error occurred when executing the Read Tag bit array VI or that the value output returned by Read Tag bit array is not valid See value status for the specific error condition shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case Read Tag bit array no longer waits for tags to be updated and returns immediately with both timeout and shutdown TRUE You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses Read Tag bit array changed is TRUE when Read Tag bit array returns a new value from the Real Time Database If changed is FALSE Read Tag bit array probably timed out before the tag value was updated Read Tag discrete Use the Read Tag discrete VI to read the latest value for a given discrete or Boolean tag from the Real Time Database For immediate polling of the tag value leave timeout Secs unwired To wait until the value is updated before reading it wire a timeout value in seconds to timeout The Read Tag discrete VI returns with the most recent Real Time Database value when it is updated the timeout is exceeded or the Real Time Database is shutting down whichever occurs
364. rror out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix Read Historical Trends Use the Read Historical Trends VI to read the historical data for a given set of tags from a user specified start and stop date and time up to max points per trend If the inputs for start timestamp and stop timestamp are not wired all historical data for the tags is returned up to the max points per trend specified If max points per trend is left unwired all points between start timestamp and stop timestamp are returned You can use this VI to read history information for analog discrete or bit array tags All values are returned as floating point values mas points per trend Citadel path in Citadel path out tag names a historical trends start timestamp m error out eror in no error shop timestamp now max points per trend is the maximum number of points to read If the value is less than zero all points available between start timestamp and stop timestamp are returned Otherwise the number of points in the trend is the minimum of the actual number of data points between start timestamp stop timestamp and max points in trend Citadel path in is the path to directory containing the Citadel historical database If this path is empty the VI prompts the user for the citadel folder path Natio
365. rs on a line By default it is the tab character This makes event files easy to import into a spreadsheet program Spreadsheet programs can handle other delimiters as well Shift Display An array of numerics ranging between 00 00 and 23 59 hours to determine 00 00 23 59 the length of the shift that events are logged in a file At the end of the shift a new event file is generated and written to Start printing on Determines whether the BridgeVIEW Engine automatically begins printing system start up events when the Engine launches Determines the port to which your printer is connected Print Delimiter Determines the separator between different parameters on a line By default it is a comma Min Priority Determines the minimum priority an event must have before it is logged Events with priorities below this configured number are not logged The minimum value is 1 Max Priority Determines the maximum priority an event can have to be logged Events with priorities above this configured number are not logged The maximum value is 15 National Instruments Corporation 5 11 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 5 Alarms and Events There are various format options for logging and printing The print selections are a set of several parameters that determine the format of the data to be printed Similarly the log selections are a set of several parameters that determine the format of the data to be logged in an event file These param
366. rted with Bridge VIEW see the Where Should I Start section at the end of this chapter G is the easy to use graphical data flow programming language on which Bridge VIEW is based G simplifies scientific computation process monitoring and control and test and measurement applications and you also can use it for a wide variety of other applications G was first introduced by National Instruments as the programming language behind LabVIEW the program development application used commonly for test and measurement purposes Bridge VIEW has taken all the functionality of G and enhanced it for your industrial automation needs The G Tutorial section of this manual covers the functionality of G that you need to get started with most Bridge VIEW applications For a more extensive explanation of BridgeVIEW functionality see the G Programming Reference Manual The basic concepts of G that are covered in this manual are as follows e VIs Virtual instruments VIs have three main parts the front panel the block diagram and the icon connector The front panel specifies the user interface of the VI The block diagram consists of the executable code that you create using nodes terminals and wires With the icon connector you can use a VI as a subVI in the block diagram of another VI For more information about VIs refer to Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIs e Loops and Charts G has two structures to repeat execution of a sub diagr
367. ructures and provides activities that explain how to use the Case structure how to use the Sequence structure and what sequence locals are and how to use them Chapter 12 Attribute Nodes describes objects called attribute nodes which are special block diagram nodes that control the appearance and functional characteristics of controls and indicators Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs introduces the basic concepts of polymorphism arrays clusters and graphs and provides activities that explain auto indexing and the Graph and Analysis VIs Chapter 14 VI Control VIs introduces VI Control VIs and provides an activity that explains how to use them within BridgeVIEW The VI Control VIs allow you to control when a VI is loaded into memory run and unloaded from memory These VIs also allow you to accomplish the following dynamically resize a VI front panel monitor the status of VI execution running or idle and monitor the status of a VI front panel closed open or active xxi Bridge VIEW User Manual About This Manual e Chapter 15 Program Design suggests some techniques to use when creating programs and offers programming style recommendations Appendices Glossary and Index e Appendix A MMI Function Reference describes error handling for BridgeVIEW VIs and contains an explanation of the VIs in the BridgeVIEW VI library In this appendix the VIs are arranged alphabetically first by VI Library name Alarms and
368. s Item all Determines the register channel or item on the device for this tag This might be a PLC register a data acquisition channel or a DDE item depending on the server used for this tag If the tag is a memory tag this field is not used Length string Determines the maximum number of bits in the bit array The bit array length is between 1 and 32 for bit array tags String tags can be of any length What is a Memory Tag Memory tags are not connected directly to I O points They exist only in the BridgeVIEW RTDB To configure a memory tag set the Access Rights of a tag to Memory When Should You Use a Memory Tag Use memory tags when you want to perform alarm calculations or log historical data and event information on data that is either a software generated value or a combination of values from different I O tag readings Below are some examples illustrating when to use memory tags Example 1 When Not to Use a Memory Tag You do not need to use a memory tag for program variables unless you want to use the historical and event logging or alarm management capabilities of the Bridge VIEW Engine An MMI displays the trend of a temperature tag and the difference between the current reading and a previous reading to allow operators to see the current rate of change in the temperature value Although the individual values are logged for historical trends the current difference is not BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 10
369. s 2 7 Boolean switches changing mechanical action activity 10 9 possible choices for mechanical action 10 7 to 10 8 Latch Until Released 10 8 Latch When Pressed 10 8 Latch When Released 10 8 Switch Until Released 10 8 Switch When Pressed 10 8 Switch When Released 10 8 National Instruments Corporation Index Breakpoint tool 2 5 Bridge VIEW Read Alarm Summary A 6 to A 9 Read Event History A 9 to A 13 architecture 1 8 to 1 10 features 1 1 getting started 1 10 installation 1 2 to 1 3 overview 1 3 to 1 7 purpose and use 1 3 required system configuration 1 2 system control System VIs 7 1 to 7 2 VI Control VIs 7 2 to 7 3 Bridge VIEW Configuration File 3 2 Bridge VIEW Engine functions 1 8 to 1 9 3 1 increasing throughput using deadband 3 15 launching 2 11 overview 1 3 to 1 4 parameter configuration 3 35 to 3 36 memory allocation parameters table 3 36 stopping and starting programmatically 7 2 Read Tag Alarm A 13 to A 14 error handling A 1 to A 2 errors not reported by Bridge VIEW Engine A 1 to A 2 errors reported by Bridge VIEW Engine A 1 Historical Data VIs A 15 to A 26 Call HTV A 15 to A 16 Decimate Historical Trend A 17 Decimate Historical Trends A 18 to A 19 Get Historical Tag List 6 5 A 19 Get Historical Trend Info A 20 Historical Trend Statistics 6 8 A 21 to A 22 Historical Trends to Spreadsheet A 22 to A 23 locating A 15 Read Historical Trend A 2
370. s note 9 17 creating activity 9 18 to 9 20 defining connectors 9 17 Icon Editor window 9 16 to 9 17 opening operating and changing 9 20 purpose and use 9 13 sweep chart 10 2 10 3 System errors 2 16 System Event Display illustration 2 15 items displayed 2 15 showing hiding 2 14 using 2 15 System events 2 16 to 2 17 System VIs 7 1 to 7 2 A 27 to A 34 Enable event logging 7 2 A 27 Enable historical data logging 7 2 A 28 Enable printing 7 2 A 28 Engine Launch 7 2 A 29 Engine Shutdown A 30 Get Operator Name A 30 Get Tag Status Info A 30 to A 31 Invoke Login Dialog A 31 locating 4 16 7 1 A 27 Post System Error or Event A 32 Security Monitor A 32 to A 33 Tag Status Handler A 33 to A 34 T Tag Attribute VIs A 50 to A 62 configuring MMI indicators programmatically 4 30 to 4 32 Get Analog Tag Alarm Limit A 51 Get BitArray Tag Alarm Setting A 52 Get Discrete Tag Alarm Setting A 53 Get Group List A 54 Get Tag Alarm Enabled A 54 to A 55 Get Tag Attribute A 55 to A 56 Get Tag Bad Status Alarm Info A 56 Get Tag Description Group A 57 BridgeVIEW User Manual l 14 Get Tag IO Connection Info A 57 to A 58 Get Tag List A 58 to A 59 Get Tag Logging Info A 59 Get Tag Range and Units A 60 location of 4 16 Set Multiple Tag Attributes A 61 Set Tag Attribute A 62 tag attributes reading or changing programmatically 7 4 to 7 5 activity 7 5 to 7 7 Tag Attributes palette 7 4 Tag Browser
371. s VI formats data for one or more tags such that it can be wired directly to a trend waveform chart The Trend Tags VI returns after each time interval with the next set of points for the trend Place each Trend Tags VI in its own While Loop assuming that each loop is running at a different time interval tag names scale to time interval secs 1 Porro T shutdown E E T contig change tag names is the name of each tag to be trended scale to determines how the trend data is scaled If scale to is FALSE trend data is in engineering units If scale to is TRUE trend data is in of full scale 0 to 100 The default setting for scale to is FALSE National Instruments Corporation A 41 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference m z oe TE TE TE Write Tag time interval secs 1 is the time interval in seconds for reading the tag values for the real time trend The default time interval is 1 second trend data contains the data from each tag formatted for wiring to a waveform chart These values are either in engineering units or scaled as specified by scale mode error indicates that an error occurred when executing Trend Tags or that one or more tag values could not be accessed shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case Trend Tags returns immediately with shutdown TRUE and trend data might no longer be valid You can use s
372. s real world I O points A device is often connected to the host computer through some type of communication network or can be a plug in device An application that communicates with and manages a peripheral hardware device such as a Programmable Logic Control PLC remote I O device or plug in device Device servers pass tag values to the BridgeVIEW Engine in real time A two state on off value representation of a connection to a real world I O point In Bridge VIEW this type of tag can be either a one TRUE or a zero FALSE See Bridge VIEW Engine Terms of data measurement as degrees Celsius pounds grams and so on An indication of a software or hardware malfunction or an unacceptable data entry attempt Something that happens to a tag in the Bridge VIEW system Events include tags going into or out of alarm state and the user setting a tag value BridgeVIEW User Manual Glossary event driven programming F For Loop formula node frame free label front panel group H Help window historical trend Historical Trend Viewer HTV BridgeVIEW User Manual A method of programming whereby the program waits on an event occurring before executing one or more functions Iterative loop structure that executes its subdiagram a set number of times Equivalent to conventional code For i 0 to n 1 do Node that executes formulas that you enter as text Especially useful for lengthy formu
373. se the Case structure e How to use the Sequence structure e What sequence locals are and how to use them Both Case and Sequence structures can have multiple subdiagrams configured like a deck of cards of which only one is visible at a time At the top of each structure border is the subdiagram display window which contains a diagram identifier in the center and decrement and increment buttons at each side The diagram identifier indicates which subdiagram currently is displayed For Case structures a diagram identifier is either TRUE or FALSE For Sequence structures a diagram identifier is the number of the frame in the sequence 0 ton 1 Clicking on the decrement left or increment right button displays the previous or next subdiagram respectively Incrementing from the last subdiagram displays the first subdiagram and decrementing from the first subdiagram displays the last For more information about Case and Sequence structures refer to Chapter 18 Structures in the G Programming Reference Manual Case Structure The Case structure has two or more subdiagrams or cases exactly one of which executes when the structure executes This depends on the value of the Boolean or numeric scalar you wire to the external side of the selection terminal or selector If a Boolean is wired to the selector the structure has two cases FALSE and TRUE If a numeric is wired to the selector the structure can have from 0 to 2 1 cas
374. sh If the BridgeVIEW Engine goes into the shutdown state while these VIs are waiting on an event the VI terminates the wait and returns immediately to the calling diagram You can use this output to tell your diagram to complete execution All VIs that read information from the Bridge VIEW database can return information immediately or wait for the database to be updated with new information before returning The timeout input controls this behavior This input tells the VI how long to wait in seconds for the tag information to be updated in the Real Time Database If timeout is O seconds the VI does not wait at all Instead it immediately reads the database and returns the current tag information If timeout is less than 0 the VI continues to wait until the tag is updated or the Engine shuts down If timeout is greater than O the VI waits until the tag is updated in the database or the timeout period is exceeded whichever occurs first then reads the database and returns the current tag information By default timeout is 0 seconds So if you wire nothing into the timeout input of your diagram the VI does not wait but reads the database and returns immediately How you use the timeout input depends on whether you want to implement event driven or polled programming techniques in your MMI All VIs that read information form the BridgeVIEW database have a changed output that is TRUE if the returned information is new or updated If t
375. sity graph This palette also contains the Historical Trend which is an XY Graph specifically configured for displaying logged data in Bridge VIEW The difference between a graph and a chart discussed in Chapter 10 Loops and Charts in this manual is that a graph plots data as a block whereas a chart plots data point by point or array by array For examples of graph VIs see G Examples General Graphs Customizing Graphs Both waveform and XY graphs have a number of optional parts that you can show or hide using the Show submenu of the pop up menu for the graph The options include a legend through which you can define the color and style for a given plot a palette from which you can change scaling and format options while the VI is running and a cursor display The following illustration of a graph shows all of the optional components except for the cursor display National Instruments Corporation 13 19 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs major grids minor grids Y scale TN Las OF aes palette Graph Cursors You can place cursors and a cursor display on all the graphs in G and you can label the cursor on the plot With the graph attribute node you can set and read cursors programmatically You can set a cursor to lock onto a plot and you can move multiple cursors at the same time There is no limit to the number of cursors a graph can have The following illustration shows a waveform
376. splay and representation of scales with respect to time For more information about charts see Chapter 15 Graph and Chart Controls and Indicators in your G Programming Reference Manual Chart Modes The following illustration shows the three chart display options available from the Data Operations Update Mode strip chart scope chart and sweep chart The default mode is strip chart If the VI still is running the Data Operations submenu is the pop up menu for the chart Strip Chart Scope Chart Sweep Chart BridgeVIEW User Manual 10 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 10 Loops and Charts Faster Chart Updates You can pass an array of multiple values to the chart The chart treats these inputs as new data for a single plot Refer to the charts vi example located in G Examples General Graphs charts 1lb Stacked Versus Overlaid Plots Earlier in this chapter you made a multiplot chart that had the plots overlaid You also can stack plots on a chart Refer to the charts vi example located in G Examples General Graphs charts 1lb q Activity 10 1 Experiment with Chart Modes Your objective is to view a chart as your VI runs in strip chart mode scope chart mode and sweep chart mode 1 Open Charts vi located in the following directory BridgeVIEW Examples G Examples General Graphs charts 11b 2 Run the VI The strip chart mode has a scaling display similar to a paper tape strip chart record
377. splay from the Controls Alarms and Events subpalette on a new front panel as shown below o Hy Alarm Summary Yi SU 13pt pplication Font Be is Alarm Summary Time LED Value Alarm State Ack Status Priority 2 National Instruments Corporation 5 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 5 Alarms and Events 2 Pop up on the Alarm Summary Display and select MMI G Wizard The following dialog box appears MHI G Wizard for Table Indicator Use this indicator for Alarma Summary Tag List Summar Format Tag ALL f ad set IY Date Date format MM ZOD A I Time Time format AM PM Delete I Tag name IY Alam ack state l Event type W Alam priority W Group name M Alarm limit M Alarm value I Operator name I Alam state T Alarm message Events CI blinimum priority Acknowledged alarms C Maximum priority 15 Unacknowledged alarms a Filter acknowledged alarms E Normal but unacknowledged ml Mas lines to display 10 Ok Cancel 3 Now you can select the tags to monitor In the tag list select lt ALL gt to view alarms on all the tags that have alarms configured Click on the Add button to add all tags to the list If you do not see a list of available tags when you click on the Tag menu ring pop up with your right mouse button on the menu ring and select Tag Browser A dialog box appears and prompts you to select the desired scf file containing the configuration of your tags Select
378. sses interact through a client server relationship e EU Scaling Real Time Database arnage vies e Alarming Engine e Event Alarm Logging e Trending Servers PLC Figure 1 1 BridgeVIEW Architecture The Bridge VIEW Engine with any device servers runs as a separate process independent of your MMI application Your MMI application is built as a collection of VIs developed using the G programming language BridgeVIEW maintains a high performance Real Time Database in the BridgeVIEW Engine that provides information to client applications The BridgeVIEW Engine also performs other functions including the following e Data acquisition engineering unit EU scaling and alarm processing e Alarm and event logging e Historical data collection and trending EU scaling converts the Raw Range value from the device server to the engineering value used in the user application and vice versa 1 8 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 1 Introduction User MMI Application The end user of the Bridge VIEW system sees and interacts with an MMI The MMI application is a collection of VIs that you build with the G programming language in BridgeVIEW You build VIs that interact with the Bridge VIEW Engine to read and write tag values acknowledge alarms access historical data and read and write tag attributes Bridge VIEW makes development of operator graphic displays easy and fast Floating palettes provide controls and functions n
379. st so all users have Administration privileges You must create user accounts for the normal security features to take effect When you create user accounts you assign an access level to each account When a user logs in Bridge VIEW obtains the user access level and determines the privileges for the user in the Bridge VIEW environment Your MMI VIs also can enforce security by determining whether the current user can operate or even see a particular control or indicator See the section Operator Interface Security in this chapter for more information about using security in your MMI How Do You Create and Modify User Accounts To create and modify user accounts you must have Administration privileges To edit the list of user accounts choose Project Security Edit User Accounts and the Edit User Accounts National Instruments Corporation 7 11 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics dialog box appears as shown in Figure 7 3 Edit User Accounts Dialog Box o Edit User Accounts Account List brett o matinar monikas sheffig I steveny tropa 4ccount Information User Hame barts Access Level Level 255 299 Password Figure 7 3 Edit User Accounts Dialog Box Click the Add button to create a new user account Type in a name select an access level and provide a password for the account then click the Add button After you have defined user accounts you also can us
380. stamp is left unwired the decimated trend values start at the first timestamp in the historical trend If the stop timestamp is left unwired the decimated trend ends at the point nearest the last timestamp in the historical trend check start sto P time T historical trends decimated trends start timestamp LET first timestamp stop timestamp DECIMATE last timestamp time mterval check start stop time determines whether the requested start and stop times are checked against data available in the historical trends input By default the decimation does not start until data is available in all trends and ends as soon as any trend has no more data To override this behavior set this input to FALSE historical trends is a set of historical trends to be decimated m 10 ol Ll DEL timestamp is the date and time for the value DBL value is the value of the tag at the timestamp start timestamp is the timestamp at which the decimated trend starts If start timestamp is unwired the decimated trend output starts at the first timestamp in the historical trend stop timestamp is the desired stop time of the decimated trend If stop timestamp is unwired the decimated trend output ends at or before the last timestamp in the historical trend time interval determines the interval at which the trend is decimated or resampled If unwired data is extracted with the default interval of 1 second decimated trends is a
381. stem CD in your CD ROM drive Select Run from the Start menu Then type X SERVERS NI DAQ DISK1 SETUP where X is the letter of your CD ROM drive 2 Please follow the instructions that appear on the screen After you install the NI DAQ Server you must run the NI DAQ Server Configuration Utility to configure your DAQ system before you try to use the NI DAQ Server with BridgeVIEW The NI DAQ Server Configuration Utility also registers the NI DAQ Server so you can use it with BridgeVIEW See the NI DAQ Server Online Help for more information on how to configure the NI DAQ Server National Instruments Corporation 8 3 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 8 Industrial Automation Device Servers Installing and Configuring Device Servers from the BridgeVIEW Device Servers CD The BridgeVIEW Device Servers CD contains servers for several PLCs and remote I O devices These device servers are DLL based servers using the Device Server Toolkit interface to BridgeVIEW To install the Bridge VIEW Device Servers from the Bridge VIEW Device Servers CD follow these steps 1 Insert the CD in your CD ROM drive If you are running BridgeVIEW on Windows 95 or NT 4 0 select Run from the Start menu If you are running BridgeVIEW on Windows NT 3 51 select File Run from the Program Manager Then type X SETUP EXE where X is the letter of your CD ROM drive 2 Please follow the instructions that appear on the screen The Installer pro
382. such as For Loops Case structures and multiplication functions The components are wired together to show the flow of data within the block diagram The outermost structure in this diagram is the While Loop It continues to run until the power switch is turned off The objects inside the loop include functions and subVIs that generate simulated data that is displayed on the historical trends and other objects on the front panel BridgeVIEW User Manual 2 10 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment At this point you do not need to understand all of the structures and objects completely Chapters 9 through 15 of this manual describe in a detail each element that appears in a VI Close the VI LF End E Activity 2 1 BridgeVIEW Environment Project Menu The Bridge VIEW system is comprised of the G programming language and a collection of software tools designed specifically for industrial automation applications You can access these tools through the Project menu in your BridgeVIEW system Table 2 1 BridgeVIEW Project Menu Items provides a brief description of the items in the Project menu Table 2 1 BridgeVIEW Project Menu Items Historical Trend Viewer Launch Engine Security Access Levels Launches the Historical Trend Viewer HTV You can use the HTV to view historical data that has been logged in the Citadel Historical Database For more information about the HTV see Chapter 6 Histori
383. t Block Diagram 4 Build the block diagram shown in the following illustration Random Flot DBL Compound Arithmetic BridgeVIEW User Manual 10 14 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 10 Loops and Charts 5 Add the While Loop Functions Structures in the block diagram and create the shift register F a Popup onthe left or right border of the While Loop and choose Add Shift Register b Add an extra element by popping up on the left terminal of the shift register and choosing Add Element Add a third element in the same manner as the second Random Number 0 1 function Functions Numeric This function generates random data ranging between 0 and 1 Compound Arithmetic function Functions Numeric In this activity the compound arithmetic function returns the sum of random numbers from two iterations To add more inputs pop up on an input and choose Add Input from the pop up menu FE Ea Divide function Functions Numeric In this activity the divide function returns the average of the last four random numbers Numeric Constant Functions Numeric During each iteration of the While Loop the Random Number 0 1 function generates one random value The VI adds this value to the last three values stored in the left terminals of the shift register The Random Number 0 1 function divides the result by four to find the average of the values the current value plus the previous three Then the
384. t VI to converts a set of historical trends into the tab delimited string format which spreadsheet programs can read The columns created are date time tag name value tag name 2 value and so on A header is created labelling the date time and tag names The output of this VI can be saved in a file and then imported into a spreadsheet program You can wire in the delimiter you want The delimiter is a tab by default You also can override the date and time formatting by wiring in the date amp time format cluster BridgeVIEW User Manual check starbsto P time T date amp time format delimiter tab histoncal data tag names gt spreadsheet string sample interval P Le error out error in no error start timestamp stop timestamp check start stop time determines whether the requested start and stop times are checked against data available in the historical trends input By default the decimation does not start until data is available in all trends and ends as soon as any trend has no more data To override this behavior set this input to FALSE A 22 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference date amp time format is a cluster that contains settings used to format the date and time in the spreadsheet string Emo date format 0 determines the format for the date MM DD YYYY or DD MM YYYY time format determines whether a 12 hour AM PM or 24 hour format is used delim
385. t back to the Bridge VIEW Engine This maintains correct time synchronization in the RTDB tag name value generate event F tag name is the name of the output tag TF value is the value to be written to the output tag TF generate event F determines whether a user change event is generated for the write operation on the tag If the tag is configured with event logging on this tag event can be displayed in the Event History Display in your MMI and logged to a evt file By default generate event is FALSE National Instruments Corporation A 43 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference status returns the current status of the value written in the Real Time Database If status is greater than or equal to 0 the Write Tag bit array operation was successful If status is less than 0 either the device server has reported an error indicating there is a problem with the tag or Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag error indicates that an error occurred when executing the Write Tag bit array VI or that the status of the tag is bad See status for the specific error condition shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses the Write Tag bit array VI Write Tag discrete Use the Write Tag discrete VI to update the Real Time Database with a new value for memory output and Input Output tags
386. t of powder miser ingredie k g 449 962 Volume of solution in mimer in lite Liters Fe 099 Volume of liquid miser ingredient Liters 497 901 The HTV displays the trends for the Powder Mixer Liquid and Product tags The Available Data display shows the start and stop timestamps of the logged data The status of the HTV is displayed on top of the Historical Trend You can see it change from Accessing Disk to Running The legend to the right of the Historical Trend shows the tag names and the plot colors as they appear on the trend and in the scales 3 View the first ten minutes in the data set by clicking on the first scroll button in the set below the Historical Trend 4 Scroll through the data set using the other buttons below the Historical Trend 5 The scales to the left of the Historical Trend show the minimum and maximum of the Mixer and Powder tags To view the scales for the other tags click on one of the scales You can see the color and tag name in the display above the scale change As you click it rotates through the list of tags displayed in the HTV BridgeVIEW User Manual 6 16 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction 6 To zoom in on the data select the magnifying glass from the palette and click and drag over a section of the trend o Historical Trend Yiewer File VIEWET Help Powder Miser FS tl E 4 Running 500 0 100 0 E 400 0 50 0 Mixer Liquid 30
387. t this invalidates any tags that use that server Once you have unregistered a server you can no longer connect National Instruments Corporation 8 5 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 8 Industrial Automation Device Servers i Note BridgeVIEW User Manual to it from Bridge VIEW and you must run its configuration utility again to register it with Bridge VIEW o Server Browser c bridgeviewsccdb ccdb Registered Servers Dummy Server Fast Sim Server IAIO Test Server Test 5 NIDAD Server View Server Devices Sim Server Time Tester Unregister Server Show Server User Interface Figure 8 1 Server Browser The main screen of the Server Browser displays a list of servers available to Bridge VIEW in the Registered Servers list box if launched from the Engine Manager The symbol to the left of the server name indicates whether it is loaded and running A black diamond indicates that the server is loaded and running A white diamond indicates that the server is loaded but not running No symbol indicates that the server is not being used in the current BridgeVIEW Tag Configuration The Server Browser also displays the path to the active CCDB in its title bar To view information registered for a specific server double click on the server name in the Registered Servers list box or press the View Server Devices button This invokes the View Server Device Information dialog box shown in Figure 8 2 View Server Dev
388. tag exceeds a preconfigured alarm limit one of these alarms can occur Discrete and bit array tags are either not in alarm or in alarm An alarm limit is the numeric value that an analog tag must exceed to go into an alarm state National Instruments Corporation 5 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 5 Alarms and Events Alarm Priority Alarm Summary Event History An alarm priority indicates the severity of an alarm Priorities range from 1 lowest to 15 highest You can filter the alarms displayed in your MMI by alarm priority An alarm summary is a collection of all the alarms that currently exist in the system In addition if a tag previously in alarm returns to normal but is unacknowledged a notification is posted in the alarm summary You can report alarms to your MMI by using the Alarm Summary Display which is available in the Controls Alarms and Events palette of the front panel and the Read Alarm Summary VI which is available in the Functions Alarms and Events palette from the block diagram The alarms displayed in your Alarm Summary Display can be filtered by group or tag names priority and acknowledgment status An event history is a collection of all the alarms and events pertaining to tag values that have occurred in the Bridge VIEW system since the Engine was started You can report recent events to your MMI by using the Event History Display available in the Alarms and Events palette from the front panel
389. te Node Choose Select Item Disabled c Create anew While Loop and move the Attribute Node inside it 7 17 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics d Pop up in the While Loop and drop the Security Monitor VI from the Functions System palette e Wire the Disabled attribute value output of the VI to the Attribute Node f Invert the shutdown output of the VI and wire it to the continuation terminal of the While Loop g Save the VI as Alarm Summary with Security vi in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory The completed block diagram including the new While Loop with the Security Monitor VI is shown in the following illustration Alarm Summary with Security yi Diagram Unack alarm Normal id fil 1 063 4 BridgeVIEW User Manual 7 18 National Instruments Corporation 10 Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Run the VI Because you are logged in as Administrator you have privileges to acknowledge alarms Stop the VI Log in as Anyone by Selecting Project Security Login Hame Anyone Accounts Anyone Password Run the VI again The Acknowledge button is disabled This is because operability access is given to users with Level 50 or above in Bridge VIEW User Anyone has an access level of 25 Close the VI and log in as Administrator again LF End P pra l 2 National Instruments Corporation 7 19 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter
390. te a TRUE to the switch Depending on your selection the word EVENT or ERROR automatically is incorporated in the message that is posted timestamp is broken down into date and time strings and incorporated in the message that gets posted If this input is left unwired the current timestamp is taken and posted as a part of the message Security Monitor Use the Security Monitor VI to monitor the access level of the current Bridge VIEW operator By default this VI times out after one second returning the current operator access level When an operator logs in this VI returns immediately timeout secs 1 visibility access level 0 Wisible attribute setting MONITOR Disabled attribute value shutdown operability access level 0 gray out on disable T 1 j timeout secs 1 specifies how long to wait before the VI calculates its outputs It returns immediately when a user logs in Bridge VIEW User Manual A 32 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference visibility access level determines the value of Visible attribute setting If the current operator access level is greater than or equal to visibility access level the Visible attribute setting indicator is TRUE Otherwise Visible attribute setting is FALSE F operability access level determines the value for the Disabled attribute value output If the current operator access level is greater than or
391. te actual instruments However they are analogous to functions in conventional programming languages Virtual Instruments VIs have both an interactive user interface and a source code equivalent and accept parameters from higher level VIs VIs have three main parts e The front panel e The block diagram e The icon connector With these features G promotes and adheres to the concept of modular programming You divide an application into a series of tasks which you can divide again until a complicated application becomes a series of simple subtasks You build a VI to accomplish each subtask and then combine those VIs on another block diagram to accomplish the larger task Finally your top level VI contains a collection of subVIs that represent application functions Because you can execute each subVI by itself apart from the rest of the application debugging is much easier Furthermore many low level subVIs often perform tasks common to several applications so you can develop a specialized set of subVIs and re use them in different applications For more information about VIs see Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIs in this manual or refer to the G Programming Reference Manual Front Panel VIs contain an interactive user interface which is called the front panel because it simulates the panel of a physical device The front panel can contain knobs push buttons graphs and other controls and indicators You input dat
392. the Bridge VIEW Engine process Enable Error Enables or disables the showing of the Error dialog box If this box is checked Dialog a System Error Display dialog box pops up for you to acknowledge the event when a system error occurs Server Browser Launches the Server Browser Utility With this utility you can see the servers in your system view server registration information and display the server front panel if the server is running Show Hide Shows or hides the System Event Display System Event Display BridgeVIEW User Manual 2 14 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment The Engine Manager shows the current state of the Engine and has a System Event Display that shows the following e BridgeVIEW System Events e When the Engine started and stopped e Which servers have been launched e Any System Errors that have occurred This information is written to the current Bridge VIEW System Log File found in the BridgeVIEW Syslog folder Figure 2 2 shows how the Engine Manager Display looks when the Show System Events Display button is enabled gy Engine Manager tanks sct Engine Status ula Log Historical Data iegivenis Pei fvens Server Browser Stop Engine M Enable Error Dialog lt lt Hide System Event Display System Events Display EVENT 86 96 10 54 39 AM Tanks Server Launched EVENT 66 96 10 54 22 AM BridgeViEW Engine Started EVENT 87 8796 10 51 42 4M BridgeViEW Engin
393. the No Operator and Administration privilege levels and must be present always How Do You Modify Access Privileges in the BridgeVIEW Environment The seven levels of environment access privileges initially are assigned to the default user access levels in the system As you add and modify access levels you might want to change which user access level has certain privileges in the system To change the access level required to gain a Set of privileges choose Project Security Privileges and the Privileges dialog box appears as shown in Figure 7 4 p Privileges E Curent User someone Access Level Level 255 255 Privileges Administration g show Privilege Details Show Privilege Levels Privilege Level Required Access Level Administration Level 255 255 Privileges Summary Access Level Range Level 255 255 Engine Manager Stark Stop Engine Start Stop Historical Lagging Start Stop Event Lagging Start Stop Printing Environment Figure 7 4 Privileges Dialog Box National Instruments Corporation 7 18 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics In the Privileges dialog box you choose an access level required for a user to gain certain privileges To view the list of privilege levels and the access levels needed for each choose the Show Privilege Levels view As access to the Bridge VIEW environment increases the access level needed to gain privileges also must increase
394. the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix Get Tag Bad Status Alarm Info Use the Get Tag Bad Status Alarm Info VI to determine whether alarms are enabled for the tag This VI also returns whether the bad status alarm is enabled and its priority eror in no error tag name priority error out T i Bridge VIEW User Manual tag name is the name of the tag about which you want to obtain information error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix alarms enabled indicates whether alarms are enabled for this tag If TRUE tag value alarms as well as bad status alarms are enabled for this tag depending on the enable setting for the particular alarm types If FALSE all alarms are disabled for this tag regardless of the enable settings for the particular alarm types bad status alarm enabled indicates whether bad status alarms are generated for a tag if it has a bad status priority is the priority of the bad status alarm for a tag The valid range is between 1 and 15 where 15 is the highest priority and 1 is the lowest error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see t
395. the value in engineering units that invokes a HI alarm condition The tag alarm state remains HI until the tag value goes below the HI alarm limit minus the alarm deadband HI Priority analog Determines the value between and 15 for the alarm priority for the HI alarm where 15 represents the highest priority LO Enabled Determines whether to enable LO alarms for the tag LO Limit analog Determines the value in engineering units that invokes a LO alarm condition The tag alarm state remains LO until the tag value goes above the LO alarm limit plus the alarm deadband LO Priority analog Determines the value between 1 and 15 for the alarm priority for the LO alarm where 15 represents the highest priority LO_LO analog Determines whether to enable LO_LO alarms for a tag Enabled LO_LO Limit analog Determines the value in engineering units that invokes a LO_LO alarm condition The tag alarm state remains LO_LO until the tag value goes above the LO_LO alarm plus the alarm deadband LO_LO analog Determines the value between 1 and 15 for the alarm priority Priority for the LO alarm where 15 represents the highest priority Discrete discrete Determines whether to enable tag value alarms for discrete and Enabled bit array bit array tags Alarm on discrete Determines whether a discrete tag should be alarm on ON high bit array or OFF low Determines whether a bit array goes into alarm if all of its bits are in alarm or if any of
396. the value is available in subsequent frames In Frame 1 the VI executes the While Loop as long as the number specified does not match the number that the Random Number 0 1 function returns In Frame 2 the Tick Count ms function returns a new time in milliseconds The VI subtracts the old time passed from Frame 0 through the sequence local from the new time to compute the time elapsed 9 Return to the front panel and enter a number inside the Number to Match control and run the VI 10 Savethe Vlas Time to Match vi inthe BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory LZ End of Activity 11 2 BridgeVIEW User Manual 11 10 National Instruments Corporation Chapter Attribute Nodes This chapter describes objects called attribute nodes which are special block diagram nodes that control the appearance and functional characteristics of controls and indicators With attribute nodes you can set attributes such as display colors visibility position blinking trend scales and many more To create an attribute node select Create Attribute Node from the pop up menu of the front panel object or from the terminal in the block diagram as shown in the following illustration igital contra Change to Indicator Hide Control Find Control Show b Data Operations P Create Attribute Mode Representation P Create Constant Create Control Create Indicator You can modify the characteristic listed in the
397. tion creating 3 3 data types See tag data types deleting 3 3 editing 3 3 editing multiple tags simultaneously 3 3 monitoring and controlling in MMI 4 15 to 4 23 reading tags activity 4 20 to 4 22 tag data type 4 16 to 4 18 Tag VIs and Alarms and Events VIs 4 18 to 4 19 effect on startup and shutdown 4 23 VIs for 4 15 to 4 16 purpose and use 1 3 3 1 types 1 5 3 1 Tags VIs A 35 to A 50 effect on startup and shutdown 4 23 locating A 35 National Instruments Corporation purpose and use 4 15 4 18 to 4 19 Read Tag A 35 to A 36 Read Tag bit array A 37 to A 38 Read Tag discrete A 38 to A 40 Read Tag string A 40 to A 41 Trend Tags A 41 to A 42 Write Tag A 42 to A 43 Write Tag bit array A 43 to A 44 Write Tag discrete A 44 to A 45 Write Tag string A 45 to A 46 Write Tag on Change A 46 to A 47 Write Tag on Change bit array A 47 to A 48 Write Tag on Change discrete A 48 to A 49 Write Tag on Change string A 49 toA 50 technical support C 1 to C 2 Temp amp Vol VI 9 33 terminals adding to VIs 9 4 Tick Count ms function 11 9 tip strips 9 5 Tools palette 2 4 to 2 5 top down design See program design Trend Tags VI 10 17 A 41 to A 42 trends See also Historical Trend Viewer HTV historical trends 6 1 purpose and use 1 7 6 1 real time trends 6 1 V vertical switch Boolean switch 10 9 placing on front panel 10 5 VI Control VIs 14 1 to 14 7 locating 7 2 to 7
398. tion to disk when the data changes Users can query the database to extract information as if it were logged at regular intervals The Citadel ODBC driver interpolates data as needed to return values at the requested intervals These data transforms allow you to calculate and retrieve complex information directly from the database This eliminates the need for extracting raw data first and then massaging it in another application to come up with the needed information Syntax for these transforms fully conforms to SQL specifications The following table lists the data transform commands Table B 1 Data Transform Commands Min tag name Returns the minimum for tag name across the interval Max tag name Returns the maximum for tag name across the interval Avg tag name Returns the average for tag name across the interval StDev tag name Returns the standard deviation for tag name across the interval Starts tag name Returns the number of starts number of transitions from OFF to ON for tag name across the interval National Instruments Corporation B 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix B Citadel and Open Database Connectivity Table B 1 Data Transform Commands Continued Stops Datapoint Returns the number of stops number of transitions from ON to OFF for Datapoint across the interval ETM Datapoint Returns the amount of time Datapoint was in the ON state across the interval Qual Datapoint There m
399. tional Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case the Read Event History VI returns immediately with shutdown TRUE You can use shutdown to exit any While Loop that calls the Read Event History VI changed is TRUE if a new alarm or event was read If changed is FALSE Read Event History probably timed out before the Event History Display was updated Read Tag Alarm Use the Read Tag Alarm VI to read detailed alarm status for a tag from the Real Time Database You probably want to use the Read Tag Alarm VI in the portion of your program where you monitor alarm information for specific tags The Read Tag Alarm VI indicates whether a tag is in alarm which alarm state it is in when the alarm occurred at which value it occurred and whether it has been acknowledged If you specify a timeout value that is greater than 0 the Read Tag Alarm VI returns when the tag changes alarm state or the timeout is exceeded whichever occurs first The changed indicator alerts you to whether the Read Tag Alarm VI returned a new value Int alarm aieehiaeieeetaveaie alarm ack alarm wale timeout secs 0 alarm timestamp alarm state Eror shutdown changed alarm message tag name is the name of the tag timeout secs 0 specifies how many seconds to wait for the tag alarm state to be updated in the Real Time Database before reading the Real Time
400. ton latches a reading Latch Until Released action Changes the control value when you click on the control It retains the value until your VI reads the value once or until you release the mouse button depending on which one occurs last 10 8 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 10 Loops and Charts q Activity 10 3 Change the Mechanical Action of a Boolean Switch Your objective is to experiment with the different mechanical actions of Boolean switches 1 Open the Random Signal vi from the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory The default value of the Enable switch is FALSE 2 Modify the vertical switch so it is used only to stop the VI Change the switch so that you do not need to turn on the switch each time you run the VI a Turn on the vertical switch with the Operating tool b Pop up on the switch and choose Data Operations Make Current Value Default This makes the ON position the default value c Pop up on the switch and choose Mechanical Action Latch When Pressed 3 Run the VI Click on the Enable switch to stop the acquisition The switch moves to the OFF position momentarily and is reset back to the ON position 4 Save the VI i Note For your reference BridgeVIEW contains an example that demonstrates these behaviors called the Mechanical Action of Booleans VI It is located inG Examples G Examples General Controls booleans 11b LIF End of Activity 10 3 Timing When you ran the VI
401. ture by dragging one corner with the Positioning tool Greater Or Equal To 0 function Functions Comparison Returns a TRUE if the number input is greater than or equal to 0 Square Root function Functions Numeric Returns the square root of the input number National Instruments Corporation 11 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 11 Case and Sequence Structures De Error Negative Hurnber i Note VI Logic Numeric Constant Functions Numeric In this activity the constant indicates the numeric value of the error One Button Dialog function Functions Time amp Dialog In this activity the function displays a dialog box that contains the message Error Negative Number String Constant Functions String Enter text inside the box with the Labeling tool The VI executes either the TRUE case or the FALSE case If the number is greater than or equal to zero the VI executes the TRUE case and returns the square root of the number The FALSE case outputs 99999 00 and displays a dialog box with the message Error Negative Number You must define the output tunnel for each case When you create an output tunnel in one case tunnels appear at the same position in all the other cases Unwired tunnels appear as white squares 4 Return to the front panel and run the VI Try a number greater than zero and a number less than zero by changing the value in the digital control you labeled Number Notice
402. tware problem first try the electronic support systems If the information available on these systems does not answer your questions we offer fax and telephone support through our technical support centers which are staffed by applications engineers Electronic Services Bulletin Board Support National Instruments has BBS and FTP sites dedicated for 24 hour support with a collection of files and documents to answer most common customer questions From these sites you can also download the latest instrument drivers updates and example programs For recorded instructions on how to use the bulletin board and FTP services and for BBS automated information call 512 795 6990 You can access these services at United States 512 794 5422 or 800 327 3077 Up to 14 400 baud 8 data bits 1 stop bit no parity United Kingdom 01635 551422 Up to 9 600 baud 8 data bits 1 stop bit no parity France 01 48 65 15 59 Up to 9 600 baud 8 data bits 1 stop bit no parity FTP Support To access our FTP site log on to our Internet host ftp natinst com as anonymous and use your Internet address such as joesmith anywhere com as your password The support files and documents are located in the support directories National Instruments Corporation C 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual FaxBack Support FaxBack is a 24 hour information retrieval system containing a library of documents on a wide range of technical information You can access FaxBa
403. u want to display for the tags j F T j j F j I my im I I I I 7 National Instruments Corporation Date determines whether to display the date Date Format determines the format of the date if it is selected for displaying Time determines whether to display the time Time Format determines the format of the time if it is selected for displaying Tag Name determines whether to display the name of the tag in alarm Group Name determines whether to display the name of the group that the tag in alarm belongs to Alarm Value determines whether to display the value of the tag that caused the alarm Alarm State determines whether to display the type of alarm HI_HI LO etc Alarm Ack State determines whether to display the status of the user who acknowledged the alarm Alarm Priority determines whether to display the priority of the alarm state Alarm Limit determines whether to display the alarm limit Operator Name determines whether to display the operator name Alarm Message determines whether to display the user configured alarm message This applies to discrete tags only A 11 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference H color codes is a cluster of parameters that determine the colors for the messages in the Alarm Summary Display event determines the color for events ack alarm determines the color for acknowledged alarms unack alarm determines
404. up option For examples of custom VIs see Examples G Examples General viopts 1llb What is a Virtual Instrument A virtual instrument VI is a program in the graphical programming language G Virtual instrument front panels often have a user interface similar to physical instruments How Do You Build a VI VI Hierarchy One of the keys to creating Bridge VIEW applications is understanding and using the hierarchical nature of the VI After you create a VI you can use it as a subVI in the block diagram of a higher level VI When you create an application you start at the top level VI and define the inputs and outputs for the application Then you construct subVIs to perform the necessary operations on the data as it flows through the block diagram If a block diagram has a large number of icons group them into a lower level VI to maintain the simplicity of the block diagram This modular approach makes applications easy to debug understand and maintain National Instruments Corporation 9 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating and Customizing VIS As with other applications you can save your VI to a file in a regular directory With G you also can save multiple VIs in a single file called a VI library Saving VIs as individual files is more effective than using VI libraries because you can copy rename and delete files more easily than if you are using a VI library For a list of the advantages and disadvantag
405. use the value discrete output For more information about the tag attributes you can query with this VI refer to any of the four configuration attributes tables in the section How Do You Configure Tags in Chapter 3 Tag Configuration in this manual If the attribute returns a numeric output value discrete returns a FALSE if the value is zero and a TRUE if the value is nonzero If the attribute returns a discrete output value returns a 1 or 0 corresponding to TRUE or FALSE in value discrete tag name value tag attribute none value di crete eror in no eror error out tag name is the name of the tag about which you want to obtain information tag attribute lt none gt is a list of various parameters that you can query for a tag asr error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix National Instruments Corporation A 55 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference value is the numeric value of the attribute being queried If the attribute returns a Boolean value returns or O corresponding to value discrete value discrete is the value of the Boolean attribute being queried If the attribute returns a numeric value discrete returns FALSE if value is 0 and TRUE if value is nonzero error out is a cluster that describes
406. user with access level zero or higher all users can operate the control Read Tag Loop tempz _ Sim db act Figure 7 5 Using the Security Monitor VI to Control Visibility To limit user access in your MMI pop up on the control terminal in the diagram for which you want to apply security and select Create Attribute Node Resize the attribute node so both the Visible and Disabled attributes are available Then wire the Visible attribute setting output to the Visible terminal and the Disabled attribute setting output to the Disabled terminal Also connect the shutdown output of the Security Monitor VI to a NOT function and the output of the NOT function to the continuation node of the security loop This ensures that the security loop terminates when the Engine shuts down By placing the Security Monitor in a loop as in Figure 7 5 this MMI can handle the operator access level changing dynamically and still behave appropriately National Instruments Corporation 7 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics gE Activity 7 2 Apply Security to the Alarm LF summary Display Your objective is to assign access privileges to the Alarm Summary application created in Activity 5 2 Acknowledge Alarms in the Alarm Summary Display You also will associate specific access levels to an Acknowledge Boolean on your front panel 1 Configure the BridgeVIEW environme
407. utility This chapter also explains how to access online help for Bridge VIEW and provides an activity that illustrates how to examine the front panel and block diagram of a virtual instrument VI Chapter 3 Tag Configuration explains tags the Tag Configuration Editor and how you edit tags within the Bridge VIEW system Before you can run a Bridge VIEW application you must specify a tag configuration This chapter also includes an activity that illustrates how to use the Tag Configuration Editor Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface explains what a Man Machine Interface MMI is and how you can monitor and control tags from your MMI This chapter also describes several general principles of MMI programming in G and provides activities that illustrate how to build your MMI using the MMI G Wizard and customize front panel objects with imported graphics Chapter 5 Alarms and Events introduces the basic concepts of alarms and events and explains how to view acknowledge and configure them within the BridgeVIEW system This chapter also provides activities that explain how to build an alarm summary display and acknowledge alarms from your MMI Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction explains the concept of a trend how to log and extract historical data and how to use the Historical Trend Viewer HTV a utility that displays historical data that has been logged to disk with BridgeVIEW Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics ex
408. utput of the Trend Tags VI to the terminal for a real time trend indicator The Trend Tags VI accepts an array of tag names and returns information for a real time trend you can wire directly to the real time trend or Waveform Chart indicator You can control how often the trend updates by the time interval control which if left unwired is once per second by default The scale to control controls the scale on the trend If scale to is TRUE the trends return as a percent of full scale for each tag If scale to is FALSE the trends return in engineering units If scale to is left unwired trend values return in engineering units by default The Trend Tags VI always waits the specified time interval For this reason a Trend Tags VI usually is placed in its own While Loop because it controls the loop execution rate If you want to execute other VIs at the same rate that the real time trend updates place them in the same loop Figure 4 5 Two Trend Display VI shows an MMI with two real time trend displays The Trend Tank Temperature displays the trend in percent of full scale and is updated every 1 0 second The Trend Tank Level is displayed in engineering units and is updated every 2 0 seconds The tag names passed into the Trend Tags VI are tag array 4 28 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface constants containing the tag names of interest Notice that the Trend Tags VI only accepts tag names
409. veform VI Functions Select a VI from the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory Returns one point of a waveform The VI requires a scalar index input so wire the loop iteration terminal to this input 13 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs fal zE Bridge VIEW User Manual Notice that the wire from the Generate Waveform VI becomes thicker as it changes to an array at the loop border The For Loop automatically accumulates the arrays at its boundary This is called auto indexing In this case the numeric constant wired to the loop count numeric input has the For Loop create a 100 element array indexed 0 to 99 Bundle function Functions Cluster Assembles the plot components into a cluster You need to resize the Bundle function icon before you can wire it properly Place the Positioning tool on the lower left corner of the icon The tool transforms into the Resizing cursor shown at left When the tool changes click and drag down until a third input terminal appears Now you can continue wiring your block diagram as shown in the previous illustration Numeric Constant Functions Numeric Three numeric constants set the number of For Loop iterations the initial X value and the delta X value Notice that you can pop up on the For Loop count terminal shown at left and select Create Constant to add and wire a numeric constant for that terminal automatically 10 From the front panel run the
410. vices GPIB serial ports and data acquisition boards can run concurrently with other operations if Sequence structures do not prevent them from doing so Sequence structures tend to hide parts of the program and interrupt the natural left to right flow of data You pay no performance penalty for using Sequence structures however when you need to sequence operations you might want to consider using data flow instead For instance in I O operations you might use the error I O technique described previously to ensure that one I O operation occurs before the other Study the Examples For further information on program design you can examine the many example block diagrams included in Bridge VIEW These sample programs can provide you with insights into programming style and technique To view these block diagrams open any of the VIs in the Tutorial or Examples directories BridgeVIEW User Manual 15 8 National Instruments Corporation Appendix MMI Function Reference This appendix describes error handling for Bridge VIEW VIs and contains an explanation of the VIs in the Bridge VIEW VI library In this appendix the VIs are arranged alphabetically first by VI Library name Alarms and Events Historical Data System Tags and Tag Attributes then by VI name Error Handling in the BridgeVIEW VI Library Errors that occur in the VIs in the BridgeVIEW VI Library can be handled in one of two ways by the Bridge VIEW Engine or b
411. voking the Login dialog box and so on You can reach the System VIs through the Functions System VIs palette shown below Ey userinfo Login w k MONITOR Status For more information about the System VIs refer to Appendix A MMI Function Reference National Instruments Corporation 7 1 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics VI Control Vis BridgeVIEW User Manual How Do You Start or Stop the BridgeVIEW Engine from Your Application Use the Engine Launch VI to launch the Bridge VIEW Engine programmatically with a specified configuration file Use the Engine Shutdown VI to stop the Bridge VIEW Engine and the servers currently executing For more detailed information about these or any other VIs refer to Appendix A MMI Function Reference How Do You Start or Stop Historical Logging from Your Application Use the Enable Historical Data Logging VI to start historical logging If the input value is TRUE historical logging is turned on if it is currently off If the input value is FALSE historical logging is turned off if it is currently on How Do You Start or Stop Event Logging from Your Application Use the Enable Event Logging VI to start event logging If the input value is TRUE event logging is turned on if it is currently off If the input value is FALSE event logging is turned off if it 1s currently on How Do You Start or Stop Event Printing from Your Application Use the Enab
412. w appears as shown in the following illustration 5 Control 5 Aeon 4 Click on the Edit Mode button in the Control Editor toolbar The wrench changes to a pair of tweezers to illustrate that you are in Customize mode In Customize mode the control is broken into several parts You cannot operate the control while the Control Editor is in Customize mode 5 Select Edit Import Picture from File from the Control Editor menu bar A file dialog box prompts you to select a picture file to open Open boat1 wmf from the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory 6 Pop up on the pointer of the slide and select Import Picture The boat image is imported onto the triangular pointer of the slide as shown in the following illustration National Instruments Corporation 4 13 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Man Machine Interface 2 Control 5 OW x File Edit Operate Project Windows Help Control apt Application Font FF U te 7 Click on the pair of tweezers to return to Edit mode You can finish editing the control in Edit mode 8 Pop up on the housing of the slide and select Scale Style None The scale for the slide disappears 9 Change tools to the Color tool To do this you either can select the tool from the palette if visible or you can use the lt Tab gt key to rotate through the tools until the Color tool is selected Pop up on the housing for the slide with the Color tool and select the transpa
413. ware configuration and use this form as a reference for your current configuration Completing this form accurately before contacting National Instruments for technical support helps our applications engineers answer your questions more efficiently The information below is product specific Actual contents vary according to product Check with your content expert and product manager National Instruments Products DAQ hardware Interrupt level of hardware DMA channels of hardware Programming choice BridgeVIEW version Other boards in system Base I O address of other boards DMA channels of other boards Interrupt level of other boards Other Products Computer make and model Microprocessor Clock frequency or speed Type of video board installed Operating system version Operating system mode Programming language Programming language version Other boards in system Base I O address of other boards DMA channels of other boards Interrupt level of other boards Documentation Comment Form National Instruments encourages you to comment on the documentation supplied with our products This information helps us provide quality products to meet your needs Title BridgeVIEW User Manual Edition Date October 1996 Part Number 321294A 01 Please comment on the completeness clarity and organization of the manual If you find errors in the manual please record the page numbers and describe the errors Thank you for your h
414. whether a user change event is generated for the write operation on the tag If the tag is configured with event logging on this tag event can be displayed in the Event History Display in your MMI and logged to a evt file By default generate event is FALSE National Instruments Corporation A 49 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference Tag Attributes Vis BridgeVIEW User Manual status returns the current status of the value written in the Real Time Database If status is greater than or equal to 0 the Write Tag on Change string operation was successful If status is less than 0 either the device server has reported an error indicating there 1s a problem with the tag or Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag error indicates that an error occurred when executing Write Tag on Change string or that the status of the tag is bad See the status output for the specific error condition shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case Write Tag on Change string no longer waits for the tag to be updated and returns immediately with both timeout and shutdown TRUE You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses Write Tag on Change string Use the Tag Attributes VIs to read and write tag configuration parameters from the active configuration scf file programmatically The Tag Attributes subpalette is shown below 3 Functions x Tag Att
415. x Array function accesses an element of an array n dimension array EM o element or sub array Index Array BridgeVIEW User Manual 13 14 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs The following illustration shows an example of an Index Array function accessing the third element of an array Notice that the index of the third element is 2 because the first element has index 0 pa teatsi til ada ata Index gt z rray You also can use this function to slice off one or more dimensions of a multi dimensional array to create a subarray of the original To do this stretch the Index Array function to include two index inputs and select the Disable Indexing command on the pop up menu of the second index terminal as shown in the following illustration Now you have disabled the access to a specific array column By giving it arow index the result is an array whose elements are the elements of the specified row of the 2D array You also can disable indexing on the row terminal fividivics Heaiis Show Replace Disabled input empty box Description Disable Indexing Add Dimension Remove Dimension Create Constant Create Control Create Indicator Notice that the index terminal symbol changes from a solid to an empty box when you disable indexing To restore a disabled index use the Enable Indexing command from the same menu You can extract subarrays along any combination of dim
416. y sec i ee a Place the While Loop in the block diagram by selecting it from Functions Structures The While Loop is a resizable box that is not dropped on the diagram immediately Instead you have the chance to position and resize it To do so click in an area above and to the left of all the terminals Continue holding down the mouse button and drag out a rectangle that encompasses the terminals Ez b Select the Random Number 0 1 function from fal Functions Numeric BridgeVIEW User Manual 10 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 10 Loops and Charts c Wire the diagram as shown in the Block Diagram connecting the Random Number 0 1 function to the Random Signal chart terminal and the Enable switch to the conditional terminal of the While Loop Leave the Loop Delay terminal unwired for now 10 Return to the front panel and turn on the vertical switch by clicking on it with the Operating tool i 11 Save the VI as Random Signal vi in the BridgeVIEW Tutorial directory 12 Run the VI The While Loop is an indefinite looping structure The diagram within it executes as long as the specified condition is TRUE In this example as long as the switch is on TRUE the diagram continues to generate random numbers and display them on the chart 13 Stop the VI by clicking on the vertical switch Turning the switch off sends the value FALSE to the loop conditional terminal and stops the loop 14 Scroll through
417. y each VI The Bridge VIEW Engine handles errors for the Tags VIs and the Alarms and Events VIs The other VIs include standard error in and error out parameters for error handling These two methods of error handling are described in detail below For information about how you can handle errors in your own VIs see the section Check for Errors in Chapter 15 Program Design Errors Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine Bridge VIEW reports error handling information for Tags VIs Tag Attributes VIs and Alarms and Events VIs to the system If you try to access a tag that does not exist in the Tags VIs or the Alarms and Events VIs the Bridge VIEW Engine reports an error The error shows up in the Bridge VIEW Engine Manager display For more information about the Engine Manager see Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine If a Bridge VIEW VI does not report to the Bridge VIEW Engine it uses a standard control and indicator error in and error out to notify you that an error has occurred The error in and error out parameters are described here error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes If error in indicates that an error occurred before this VI was called this VI might choose not to execute its function but just National Instruments Corporation A 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A MMI Function Reference E Bridge VIEW User Manual pass th
418. y rs rs Positive Array Notice that the wire from Input Array changes from a thick wire outside the For Loop indicating it is an array to a thin wire inside the loop indicating it is a single element The i element of the array 1S indexed automatically from the array during each iteration Using Auto Indexing to Set the For Loop Count N Notice that the count terminal is left unwired When you use auto indexing on an array entering a For Loop the loop executes according to the size of the array eliminating the need to wire a value to the count terminal If you use auto indexing for more than one array or if you set the count in addition to auto indexing an array the actual number of iterations is the smallest number possible BridgeVIEW User Manual 13 10 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 13 Arrays Clusters and Graphs 3 Run the VI Of the eight input values you will see four in the Positive Array and four in the Negative Array 4 From the block diagram wire a constant of 5 to the count terminal of the For Loop Run the VI You will see three values in the Positive Array and two in the Negative Array even though the input array still has eight elements This demonstrates that if N is set and you are auto indexing the smaller number is used for the actual number of iterations of the loop Close the VI and do not save changes LF End H Activity 13 2 Using Array Functions G has many functions to mani
419. y with both timeout and shutdown TRUE You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses the Read Tag Alarm VI changed is TRUE when Read Tag Alarm returns a new alarm state from the Real Time Database If changed is FALSE the Read Tag Alarm VI probably timed out before the tag alarm state was updated alarm message is the user defined string message displayed along with the alarm notification for a discrete tag Notice that this output is not valid for any tag type other than discrete A 14 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A MMI Function Reference Historical Data VIs Use the Historical Data VIs to obtain or read historical data about a tag resample trend data compute statistical data for a historical trend or convert historical trend data to a spreadsheet format The Historical Data subpalette is shown below A Functions x Historical Data e7Historical Data H Ble E BUIN TagList Trend 1 Trend HTrend EJ a FEH Ee 1 TREHD H TREHD pjm kaka T GECIMATE Decimate Esport Call HTV Use the Call HTV VI to include the Historical Trend Viewer HTV in your MMI application programmatically Wire no inputs to launch the HTV in its default state or wire One or more inputs to override the defaults If the HTV is running when this VI is called already running returns TRUE and the HTV appears at the front of the screen The inputs are not used in this case ect path data directory lau
420. you select the items to install BridgeVIEW User Manual 1 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 1 Introduction After you have installed Bridge VIEW completely it is ready to run You might need to re boot your machine after installation so that updated system DAQ VISA or GPIB drivers can be loaded properly What Is BridgeVIEW Bridge VIEW is a software package specifically targeted at industrial automation applications BridgeVIEW provides configurable solutions for common MMI and SCADA functions while leveraging the flexibility of graphical programming BridgeVIEW is built around the G programming language created by National Instruments Corporation With BridgeVIEW you can acquire data and control one or more distributed devices in an overall facility Bridge VIEW can change set points or send control instructions to the individual devices while monitoring the entire system It also can gather information like alarms and measurement points from these devices Common devices used for data acquisition include Progammable Logic Controllers PLCs plug in Data Acquisition boards and other distributed Input Output I O modules Bridge VIEW device servers communicate with these non plug in devices through RS 232 RS 485 TCP IP DDE netDDE direct I O or other proprietary interfaces Bridge VIEW device servers provide the necessary protocol software to communicate with these devices How Does BridgeVIEW Work Bridge V

BridgeVIEW User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents